| 1 | % Conventions: uncross-referenced entries appear first, then
 | 
|---|
| 2 | %    cross-referenced entries.  In both groups, entries are sorted by their
 | 
|---|
| 3 | %    title field.  Lines like "% A" exist to speed searches.  The main
 | 
|---|
| 4 | %    paper on a language uses the language name as the citation key.  Other
 | 
|---|
| 5 | %    papers use ``<language name>:'' as a prefix.  Please consider leaving
 | 
|---|
| 6 | %    keyword lists and an abstract or comment for future generations, and
 | 
|---|
| 7 | %    put some identification in a contributer field.
 | 
|---|
| 8 | 
 | 
|---|
| 9 | %    Predefined journal names:
 | 
|---|
| 10 | %  acmcs: Computing Surveys             acta: Acta Infomatica
 | 
|---|
| 11 | @string{acta="Acta Infomatica"}
 | 
|---|
| 12 | %  cacm: Communications of the ACM
 | 
|---|
| 13 | %  ibmjrd: IBM J. Research & Development ibmsj: IBM Systems Journal
 | 
|---|
| 14 | %  ieeese: IEEE Trans. on Soft. Eng.    ieeetc: IEEE Trans. on Computers
 | 
|---|
| 15 | %  ieeetcad: IEEE Trans. on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits
 | 
|---|
| 16 | %  ipl: Information Processing Letters  jacm: Journal of the ACM
 | 
|---|
| 17 | %  jcss: J. Computer & System Sciences  scp: Science of Comp. Programming
 | 
|---|
| 18 | %  sicomp: SIAM J. on Computing         tocs: ACM Trans. on Comp. Systems
 | 
|---|
| 19 | %  tods: ACM Trans. on Database Sys.    tog: ACM Trans. on Graphics
 | 
|---|
| 20 | %  toms: ACM Trans. on Math. Software   toois: ACM Trans. on Office Info. Sys.
 | 
|---|
| 21 | %  toplas: ACM Trans. on Prog. Lang. & Sys.
 | 
|---|
| 22 | %  tcs: Theoretical Computer Science
 | 
|---|
| 23 | 
 | 
|---|
| 24 | string{ieeepds="IEEE Transactions on Parallel and Distributed Systems"}
 | 
|---|
| 25 | @string{ieeepds="IEEE Trans. Parallel Distrib. Syst."}
 | 
|---|
| 26 | string{ieeese="IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
 | 
|---|
| 27 | @string{ieeese="IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."}
 | 
|---|
| 28 | string{spe="Software---\-Practice and Experience"}
 | 
|---|
| 29 | @string{spe="Softw. Pract. Exper."}
 | 
|---|
| 30 | string{ccpe="Concurrency and Computation: Practice and Experience"}
 | 
|---|
| 31 | @string{ccpe="Concurrency Comput.: Pract. Exper."}
 | 
|---|
| 32 | string{sigplan="SIGPLAN Notices"}
 | 
|---|
| 33 | @string{sigplan="SIGPLAN Not."}
 | 
|---|
| 34 | string{joop="Journal of Object-Oriented Programming"}
 | 
|---|
| 35 | @string{joop="J. of Object-Oriented Program."}
 | 
|---|
| 36 | @string{popl="Conference Record of the ACM Symposium on Principles of Programming Languages"}
 | 
|---|
| 37 | @string{osr="Operating Systems Review"}
 | 
|---|
| 38 | @string{pldi="Programming Language Design and Implementation"}
 | 
|---|
| 39 | @string{toplas="Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
 | 
|---|
| 40 | string{mathann="Mathematische Annalen"}
 | 
|---|
| 41 | @string{mathann="Math. Ann."}
 | 
|---|
| 42 | 
 | 
|---|
| 43 | % A
 | 
|---|
| 44 | 
 | 
|---|
| 45 | @incollection{ABC++,
 | 
|---|
| 46 |     keywords    = {concurrency, parallel, distributed, C++},
 | 
|---|
| 47 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 48 |     author      = {William G. O'Farrell and Frank Ch. Eigler and S. David Pullara and Gregory V. Wilson },
 | 
|---|
| 49 |     title       = {{ABC}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
 | 
|---|
| 50 |     editor      = {Gregory V. Wilson and Paul Lu},
 | 
|---|
| 51 |     booktitle   = {Parallel Programming in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
 | 
|---|
| 52 |     publisher   = {MIT Press},
 | 
|---|
| 53 |     address     = {New York},
 | 
|---|
| 54 |     series      = {Scientific and Engineering Computation Series},
 | 
|---|
| 55 |     year        = 1996,
 | 
|---|
| 56 |     pages       = {1-42},
 | 
|---|
| 57 | }
 | 
|---|
| 58 | 
 | 
|---|
| 59 | @techreport{CL90abstract,
 | 
|---|
| 60 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 61 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 62 |     author      = {Luca Cardelli and Xavier Leroy},
 | 
|---|
| 63 |     title       = {Abstract Types and the Dot Notation},
 | 
|---|
| 64 |     institution = {Systems Research Center},
 | 
|---|
| 65 |     year        = 1990,
 | 
|---|
| 66 |     address     = {130 Lytton Avenue, Palo Alto, CA  94301},
 | 
|---|
| 67 |     number      = 56,
 | 
|---|
| 68 |     summary     = {
 | 
|---|
| 69 |         The existential types of Mitchell and Plotkin \cite{atet} model
 | 
|---|
| 70 |         abstract types, but their ``open'' notation is unlike the usual dot
 | 
|---|
| 71 |         notation used in programming languages.  This paper gives
 | 
|---|
| 72 |         translations between the ``open'' and ``dot'' forms, and suggests
 | 
|---|
| 73 |         extensions for nested and for parameterized abstractions.
 | 
|---|
| 74 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 75 | }
 | 
|---|
| 76 | 
 | 
|---|
| 77 | @article{atet,
 | 
|---|
| 78 |     keywords    = {lambda calculus, polymorphism},
 | 
|---|
| 79 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 80 |     author      = {John C. Mitchell and Gordon D. Plotkin},
 | 
|---|
| 81 |     title       = {Abstract Types have Existential Type},
 | 
|---|
| 82 |     journal     = toplas,
 | 
|---|
| 83 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 84 |     month       = jul, volume = 10, number = 3, pages = {470-502},
 | 
|---|
| 85 |     abstract    = {
 | 
|---|
| 86 |         Abstract data type declarations appear in typed programming
 | 
|---|
| 87 |         languages like Ada, Alphard, CLU and ML.  This form of declaration
 | 
|---|
| 88 |         binds a list of identifiers to a type with associated operations, a
 | 
|---|
| 89 |         composite ``value'' we call a {\em data algebra}.  We use a
 | 
|---|
| 90 |         second-order typed lambda calculus SOL to show how data algebras
 | 
|---|
| 91 |         may be given types, passed as parameters, and returned as results of
 | 
|---|
| 92 |         function calls.  In the process, we discuss the semantics of
 | 
|---|
| 93 |         abstract data type declarations and review a connection between
 | 
|---|
| 94 |         typed programming languages and constructive logic.
 | 
|---|
| 95 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 96 | }
 | 
|---|
| 97 | 
 | 
|---|
| 98 | @article{alphard:intro,
 | 
|---|
| 99 |     keywords    = {encapsulation, data abstraction},
 | 
|---|
| 100 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 101 |     author      = {Wm. A. Wulf and Ralph L. London and Mary Shaw},
 | 
|---|
| 102 |     title       = {Abstraction and Verification in Alphard: Introduction to Language and Methodology},
 | 
|---|
| 103 |     journal     = ieeese,
 | 
|---|
| 104 |     year        = 1976,
 | 
|---|
| 105 |     month       = dec, volume = {SE-2}, number = 4, pages = {253-265},
 | 
|---|
| 106 |     note        = {Reprinted in \cite{alphard}.},
 | 
|---|
| 107 |     abstract    = {
 | 
|---|
| 108 |         Alphard is a programming language whose goals include supporting
 | 
|---|
| 109 |         both the development of well-structured programs and the formal
 | 
|---|
| 110 |         verification of these programs.  This paper attempts to capture the
 | 
|---|
| 111 |         symbiotic influence of these two goals on the design of the
 | 
|---|
| 112 |         language.  To that end the language description is interleaved with
 | 
|---|
| 113 |         the presentation of a proof technique and discudssion of
 | 
|---|
| 114 |         programming methodology.  Examples to illustrate both the language
 | 
|---|
| 115 |         and the verification technique are included.
 | 
|---|
| 116 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 117 | }
 | 
|---|
| 118 | 
 | 
|---|
| 119 | @book{Hilfinger83,
 | 
|---|
| 120 |     keywords    = {ada},
 | 
|---|
| 121 |     author      = {Paul N. Hilfinger},
 | 
|---|
| 122 |     title       = {Abstraction Mechanisms and Language Design},
 | 
|---|
| 123 |     publisher   = {MIT Press},
 | 
|---|
| 124 |     series      = {ACM Distinguished Dissertations},
 | 
|---|
| 125 |     year        = 1983,
 | 
|---|
| 126 | }
 | 
|---|
| 127 | 
 | 
|---|
| 128 | @incollection{Lavender96,
 | 
|---|
| 129 |     author      = {R. Greg Lavender and Douglas C. Schmidt},
 | 
|---|
| 130 |     chapter     = {Active Object: An Object Behavioral Pattern for Concurrent Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 131 |     title       = {Pattern Languages of Program Design 2},
 | 
|---|
| 132 |     editor      = {John M. Vlissides and James O. Coplien and Norman L. Kerth},
 | 
|---|
| 133 |     year        = 1996,
 | 
|---|
| 134 |     pages       = {483-499},
 | 
|---|
| 135 |     publisher   = {Addison-Wesley Longman Publishing},
 | 
|---|
| 136 |     address     = {Boston},
 | 
|---|
| 137 | }
 | 
|---|
| 138 | 
 | 
|---|
| 139 | @article{Nierstrasz87,
 | 
|---|
| 140 |     keywords    = {Hybrid, active objects, object-oriented languages, object-based languages, delegation, concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 141 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 142 |     author      = {O. M. Nierstrasz},
 | 
|---|
| 143 |     title       = {Active Objects in {Hybrid}},
 | 
|---|
| 144 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 145 |     volume      = 22,
 | 
|---|
| 146 |     number      = 12,
 | 
|---|
| 147 |     month       = dec,
 | 
|---|
| 148 |     year        = 1987,
 | 
|---|
| 149 |     pages       = {243-253},
 | 
|---|
| 150 |     note        = {Proceedings of the OOPSLA'87 Conference, Oct. 4--8, 1987, Orlando, Florida},
 | 
|---|
| 151 |     abstract    = {
 | 
|---|
| 152 |         Most object-oriented languages are strong on reusability or on
 | 
|---|
| 153 |         strong-typing, but weak on concurrency.  In response to this gap,
 | 
|---|
| 154 |         we are developing {\it Hybrid}, an object-oriented language in which
 | 
|---|
| 155 |         objects are the active entities.  Objects in Hybrid are organized
 | 
|---|
| 156 |         into {\it domains}, and concurrent executions into {\it activities}.
 | 
|---|
| 157 |         All object communications are based on remote procedure calls.
 | 
|---|
| 158 |         Unstructured {\it sends\/} and {\it accepts\/} are forbidden.  To
 | 
|---|
| 159 |         this the mechanisms of {\it delegation\/} and {\it delay queues\/}
 | 
|---|
| 160 |         are added to enable switching and triggering of activities. 
 | 
|---|
| 161 |         Concurrent subactivities and atomic actions are provided for 
 | 
|---|
| 162 |         compactness and simplicity.  We show how solutions to many important
 | 
|---|
| 163 |         concurrent problems [sic], such as pipelining, constraint management
 | 
|---|
| 164 |         and ``administration'' can be compactly expressed using these 
 | 
|---|
| 165 |         mechanisms.
 | 
|---|
| 166 |    },
 | 
|---|
| 167 |    comment      = {Mentions Thoth in reference to delegation}
 | 
|---|
| 168 | }
 | 
|---|
| 169 | 
 | 
|---|
| 170 | @book{Actors,
 | 
|---|
| 171 |     keywords    = {actors, concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 172 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 173 |     author      = {Gul A. Agha},
 | 
|---|
| 174 |     title       = {Actors: A Model of Concurrent Computation in Distributed Systems},
 | 
|---|
| 175 |     publisher   = {MIT Press, Cambridge},
 | 
|---|
| 176 |     year        = 1986
 | 
|---|
| 177 | }
 | 
|---|
| 178 | 
 | 
|---|
| 179 | @article{polymorphImpl,
 | 
|---|
| 180 |     keywords    = {Napier88},
 | 
|---|
| 181 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 182 |     author      = {R. Morrison and A. Dearle and R. C. H. Connor and A. L. Brown},
 | 
|---|
| 183 |     title       = {An Ad Hoc Approach to the Implementation of Polymorphism},
 | 
|---|
| 184 |     journal     = toplas,
 | 
|---|
| 185 |     year        = 1991,
 | 
|---|
| 186 |     month       = jul,
 | 
|---|
| 187 |     volume      = 13,
 | 
|---|
| 188 |     number      = 3,
 | 
|---|
| 189 |     pages       = {342-371},
 | 
|---|
| 190 |     abstract    = {
 | 
|---|
| 191 |         Polymorphic abstraction provides the ability to write programs that
 | 
|---|
| 192 |         are independent of the form of the data over which they operate.
 | 
|---|
| 193 |         There are a number of different categories of polymorphic
 | 
|---|
| 194 |         expression---ad hoc and universal, which includes parametric and
 | 
|---|
| 195 |         inclusion---all of which have many advantages in terms of code
 | 
|---|
| 196 |         reuse and software economics.  It has proved difficult to provide
 | 
|---|
| 197 |         efficient implementations of polymorphism.  Here, we address this
 | 
|---|
| 198 |         problem and describe a new technique that can implement all forms
 | 
|---|
| 199 |         of polymorphism, use a conventional machine architecture, and
 | 
|---|
| 200 |         support nonuniform data representations.  Furthermore, the method
 | 
|---|
| 201 |         ensures that any extra cost of implementation applies to
 | 
|---|
| 202 |         polymorphic forms only, and allows such polymorphic forms to
 | 
|---|
| 203 |         persist over program invocations.
 | 
|---|
| 204 |     },
 | 
|---|
| 205 |     summary     = {
 | 
|---|
| 206 |         They give three ways to implement polymorphism: {\em textual
 | 
|---|
| 207 |         polymorphism}, which seems to be template instantiation, {\em
 | 
|---|
| 208 |         uniform polymorphism}, which they explain badly, and {\em tagged
 | 
|---|
| 209 |         polymorphism}, where object code performs type tests.
 | 
|---|
| 210 | 
 | 
|---|
| 211 |         They use first-class procedures to implement polymorphism: routines
 | 
|---|
| 212 |         with type parameters are implemented as curried routines that
 | 
|---|
| 213 |         return a nested routine that refers to the type parameter.
 | 
|---|
| 214 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 215 | }
 | 
|---|
| 216 | 
 | 
|---|
| 217 | @article{dim:ada,
 | 
|---|
| 218 |     keywords    = {Dimensional Analysis, Ada},
 | 
|---|
| 219 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 220 |     author      = {Paul N. Hilfinger},
 | 
|---|
| 221 |     title       = {An {Ada} Package for Dimensional Analysis},
 | 
|---|
| 222 |     journal     = toplas,
 | 
|---|
| 223 |     month       = apr,
 | 
|---|
| 224 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 225 |     volume      = 10,
 | 
|---|
| 226 |     number      = 2,
 | 
|---|
| 227 |     pages       = {189-203},
 | 
|---|
| 228 | }
 | 
|---|
| 229 | 
 | 
|---|
| 230 | @mastersthesis{Younger91,
 | 
|---|
| 231 |     keywords    = {concurrency, C++, postponing requests},
 | 
|---|
| 232 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 233 |     author      = {Brian M. Younger},
 | 
|---|
| 234 |     title       = {Adding Concurrency to {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
 | 
|---|
| 235 |     school      = {University of Waterloo},
 | 
|---|
| 236 |     year        = 1991,
 | 
|---|
| 237 |     address     = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
 | 
|---|
| 238 | }
 | 
|---|
| 239 | 
 | 
|---|
| 240 | @inproceedings{Buhr92c,
 | 
|---|
| 241 |     keywords    = {concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 242 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 243 |     author      = {Peter A. Buhr and Glen Ditchfield},
 | 
|---|
| 244 |     title       = {Adding Concurrency to a Programming Language},
 | 
|---|
| 245 |     booktitle   = {USENIX {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Technical Conference Proceedings},
 | 
|---|
| 246 |     organization= {USENIX Association},
 | 
|---|
| 247 |     address     = {Portland, Oregon, U.S.A.},
 | 
|---|
| 248 |     month       = aug,
 | 
|---|
| 249 |     year        = 1992,
 | 
|---|
| 250 |     pages       = {207-224},
 | 
|---|
| 251 | }
 | 
|---|
| 252 | 
 | 
|---|
| 253 | @article{Buhr89b,
 | 
|---|
| 254 |     keywords    = {concurrency, C++},
 | 
|---|
| 255 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 256 |     author      = {P. A. Buhr and Glen Ditchfield and C. R. Zarnke},
 | 
|---|
| 257 |     title       = {Adding Concurrency to a Statically Type-Safe Object-Oriented Programming Language},
 | 
|---|
| 258 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 259 |     volume      = 24,
 | 
|---|
| 260 |     number      = 4,
 | 
|---|
| 261 |     month       = apr,
 | 
|---|
| 262 |     year        = 1989,
 | 
|---|
| 263 |     pages       = {18-21},
 | 
|---|
| 264 |     note        = {Proceedings of the ACM SIGPLAN Workshop on Object-Based Concurrent Programming, Sept. 26--27, 1988, San Diego, California, U.S.A.},
 | 
|---|
| 265 | }
 | 
|---|
| 266 | 
 | 
|---|
| 267 | @article{Knuth66,
 | 
|---|
| 268 |     keywords    = {N-thread software-solution mutual exclusion},
 | 
|---|
| 269 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 270 |     author      = {Donald E. Knuth},
 | 
|---|
| 271 |     title       = {Additional Comments on a Problem in Concurrent Programming Control},
 | 
|---|
| 272 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 273 |     month       = may,
 | 
|---|
| 274 |     year        = 1966,
 | 
|---|
| 275 |     volume      = 9,
 | 
|---|
| 276 |     number      = 5,
 | 
|---|
| 277 |     pages       = {321-322},
 | 
|---|
| 278 |     note        = {Letter to the Editor}
 | 
|---|
| 279 | }
 | 
|---|
| 280 | 
 | 
|---|
| 281 | @article{DeBruijn67,
 | 
|---|
| 282 |     keywords    = {N-thread software-solution mutual exclusion},
 | 
|---|
| 283 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 284 |     author      = {Nicolaas Govert de Bruijn},
 | 
|---|
| 285 |     title       = {Additional Comments on a Problem in Concurrent Programming Control},
 | 
|---|
| 286 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 287 |     month       = mar,
 | 
|---|
| 288 |     year        = 1967,
 | 
|---|
| 289 |     volume      = 10,
 | 
|---|
| 290 |     number      = 3,
 | 
|---|
| 291 |     pages       = {137-138},
 | 
|---|
| 292 |     note        = {letter to the Editor}
 | 
|---|
| 293 | }
 | 
|---|
| 294 | 
 | 
|---|
| 295 | @phdthesis{Krischer10,
 | 
|---|
| 296 |     author      = {Roy Krischer},
 | 
|---|
| 297 |     title       = {Advanced Concepts in Asynchronous Exception Handling},
 | 
|---|
| 298 |     school      = {University of Waterloo},
 | 
|---|
| 299 |     year        = 2010,
 | 
|---|
| 300 |     month       = dec,
 | 
|---|
| 301 |     address     = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
 | 
|---|
| 302 |     optnote     = {\textsf{http://uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/\-bitstream/10012/\-5751\-/1/Krischer\_Roy.pdf}},
 | 
|---|
| 303 |     note        = {\href{http://uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/bitstream/10012/5751/1/Krischer_Roy.pdf}{http://uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/\-bitstream/10012/\-5751\-/1/Krischer\_Roy.pdf}},
 | 
|---|
| 304 | }
 | 
|---|
| 305 | 
 | 
|---|
| 306 | @article{Buhr00a,
 | 
|---|
| 307 |     keywords    = {exception handling},
 | 
|---|
| 308 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 309 |     author      = {Peter A. Buhr and W. Y. Russell Mok},
 | 
|---|
| 310 |     title       = {Advanced Exception Handling Mechanisms},
 | 
|---|
| 311 |     journal     = ieeese,
 | 
|---|
| 312 |     volume      = 26,
 | 
|---|
| 313 |     number      = 9,
 | 
|---|
| 314 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 315 |     year        = 2000,
 | 
|---|
| 316 |     pages       = {820-836},
 | 
|---|
| 317 | }
 | 
|---|
| 318 | 
 | 
|---|
| 319 | @book{Richter97,
 | 
|---|
| 320 |     keywords    = {Win32, threads},
 | 
|---|
| 321 |     author      = {Jeffrey M. Richter},
 | 
|---|
| 322 |     title       = {Advanced Windows},
 | 
|---|
| 323 |     publisher   = {Microsoft Press},
 | 
|---|
| 324 |     year        = 1997,
 | 
|---|
| 325 |     edition     = {3rd},
 | 
|---|
| 326 | }
 | 
|---|
| 327 | 
 | 
|---|
| 328 | @article{Francez77,
 | 
|---|
| 329 |     keywords    = {parameter passing, named/positional arguments},
 | 
|---|
| 330 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 331 |     author      = {Nissim Francez},
 | 
|---|
| 332 |     title       = {Another Advantage of Keyword Notation for Parameter Communication with Subprograms},
 | 
|---|
| 333 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 334 |     volume      = 20,
 | 
|---|
| 335 |     number      = 8,
 | 
|---|
| 336 |     month       = aug,
 | 
|---|
| 337 |     year        = 1977,
 | 
|---|
| 338 |     pages       = {604-605},
 | 
|---|
| 339 | }
 | 
|---|
| 340 | 
 | 
|---|
| 341 | @manual{Akka,
 | 
|---|
| 342 |     keywords    = {Akka actor model},
 | 
|---|
| 343 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 344 |     title       = {{A}kka {S}cala Documentation, Release 2.4.11},
 | 
|---|
| 345 |     organization= {Lightbend Inc.},
 | 
|---|
| 346 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 347 |     year        = 2016,
 | 
|---|
| 348 |     note        = {\href{http://doc.akka.io/docs/akka/2.4/AkkaScala.pdf}{http://\-doc.akka.io/\-docs/\-akka/\-2.4/\-AkkaScala.pdf}},
 | 
|---|
| 349 | }
 | 
|---|
| 350 | 
 | 
|---|
| 351 | @article{Algol60,
 | 
|---|
| 352 |     keywords    = {Algol60},
 | 
|---|
| 353 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 354 |     author      = {J. W. Backus and F. L. Bauer and J. Green and C. Katz and
 | 
|---|
| 355 |                    J. McCarthy and P. Naur and A. J. Perlis and H. Rutishauser and K. Samuelson
 | 
|---|
| 356 |                    and B. Vauquois and J.H. Wegstein and A. van Wijngaarden and M. Woodger},
 | 
|---|
| 357 |     title       = {Revised Report on the Algorithmic Language Algol 60},
 | 
|---|
| 358 |     editor      = {Peter Nauer},
 | 
|---|
| 359 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 360 |     volume      = 6,
 | 
|---|
| 361 |     number      = 1,
 | 
|---|
| 362 |     month       = jan,
 | 
|---|
| 363 |     year        = 1963,
 | 
|---|
| 364 |     pages       = {1-17},
 | 
|---|
| 365 | }
 | 
|---|
| 366 | 
 | 
|---|
| 367 | @article{Mellor-Crummey91,
 | 
|---|
| 368 |     keywords    = {spin locks, compare-and-swap, barriers},
 | 
|---|
| 369 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 370 |     author      = {John M. Mellor-Crummey and Michael L. Scott},
 | 
|---|
| 371 |     title       = {Algorithm for Scalable Synchronization on Shared-Memory Multiprocessors},
 | 
|---|
| 372 |     journal     = tocs,
 | 
|---|
| 373 |     volume      = 9,
 | 
|---|
| 374 |     number      = 1,
 | 
|---|
| 375 |     month       = feb,
 | 
|---|
| 376 |     year        = 1991,
 | 
|---|
| 377 |     pages       = {21-65},
 | 
|---|
| 378 | }
 | 
|---|
| 379 | 
 | 
|---|
| 380 | @article{Hoare61,
 | 
|---|
| 381 |     keywords    = {quick sort},
 | 
|---|
| 382 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 383 |     author      = {C. A. R. Hoare},
 | 
|---|
| 384 |     title       = {Algorithms 63/64: Partition/Quicksort},
 | 
|---|
| 385 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 386 |     volume      = 4,
 | 
|---|
| 387 |     number      = 7,
 | 
|---|
| 388 |     month       = jul,
 | 
|---|
| 389 |     year        = 1961,
 | 
|---|
| 390 |     pages       = {321},
 | 
|---|
| 391 | }
 | 
|---|
| 392 | 
 | 
|---|
| 393 | @article{Cormack81,
 | 
|---|
| 394 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 395 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 396 |     author      = {Gordon V. Cormack},
 | 
|---|
| 397 |     title       = {An Algorithm for the Selection of Overloaded Functions in {Ada}},
 | 
|---|
| 398 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 399 |     year        = 1981,
 | 
|---|
| 400 |     month       = feb, volume = 16, number = 2, pages = {48-52},
 | 
|---|
| 401 |     comment     = {
 | 
|---|
| 402 |         A one-pass, top-down algorithm for overload resolution.  Input is a
 | 
|---|
| 403 |         parse tree and the desired result type, and output is the number of
 | 
|---|
| 404 |         solutions.  For each overloading of the root identifier with a
 | 
|---|
| 405 |         matching parameter list, recursively solve for each parameter for
 | 
|---|
| 406 |         the corresponding argument type---there should be one solution.
 | 
|---|
| 407 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 408 | }
 | 
|---|
| 409 | 
 | 
|---|
| 410 | @book{Raynal86,
 | 
|---|
| 411 |     keywords    = {mutual exclusion, locks},
 | 
|---|
| 412 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 413 |     author      = {M. Raynal},
 | 
|---|
| 414 |     title       = {Algorithms for Mutual Exclusion},
 | 
|---|
| 415 |     publisher   = {MIT Press},
 | 
|---|
| 416 |     address     = {Cambridge},
 | 
|---|
| 417 |     series      = {Scientific Computation Series},
 | 
|---|
| 418 |     year        = 1986,
 | 
|---|
| 419 |     note        = {Translated by D. Beeson},
 | 
|---|
| 420 | }
 | 
|---|
| 421 | 
 | 
|---|
| 422 | @incollection{Gidenstam05,
 | 
|---|
| 423 |     keywords    = {lock free, dynamic memory allocation},
 | 
|---|
| 424 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 425 |     author      = {Anders Gidenstam and Marina Papatriantafilou and Philippas Tsigas},
 | 
|---|
| 426 |     title       = {Allocating Memory in a Lock-free Manner},
 | 
|---|
| 427 |     editor      = {Gerth St{\o}lting Brodal and Stefano Leonardi},
 | 
|---|
| 428 |     booktitle   = {Algorithms -- ESA 2005},
 | 
|---|
| 429 |     pages       = {329-342},
 | 
|---|
| 430 |     publisher   = {Springer},
 | 
|---|
| 431 |     address     = {New York},
 | 
|---|
| 432 |     year        = 2005,
 | 
|---|
| 433 |     volume      = 3669,
 | 
|---|
| 434 |     series      = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science},
 | 
|---|
| 435 | }
 | 
|---|
| 436 | 
 | 
|---|
| 437 | @book{Sites92,
 | 
|---|
| 438 |     keywords    = {computers, Alpha},
 | 
|---|
| 439 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 440 |     editor      = {Richard L. Sites},
 | 
|---|
| 441 |     title       = {Alpha Architecture Reference Manual},
 | 
|---|
| 442 |     publisher   = {Digital Press, Burlington},
 | 
|---|
| 443 |     year        = 1992,
 | 
|---|
| 444 | }
 | 
|---|
| 445 | 
 | 
|---|
| 446 | @book{alphard,
 | 
|---|
| 447 |     keywords    = {Parametric polymorphism, alphard, iterators, nested types},
 | 
|---|
| 448 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 449 |     key         = {Alphard},
 | 
|---|
| 450 |     editor      = {Mary Shaw},
 | 
|---|
| 451 |     title       = {{ALPHARD}: Form and Content},
 | 
|---|
| 452 |     publisher   = {Springer},
 | 
|---|
| 453 |     address     = {New York},
 | 
|---|
| 454 |     year        = 1981,
 | 
|---|
| 455 |     comment     = {Collection of papers about Alphard.}
 | 
|---|
| 456 | }
 | 
|---|
| 457 | 
 | 
|---|
| 458 | @article{Kessels77,
 | 
|---|
| 459 |     keywords    = {monitors},
 | 
|---|
| 460 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 461 |     author      = {Joep L. W. Kessels},
 | 
|---|
| 462 |     title       = {An Alternative to Event Queues for Synchronization in Monitors},
 | 
|---|
| 463 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 464 |     volume      = 20,
 | 
|---|
| 465 |     number      = 7,
 | 
|---|
| 466 |     month       = jul,
 | 
|---|
| 467 |     year        = 1977,
 | 
|---|
| 468 |     pages       = {500-503},
 | 
|---|
| 469 |     annote      = {
 | 
|---|
| 470 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 471 | }
 | 
|---|
| 472 | 
 | 
|---|
| 473 | @article{descr,
 | 
|---|
| 474 |     keywords    = {X2, subclasses, inheritance, parameterized classes},
 | 
|---|
| 475 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 476 |     author      = {David Sandberg},
 | 
|---|
| 477 |     title       = {An Alternative to Subclassing},
 | 
|---|
| 478 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 479 |     volume      = {21},    number = {11},
 | 
|---|
| 480 |     pages       = {424-428},
 | 
|---|
| 481 |     month       = nov, year = 1986,
 | 
|---|
| 482 |     comment     = {
 | 
|---|
| 483 |         The Smalltalk class hierarchy has three uses: factoring out code;
 | 
|---|
| 484 |         ``Abstraction superclasses'' such as Collection; rapid construction
 | 
|---|
| 485 |         of new classes by incremental change.
 | 
|---|
| 486 | 
 | 
|---|
| 487 |         ``A descriptive class specifies a partial behavior by specifying a
 | 
|---|
| 488 |         set of procedure headings that describe what can be done with
 | 
|---|
| 489 |         instances of classes that belong to the descriptive class.''  An
 | 
|---|
| 490 |         ``instance'' statement declares a class to be an instance of a
 | 
|---|
| 491 |         descriptive class and defines the correspondence between
 | 
|---|
| 492 |         operations.  Procedures with descriptive class parameters take any
 | 
|---|
| 493 |         instance as arguments.  Descriptive classes can describe relations
 | 
|---|
| 494 |         like ``c is a collection with element type e'', but how such things
 | 
|---|
| 495 |         are used isn't explained.
 | 
|---|
| 496 |         
 | 
|---|
| 497 |         For each descriptive class used in a parameter list, an implicit
 | 
|---|
| 498 |         parameter is created that is passed a vector of procedures.
 | 
|---|
| 499 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 500 | }
 | 
|---|
| 501 | 
 | 
|---|
| 502 | @incollection{Matsuoka93,
 | 
|---|
| 503 |     keywords    = {inheritance anomaly},
 | 
|---|
| 504 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 505 |     author      = {Satoshi Matsuoka and Akinori Yonezawa},
 | 
|---|
| 506 |     title       = {Analysis of Inheritance Anomaly in Object-Oriented Concurrent Programming Languages},
 | 
|---|
| 507 |     booktitle   = {Research Directions in Concurrent Object-Oriented Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 508 |     editor      = {Gul Agha and Peter Wegner and Akinori Yonezawa},
 | 
|---|
| 509 |     publisher   = {MIT Press},
 | 
|---|
| 510 |     address     = {New York},
 | 
|---|
| 511 |     year        = 1993,
 | 
|---|
| 512 |     pages       = {107-150},
 | 
|---|
| 513 | }
 | 
|---|
| 514 | 
 | 
|---|
| 515 | @article{Sinha00,
 | 
|---|
| 516 |     author      = {Saurabh Sinha and Mary Jean Harrold},
 | 
|---|
| 517 |     title       = {Analysis and Testing of Programs with Exception-Handling Constructs},
 | 
|---|
| 518 |     journal     = ieeese,
 | 
|---|
| 519 |     year        = 2000,
 | 
|---|
| 520 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 521 |     volume      = 26,
 | 
|---|
| 522 |     number      = 9,
 | 
|---|
| 523 |     pages       = {849--871},
 | 
|---|
| 524 | }
 | 
|---|
| 525 | 
 | 
|---|
| 526 | @inproceedings{Robillard99,
 | 
|---|
| 527 |     author      = {Martin P. Robillard and Gail C. Murphy},
 | 
|---|
| 528 |     title       = {Analyzing Exception Flow in {J}ava Programs},
 | 
|---|
| 529 |     booktitle   = {ESEC/FSE-7: Proceedings of the 7th European Software Engineering Conference held jointly
 | 
|---|
| 530 |                    with the 7th ACM SIGSOFT International Symposium on Foundations of Software Engineering},
 | 
|---|
| 531 |     year        = 1999,
 | 
|---|
| 532 |     pages       = {322--337},
 | 
|---|
| 533 |     isbn        = {3-540-66538-2},
 | 
|---|
| 534 |     location    = {Toulouse, France},
 | 
|---|
| 535 |     doi         = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/318773.319251},
 | 
|---|
| 536 |     publisher   = {Springer},
 | 
|---|
| 537 |     address     = {London, UK},
 | 
|---|
| 538 | }
 | 
|---|
| 539 | 
 | 
|---|
| 540 | @book{C++,
 | 
|---|
| 541 |     keywords    = {C++, ANSI},
 | 
|---|
| 542 |     author      = {Margaret A. Ellis and Bjarne Stroustrup},
 | 
|---|
| 543 |     title       = {The Annotated {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Reference Manual},
 | 
|---|
| 544 |     publisher   = {Addison-Wesley},
 | 
|---|
| 545 |     address     = {Boston},
 | 
|---|
| 546 |     year        = 1990,
 | 
|---|
| 547 |     edition     = {1st},
 | 
|---|
| 548 | }
 | 
|---|
| 549 | 
 | 
|---|
| 550 | @book{APL,
 | 
|---|
| 551 |     keywords    = {APL},
 | 
|---|
| 552 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 553 |     author      = {K. E. Iverson},
 | 
|---|
| 554 |     title       = {A Programming Language},
 | 
|---|
| 555 |     publisher   = {Wiley, New York},
 | 
|---|
| 556 |     year        = 1962
 | 
|---|
| 557 | }
 | 
|---|
| 558 | 
 | 
|---|
| 559 | @article{PS-Algol:old,
 | 
|---|
| 560 |     author      = {M. Atkinson and P. Bailey and K. Chisholm and P. Cockshott and R. Morrison},
 | 
|---|
| 561 |     title       = {An Approach to Persistent Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 562 |     journal     = {The Computer Journal},
 | 
|---|
| 563 |     year        = 1983,
 | 
|---|
| 564 |     volume      = 26,
 | 
|---|
| 565 |     number      = 4,
 | 
|---|
| 566 |     pages       = {360-365},
 | 
|---|
| 567 | }
 | 
|---|
| 568 | 
 | 
|---|
| 569 | @inproceedings {Qin18,
 | 
|---|
| 570 |     author      = {Henry Qin and Qian Li and Jacqueline Speiser and Peter Kraft and John Ousterhout},
 | 
|---|
| 571 |     title       = {Arachne: Core-Aware Thread Management},
 | 
|---|
| 572 |     booktitle   = {13th {USENIX} Symp. on Oper. Sys. Design and Impl. ({OSDI} 18)},
 | 
|---|
| 573 |     year        = {2018},
 | 
|---|
| 574 |     address     = {Carlsbad, CA},
 | 
|---|
| 575 |     pages       = {145-160},
 | 
|---|
| 576 |     publisher   = {{USENIX} Association},
 | 
|---|
| 577 |     note        = {\href{https://www.usenix.org/conference/osdi18/presentation/qin}{https://\-www.usenix.org/\-conference/\-osdi18/\-presentation/\-qin}},
 | 
|---|
| 578 | }
 | 
|---|
| 579 | 
 | 
|---|
| 580 | @article{Kessels82,
 | 
|---|
| 581 |     keywords    = {concurrency, critical section},
 | 
|---|
| 582 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 583 |     author      = {Joep L. W. Kessels},
 | 
|---|
| 584 |     title       = {Arbitration Without Common Modifiable Variables},
 | 
|---|
| 585 |     journal     = acta,
 | 
|---|
| 586 |     volume      = 17,
 | 
|---|
| 587 |     number      = 2,
 | 
|---|
| 588 |     month       = jun,
 | 
|---|
| 589 |     year        = 1982,
 | 
|---|
| 590 |     pages       = {135-141},
 | 
|---|
| 591 | }
 | 
|---|
| 592 | 
 | 
|---|
| 593 | @article{Buhr95a,
 | 
|---|
| 594 |     keywords    = {concurrency, library approach},
 | 
|---|
| 595 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 596 |     author      = {Peter A. Buhr},
 | 
|---|
| 597 |     title       = {Are Safe Concurrency Libraries Possible?},
 | 
|---|
| 598 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 599 |     month       = feb,
 | 
|---|
| 600 |     year        = 1995,
 | 
|---|
| 601 |     volume      = 38,
 | 
|---|
| 602 |     number      = 2,
 | 
|---|
| 603 |     pages       = {117-120},
 | 
|---|
| 604 | }
 | 
|---|
| 605 | 
 | 
|---|
| 606 | @book{ARMv7,
 | 
|---|
| 607 |     key         = {ARM processor},
 | 
|---|
| 608 |     title       = {ARM Architecture Reference Manual},
 | 
|---|
| 609 |     publisher   = {ARM},
 | 
|---|
| 610 |     volume      = {ARM DDI 0406C.b (ID072512)},
 | 
|---|
| 611 |     year        = 2012,
 | 
|---|
| 612 | }
 | 
|---|
| 613 | 
 | 
|---|
| 614 | @book{Herlihy08,
 | 
|---|
| 615 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 616 |     author      = {Herlihy, Maurice and Shavit, Nir},
 | 
|---|
| 617 |     title       = {The Art of Multiprocessor Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 618 |     year        = 2008,
 | 
|---|
| 619 |     isbn        = {0123705916, 9780123705914},
 | 
|---|
| 620 |     publisher   = {Morgan Kaufmann Publishers},
 | 
|---|
| 621 |     address     = {San Francisco},
 | 
|---|
| 622 | }
 | 
|---|
| 623 | 
 | 
|---|
| 624 | @inproceedings{Chung10,
 | 
|---|
| 625 |     keywords    = {transactional memory, lock-free programming, x86 architecture},
 | 
|---|
| 626 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 627 |     author      = {Jaewoong Chung and Luke Yen and Stephan Diestelhorst and Martin Pohlack and Michael Hohmuth and David Christie and Dan Grossman},
 | 
|---|
| 628 |     title       = {ASF: AMD64 Extension for Lock-Free Data Structures and Transactional Memory},
 | 
|---|
| 629 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the 2010 43rd Annual IEEE/ACM International Symposium on Microarchitecture},
 | 
|---|
| 630 |     series      = {MICRO '43},
 | 
|---|
| 631 |     year        = 2010,
 | 
|---|
| 632 |     pages       = {39--50},
 | 
|---|
| 633 |     numpages    = {12},
 | 
|---|
| 634 |     publisher   = {IEEE Computer Society},
 | 
|---|
| 635 |     address     = {Washington, DC, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 636 | }
 | 
|---|
| 637 | 
 | 
|---|
| 638 | @article{Buhr94a,
 | 
|---|
| 639 |     keywords    = {assignment, parameter passing, multiple assignment},
 | 
|---|
| 640 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 641 |     author      = {P. A. Buhr and David Till and C. R. Zarnke},
 | 
|---|
| 642 |     title       = {Assignment as the Sole Means of Updating Objects},
 | 
|---|
| 643 |     journal     = spe,
 | 
|---|
| 644 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 645 |     year        = 1994,
 | 
|---|
| 646 |     volume      = 24,
 | 
|---|
| 647 |     number      = 9,
 | 
|---|
| 648 |     pages       = {835-870},
 | 
|---|
| 649 | }
 | 
|---|
| 650 | 
 | 
|---|
| 651 | @inproceedings{Krischer08,
 | 
|---|
| 652 |     keywords    = {exception handling, asynchronous, blocked tasks},
 | 
|---|
| 653 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 654 |     author      = {Roy Krischer and Peter A. Buhr},
 | 
|---|
| 655 |     title       = {Asynchronous Exception Propagation in Blocked Tasks},
 | 
|---|
| 656 |     booktitle   = {4th International Workshop on Exception Handling (WEH.08)},
 | 
|---|
| 657 |     organization= {16th International Symposium on the Foundations of Software Engineering (FSE 16)},
 | 
|---|
| 658 |     address     = {Atlanta, U.S.A},
 | 
|---|
| 659 |     month       = nov,
 | 
|---|
| 660 |     year        = 2008,
 | 
|---|
| 661 |     pages       = {8-15},
 | 
|---|
| 662 | }
 | 
|---|
| 663 | 
 | 
|---|
| 664 | @article{Joung00,
 | 
|---|
| 665 |     author      = {Joung, Yuh-Jzer},
 | 
|---|
| 666 |     title       = {Asynchronous group mutual exclusion},
 | 
|---|
| 667 |     journal     = {Dist. Comput.},
 | 
|---|
| 668 |     optjournal  = {Distributed Computing},
 | 
|---|
| 669 |     year        = {2000},
 | 
|---|
| 670 |     month       = {Nov},
 | 
|---|
| 671 |     volume      = {13},
 | 
|---|
| 672 |     number      = {4},
 | 
|---|
| 673 |     pages       = {189--206},
 | 
|---|
| 674 | }
 | 
|---|
| 675 | 
 | 
|---|
| 676 | @article{oop:modpascal,
 | 
|---|
| 677 |     keywords    = {ModPascal},
 | 
|---|
| 678 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 679 |     author      = {Walter G. Olthoff},
 | 
|---|
| 680 |     title       = {Augmentation of Object-Oriented Programming by Concepts of Abstract Data Type Theory: The ModPascal Experience},
 | 
|---|
| 681 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 682 |     volume      = 21,
 | 
|---|
| 683 |     number      = 11,
 | 
|---|
| 684 |     pages       = {429-443},
 | 
|---|
| 685 |     month       = nov,
 | 
|---|
| 686 |     year        = 1986
 | 
|---|
| 687 | }
 | 
|---|
| 688 | 
 | 
|---|
| 689 | @inproceedings{Shen91,
 | 
|---|
| 690 |     keywords    = {Ada, polymorphism},
 | 
|---|
| 691 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 692 |     author      = {Jun Shen and Gordon V. Cormack},
 | 
|---|
| 693 |     title       = {Automatic instantiation in Ada},
 | 
|---|
| 694 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the ACM Tri-Ada Conference},
 | 
|---|
| 695 |     organization= {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 696 |     address     = {San Jose, California, U.S.A},
 | 
|---|
| 697 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 698 |     year        = 1991,
 | 
|---|
| 699 |     pages       = {338-346},
 | 
|---|
| 700 | }
 | 
|---|
| 701 | 
 | 
|---|
| 702 | @article{Havender68,
 | 
|---|
| 703 |     keywords    = {deadlock},
 | 
|---|
| 704 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 705 |     author      = {J. W. Havender},
 | 
|---|
| 706 |     title       = {Avoiding Deadlock in Multitasking Systems},
 | 
|---|
| 707 |     journal     = ibmsj,
 | 
|---|
| 708 |     volume      = 7,
 | 
|---|
| 709 |     number      = 2,
 | 
|---|
| 710 |     year        = 1968,
 | 
|---|
| 711 |     pages       = {74-84},
 | 
|---|
| 712 | }
 | 
|---|
| 713 | 
 | 
|---|
| 714 | % B
 | 
|---|
| 715 | 
 | 
|---|
| 716 | @article{Michael13,
 | 
|---|
| 717 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 718 |     author      = {Maged M. Michael},
 | 
|---|
| 719 |     title       = {The Balancing Act of Choosing Nonblocking Features},
 | 
|---|
| 720 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 721 |     volume      = 56,
 | 
|---|
| 722 |     number      = 9,
 | 
|---|
| 723 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 724 |     year        = 2013,
 | 
|---|
| 725 |     pages       = {46--53},
 | 
|---|
| 726 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 727 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 728 | }
 | 
|---|
| 729 | 
 | 
|---|
| 730 | @incollection{beta:old,
 | 
|---|
| 731 |     keywords    = {beta, patterns, virtual types},
 | 
|---|
| 732 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 733 |     author      = {Bent Bruun Kristensen and Ole Lehrmann Madsen and Birger M{\o}ller-Pedersen and Kristen Nygaard},
 | 
|---|
| 734 |     title       = {The BETA Programming Language},
 | 
|---|
| 735 |     booktitle   = {Research Directions in Object-Oriented Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 736 |     publisher   = {MIT Press},
 | 
|---|
| 737 |     series      = {Computer Systems Series},
 | 
|---|
| 738 |     year        = 1987,
 | 
|---|
| 739 |     pages       = {7-48},
 | 
|---|
| 740 |     editor      = {Bruce Shriver and Peter Wegner}
 | 
|---|
| 741 | }
 | 
|---|
| 742 | 
 | 
|---|
| 743 | @article{Knudsen87,
 | 
|---|
| 744 |     keyword     = {static exception handling mechanism, BETA, sequel},
 | 
|---|
| 745 |     contributor = {wyrmok@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 746 |     author      = {J{\o}rgen Lindskov Knudsen},
 | 
|---|
| 747 |     title       = {Better Exception Handling in Block Structured Systems},
 | 
|---|
| 748 |     journal     = {IEEE Software},
 | 
|---|
| 749 |     year        = 1987,
 | 
|---|
| 750 |     month       = may,
 | 
|---|
| 751 |     volume      = 4,
 | 
|---|
| 752 |     number      = 3,
 | 
|---|
| 753 |     pages       = {40-49},
 | 
|---|
| 754 |     comments    = {
 | 
|---|
| 755 |         Going up the call hierarchy to look for a handler does not fit an
 | 
|---|
| 756 |         otherwise statically scoped language. Also, not knowing which handler
 | 
|---|
| 757 |         to be used when raising an abnormal event is seen as a weakness of the
 | 
|---|
| 758 |         (dynamic) exception handling mechanism. Knudsen believed that raising
 | 
|---|
| 759 |         an exception should specify the handler for the exception -- the
 | 
|---|
| 760 |         handler is chosen when the exception is raised.  However, I don't think
 | 
|---|
| 761 |         his scheme can solve the problem, especially with all the callback
 | 
|---|
| 762 |         routines commonly found in OO programming.
 | 
|---|
| 763 | 
 | 
|---|
| 764 |         BETA exception handling mechanism uses his work as a foundation.
 | 
|---|
| 765 |         However, I don't see any benefits BETA has over other language that is
 | 
|---|
| 766 |         a direct consequence of Knudsen's work. On the other hand, my knowledge
 | 
|---|
| 767 |         on BETA is very limited.
 | 
|---|
| 768 |         }
 | 
|---|
| 769 | }
 | 
|---|
| 770 | 
 | 
|---|
| 771 | @book{BCPL,
 | 
|---|
| 772 |     keywords    = {BCPL},
 | 
|---|
| 773 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 774 |     author      = {M. Richards and C. Whitby-Strevens},
 | 
|---|
| 775 |     title       = {{BCPL} -- The Language and Its Compiler},
 | 
|---|
| 776 |     publisher   = {Cambridge University Press, Cambridge},
 | 
|---|
| 777 |     year        = 1979,
 | 
|---|
| 778 | }
 | 
|---|
| 779 | 
 | 
|---|
| 780 | @incollection{Madsen87,
 | 
|---|
| 781 |     keywords    = {nested classes},
 | 
|---|
| 782 |     contributer = {pabuhr@watmsg},
 | 
|---|
| 783 |     author      = {Ole Lehrmann Madsen},
 | 
|---|
| 784 |     title       = {Block Structure and Object Oriented Languages},
 | 
|---|
| 785 |     booktitle   = {Research Directions in Object-Oriented Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 786 |     editor      = {Bruce Shriver and Peter Wegner},
 | 
|---|
| 787 |     publisher   = {MIT Press},
 | 
|---|
| 788 |     series      = {Computer Systems Series},
 | 
|---|
| 789 |     year        = 1987,
 | 
|---|
| 790 |     pages       = {113-128}
 | 
|---|
| 791 | }
 | 
|---|
| 792 | 
 | 
|---|
| 793 | @inproceedings{booleanClasses,
 | 
|---|
| 794 |     keywords    = {specifications},
 | 
|---|
| 795 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 796 |     author      = {David McAllester and Ramin Zabih},
 | 
|---|
| 797 |     title       = {Boolean Classes},
 | 
|---|
| 798 |     crossref    = "OOPSLA86",
 | 
|---|
| 799 |     pages       = {417-423},
 | 
|---|
| 800 |     abstract    = {
 | 
|---|
| 801 |         We extend the notion of class so that any Boolean combination of
 | 
|---|
| 802 |         classes is also a class.  Boolean classes allow greater precision
 | 
|---|
| 803 |         and conciseness in naming the class of objects governed a
 | 
|---|
| 804 |         particular method [sic].  A class can be viewed as a predicate
 | 
|---|
| 805 |         which is either true or false of any given object.  Unlike
 | 
|---|
| 806 |         predicates however classes have an inheritance hierarchy which is
 | 
|---|
| 807 |         known at compile time.  Boolean classes extend the notion of class,
 | 
|---|
| 808 |         making classes more like predicates, while preserving the compile
 | 
|---|
| 809 |         time computable inheritance hierarchy.
 | 
|---|
| 810 |     },
 | 
|---|
| 811 |     comment     = {
 | 
|---|
| 812 |         Classes are predicates; if object {\tt o} is in class {\tt C}, then
 | 
|---|
| 813 |         {\tt C} is true of {\tt o}.  Classes are combined with {\tt :AND},
 | 
|---|
| 814 |         {\tt :OR}, and {\tt :NOT}.  Inheritance is treated as implication:
 | 
|---|
| 815 |         {\tt (:implies C E)} means that if class {\tt C} is true of {\tt
 | 
|---|
| 816 |         o}, class expression {\tt E} is true of {\tt o}, so if {\tt E} is a
 | 
|---|
| 817 |         class, it is a superclass of {\tt C}.  Some class expressions, i.e.
 | 
|---|
| 818 |         {\tt (:OR c1 c2)}, can't be instantiated.  Others, i.e. {\tt (:NOT
 | 
|---|
| 819 |         c)}, can't be given methods or members because almost all classes
 | 
|---|
| 820 |         would inherit them, violating modularity.  The rules for spotting
 | 
|---|
| 821 |         these problems are complex.  Determining if one class inherits from
 | 
|---|
| 822 |         another needs an exponential algorithm.
 | 
|---|
| 823 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 824 | }
 | 
|---|
| 825 | 
 | 
|---|
| 826 | @misc{BoostCoroutines15,
 | 
|---|
| 827 |     keywords    = {Boost Coroutine Library},
 | 
|---|
| 828 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 829 |     author      = {Oliver Kowalke},
 | 
|---|
| 830 |     title       = {Boost Coroutine Library},
 | 
|---|
| 831 |     year        = 2015,
 | 
|---|
| 832 |     howpublished= {\href{http://www.boost.org/doc/libs/1_61_0/libs/coroutine/doc/html/index.html}
 | 
|---|
| 833 |                   {http://www.boost.org/\-doc/\-libs/1\_61\_0/\-libs/\-coroutine/\-doc/\-html/\-index.html}},
 | 
|---|
| 834 | }
 | 
|---|
| 835 | 
 | 
|---|
| 836 | @misc{BoostThreads,
 | 
|---|
| 837 |     keywords    = {Boost Thread Library},
 | 
|---|
| 838 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 839 |     author      = {Anthony Williams and Vicente J. Botet Escriba},
 | 
|---|
| 840 |     title       = {Boost Thread Library},
 | 
|---|
| 841 |     year        = 2015,
 | 
|---|
| 842 |     howpublished= {\href{https://www.boost.org/doc/libs/1_61_0/doc/html/thread.html}
 | 
|---|
| 843 |                   {https://\-www.boost.org/\-doc/\-libs/\-1\_61\_0/\-doc/\-html/\-thread.html}},
 | 
|---|
| 844 | }
 | 
|---|
| 845 | 
 | 
|---|
| 846 | @mastersthesis{Krischer02,
 | 
|---|
| 847 |     author      = {Roy Krischer },
 | 
|---|
| 848 |     title       = {Bound Exceptions in Object-Oriented Programming Languages},
 | 
|---|
| 849 |     school      = {Universit\"at Mannheim},
 | 
|---|
| 850 |     address     = {Mannheim, Deutschland},
 | 
|---|
| 851 |     year        = 2002,
 | 
|---|
| 852 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 853 |     type        = {Diplomarbeit},
 | 
|---|
| 854 |     note        = {\href{https://plg.uwaterloo.ca/~usystem/theses/KrischerThesis.pdf}{https://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-$\sim$usystem/\-theses/\-KrischerThesis.pdf}},
 | 
|---|
| 855 | }
 | 
|---|
| 856 | 
 | 
|---|
| 857 | @inproceedings{Buhr03,
 | 
|---|
| 858 |     keywords    = {exception handling, bound handler},
 | 
|---|
| 859 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 860 |     author      = {Peter A. Buhr and Roy Krischer},
 | 
|---|
| 861 |     title       = {Bound Exceptions in Object Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 862 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the ECOOP 2003 Workshop on Exception Handling in Object Oriented Systems:
 | 
|---|
| 863 |                   Towards Emerging Application Areas and New Programming Paradigms},
 | 
|---|
| 864 |     organization= {ECOOP},
 | 
|---|
| 865 |     address     = {Darmstadt, Germany},
 | 
|---|
| 866 |     month       = jul,
 | 
|---|
| 867 |     year        = 2003,
 | 
|---|
| 868 |     pages       = {20-26},
 | 
|---|
| 869 | }
 | 
|---|
| 870 | %    note       = {http://www.cs.umn.edu/research/technical_reports.php/listing/technical_reports.php?page=report&report_id=03-028}
 | 
|---|
| 871 | 
 | 
|---|
| 872 | @inproceedings{Buhr06b,
 | 
|---|
| 873 |     keywords    = {exception handling, bound exceptions},
 | 
|---|
| 874 |     author      = {Peter A. Buhr and Roy Krischer},
 | 
|---|
| 875 |     title       = {Bound Exceptions in Object-Oriented Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 876 |     editor      = {C. Dony and J. L. Knudsen and A. Romanovsky and A. Tripathi},
 | 
|---|
| 877 |     booktitle   = {Advanced Topics in Exception Handling Techniques},
 | 
|---|
| 878 |     publisher   = {Springer},
 | 
|---|
| 879 |     series      = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science},
 | 
|---|
| 880 |     volume      = 4119,
 | 
|---|
| 881 |     year        = 2006,
 | 
|---|
| 882 |     pages       = {1-21}
 | 
|---|
| 883 | }
 | 
|---|
| 884 | 
 | 
|---|
| 885 | % C
 | 
|---|
| 886 | 
 | 
|---|
| 887 | @book{C,
 | 
|---|
| 888 |     keywords    = {C},
 | 
|---|
| 889 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 890 |     author      = {Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie},
 | 
|---|
| 891 |     title       = {The {C} Programming Language},
 | 
|---|
| 892 |     publisher   = {Prentice-Hall},
 | 
|---|
| 893 |     address     = {Englewood Cliffs},
 | 
|---|
| 894 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 895 |     edition     = {2nd},
 | 
|---|
| 896 |     series      = {Prentice-Hall Software Series},
 | 
|---|
| 897 |     comment     = {
 | 
|---|
| 898 |          based on draft-proposed ANSI C
 | 
|---|
| 899 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 900 | }
 | 
|---|
| 901 | 
 | 
|---|
| 902 | @book{C:old,
 | 
|---|
| 903 |     keywords    = {C},
 | 
|---|
| 904 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 905 |     author      = {Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie},
 | 
|---|
| 906 |     title       = {The {C} Programming Language},
 | 
|---|
| 907 |     publisher   = {Prentice-Hall},
 | 
|---|
| 908 |     address     = {Englewood Cliffs},
 | 
|---|
| 909 |     year        = 1978,
 | 
|---|
| 910 |     edition     = {1st},
 | 
|---|
| 911 | }
 | 
|---|
| 912 | 
 | 
|---|
| 913 | @manual{ANSI89:C,
 | 
|---|
| 914 |     keywords    = {ANSI C 89},
 | 
|---|
| 915 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 916 |     author      = {C90},
 | 
|---|
| 917 |     title       = {Programming Languages -- {C}},
 | 
|---|
| 918 |     organization= {American National Standards Institute},
 | 
|---|
| 919 |     address     = {New York, NY, U.S.A.},
 | 
|---|
| 920 |     year        = 1990,
 | 
|---|
| 921 |     note        = {ANSI/ISO 9899-1990}
 | 
|---|
| 922 | }
 | 
|---|
| 923 | 
 | 
|---|
| 924 | @manual{C11,
 | 
|---|
| 925 |     keywords    = {ISO/IEC C 11},
 | 
|---|
| 926 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 927 |     key         = {C11},
 | 
|---|
| 928 |     title       = {C Programming Language {ISO/IEC} 9889:2011-12},
 | 
|---|
| 929 |     edition     = {3rd},
 | 
|---|
| 930 |     publisher   = {International Standard Organization},
 | 
|---|
| 931 |     address     = {\href{https://www.iso.org/standard/57853.html}{https://\-www.iso.org/\-standard/\-57853.html}},
 | 
|---|
| 932 |     year        = 2012,
 | 
|---|
| 933 | }
 | 
|---|
| 934 | 
 | 
|---|
| 935 | @manual{C++Concepts,
 | 
|---|
| 936 |     keywords    = {ISO/IEC TS 19217:2015},
 | 
|---|
| 937 |     contributer = {a3moss@uwaterloo.ca},
 | 
|---|
| 938 |     key         = {Concepts},
 | 
|---|
| 939 |     title       = {{C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Programming language -- Extensions for concepts {ISO/IEC} {TS} 19217:2015},
 | 
|---|
| 940 |     publisher   = {International Standard Organization},
 | 
|---|
| 941 |     address     = {\href{https://www.iso.org/standard/64031.html}{https://\-www.iso.org/\-standard/\-64031.html}},
 | 
|---|
| 942 |     year        = 2015,
 | 
|---|
| 943 | }
 | 
|---|
| 944 | 
 | 
|---|
| 945 | @misc{Cforall,
 | 
|---|
| 946 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 947 |     key         = {Cforall},
 | 
|---|
| 948 |     author      = {{\textsf{C}{$\mathbf{\forall}$} Features}},
 | 
|---|
| 949 |     howpublished= {\href{https://plg.uwaterloo.ca/~cforall/features}{https://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-$\sim$cforall/\-features}},
 | 
|---|
| 950 | }
 | 
|---|
| 951 | 
 | 
|---|
| 952 | @mastersthesis{Esteves04,
 | 
|---|
| 953 |     keywords    = {Cforall, parametric polymorphism, overloading},
 | 
|---|
| 954 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 955 |     author      = {Rodolfo Gabriel Esteves},
 | 
|---|
| 956 |     title       = {\textsf{C}$\mathbf{\forall}$, a Study in Evolutionary Design in Programming Languages},
 | 
|---|
| 957 |     school      = {School of Computer Science, University of Waterloo},
 | 
|---|
| 958 |     year        = 2004,
 | 
|---|
| 959 |     address     = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
 | 
|---|
| 960 |     note        = {\href{http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/theses/EstevesThesis.pdf}{http://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-theses/\-EstevesThesis.pdf}},
 | 
|---|
| 961 | }
 | 
|---|
| 962 | 
 | 
|---|
| 963 | @misc{CFAStackEvaluation,
 | 
|---|
| 964 |     contributer = {a3moss@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 965 |     author      = {Aaron Moss},
 | 
|---|
| 966 |     title       = {\textsf{C}$\mathbf{\forall}$ Stack Evaluation Programs},
 | 
|---|
| 967 |     year        = 2018,
 | 
|---|
| 968 |     howpublished= {\href{https://cforall.uwaterloo.ca/CFAStackEvaluation.zip}{https://cforall.uwaterloo.ca/\-CFAStackEvaluation.zip}},
 | 
|---|
| 969 | }
 | 
|---|
| 970 | 
 | 
|---|
| 971 | @article{Moss18,
 | 
|---|
| 972 |     keywords    = {type systems, polymorphism, tuples, Cforall},
 | 
|---|
| 973 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 974 |     author      = {Aaron Moss and Robert Schluntz and Peter A. Buhr},
 | 
|---|
| 975 |     title       = {\textsf{C}$\mathbf{\forall}$ : Adding Modern Programming Language Features to C},
 | 
|---|
| 976 |     journal     = spe,
 | 
|---|
| 977 |     volume      = 48,
 | 
|---|
| 978 |     number      = 12,
 | 
|---|
| 979 |     month       = dec,
 | 
|---|
| 980 |     year        = 2018,
 | 
|---|
| 981 |     pages       = {2111-2146},
 | 
|---|
| 982 |     note        = {\href{http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/spe.2624}{http://\-dx.doi.org/\-10.1002/\-spe.2624}},
 | 
|---|
| 983 | }
 | 
|---|
| 984 | 
 | 
|---|
| 985 | @inproceedings{c++scheme,
 | 
|---|
| 986 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 987 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 988 |     author      = {Vincent F. Russo and Simon M. Kaplan},
 | 
|---|
| 989 |     title       = {A {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Interpreter for {S}cheme},
 | 
|---|
| 990 |     booktitle   = {Usenix {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Conference},
 | 
|---|
| 991 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 992 |     pages       = {95-108},
 | 
|---|
| 993 |     summary     = {
 | 
|---|
| 994 |         The SIOD interpreter for a Scheme subset, written in C, has a
 | 
|---|
| 995 |         tagged union representing data objects, and read(), eval(), and
 | 
|---|
| 996 |         print() functions that are basically large switch statements that
 | 
|---|
| 997 |         switch based on the tag.  The authors rewrote it to use a class
 | 
|---|
| 998 |         with virtual read(), eval(), and print() members, without changing
 | 
|---|
| 999 |         any algorithms.  The result was more modular, more easily
 | 
|---|
| 1000 |         extensible, more reliable, and slightly faster.
 | 
|---|
| 1001 |     },
 | 
|---|
| 1002 |     comment     = {
 | 
|---|
| 1003 |         The evidence given is thin.
 | 
|---|
| 1004 |     },
 | 
|---|
| 1005 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1006 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1007 | @article{doskernel,
 | 
|---|
| 1008 |     keywords    = {light weight processes},
 | 
|---|
| 1009 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1010 |     author      = {Tom Green},
 | 
|---|
| 1011 |     title       = {A {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Multitasking Kernel},
 | 
|---|
| 1012 |     journal     = {Dr. Dobb's Journal of Software Tools},
 | 
|---|
| 1013 |     year        = 1989,
 | 
|---|
| 1014 |     month       = feb,
 | 
|---|
| 1015 |     volume      = 14,
 | 
|---|
| 1016 |     number      = 2,
 | 
|---|
| 1017 |     pages       = {45-51},
 | 
|---|
| 1018 |     comment     = {
 | 
|---|
| 1019 |        A light-weight multitasking kernel for MS-DOS.  A task\_control
 | 
|---|
| 1020 |        object holds task objects, which may block themselves on signal
 | 
|---|
| 1021 |        objects.  Task switching is normally preemptive, but tasks can turn
 | 
|---|
| 1022 |        off preemption before calling non-reentrant routines.  Source code
 | 
|---|
| 1023 |        is given.
 | 
|---|
| 1024 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 1025 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1026 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1027 | @inproceedings{Doeppner87,
 | 
|---|
| 1028 |     keywords    = {concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 1029 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1030 |     author      = {Thomas W. Doeppner and Alan J. Gebele},
 | 
|---|
| 1031 |     title       = {{C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} on a Parallel Machine},
 | 
|---|
| 1032 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings and Additional Papers {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Workshop},
 | 
|---|
| 1033 |     organization= {USENIX Association},
 | 
|---|
| 1034 |     address     = {Santa Fe, New Mexico, U.S.A},
 | 
|---|
| 1035 |     month       = nov,
 | 
|---|
| 1036 |     year        = 1987,
 | 
|---|
| 1037 |     pages       = {94-107},
 | 
|---|
| 1038 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1039 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1040 | @book{Lippman91,
 | 
|---|
| 1041 |     keywords    = {C++},
 | 
|---|
| 1042 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1043 |     author      = {Stanley B. Lippman},
 | 
|---|
| 1044 |     title       = {{C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Primer},
 | 
|---|
| 1045 |     publisher   = {Addison-Wesley},
 | 
|---|
| 1046 |     address     = {Boston},
 | 
|---|
| 1047 |     year        = 1991,
 | 
|---|
| 1048 |     edition     = {2nd},
 | 
|---|
| 1049 |     note        = {QA76.73.C15L57},
 | 
|---|
| 1050 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1051 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1052 | @book{c++:v1,
 | 
|---|
| 1053 |     keywords    = {C++},
 | 
|---|
| 1054 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1055 |     author      = {Bjarne Stroustrup},
 | 
|---|
| 1056 |     title       = {The {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Programming Language},
 | 
|---|
| 1057 |     publisher   = {Addison-Wesley},
 | 
|---|
| 1058 |     address     = {Boston},
 | 
|---|
| 1059 |     year        = 1986,
 | 
|---|
| 1060 |     edition     = {1st},
 | 
|---|
| 1061 |     series      = {Addison-Wesley Series in Computer Science}
 | 
|---|
| 1062 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1063 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1064 | @book{c++:v2,
 | 
|---|
| 1065 |     keywords    = {C++},
 | 
|---|
| 1066 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1067 |     author      = {Bjarne Stroustrup},
 | 
|---|
| 1068 |     title       = {The {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Programming Language},
 | 
|---|
| 1069 |     publisher   = {Addison-Wesley},
 | 
|---|
| 1070 |     address     = {Boston},
 | 
|---|
| 1071 |     year        = 1991,
 | 
|---|
| 1072 |     edition     = {2nd},
 | 
|---|
| 1073 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1074 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1075 | @book{c++:v3,
 | 
|---|
| 1076 |     keywords    = {C++},
 | 
|---|
| 1077 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1078 |     author      = {Bjarne Stroustrup},
 | 
|---|
| 1079 |     title       = {The {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Programming Language},
 | 
|---|
| 1080 |     publisher   = {Addison Wesley Longman},
 | 
|---|
| 1081 |     year        = 1997,
 | 
|---|
| 1082 |     edition     = {3rd},
 | 
|---|
| 1083 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1084 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1085 | @manual{Csharp,
 | 
|---|
| 1086 |     keywords    = {C#},
 | 
|---|
| 1087 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1088 |     title       = {C\# Language Specification, Standard ECMA-334},
 | 
|---|
| 1089 |     organization= {ECMA International Standardizing Information and Communication Systems},
 | 
|---|
| 1090 |     month       = jun,
 | 
|---|
| 1091 |     year        = 2006,
 | 
|---|
| 1092 |     edition     = {4th},
 | 
|---|
| 1093 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1094 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1095 | @article{Buhr85,
 | 
|---|
| 1096 |     keywords    = {goto, multi-exit loop},
 | 
|---|
| 1097 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1098 |     author      = {P. A. Buhr},
 | 
|---|
| 1099 |     title       = {A Case for Teaching Multi-exit Loops to Beginning Programmers},
 | 
|---|
| 1100 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 1101 |     volume      = 20,
 | 
|---|
| 1102 |     number      = 11,
 | 
|---|
| 1103 |     month       = nov,
 | 
|---|
| 1104 |     year        = 1985,
 | 
|---|
| 1105 |     pages       = {14-22}
 | 
|---|
| 1106 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1107 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1108 | @inproceedings{Necula02,
 | 
|---|
| 1109 |     author      = {Necula, George C. and McPeak, Scott and Weimer, Westley},
 | 
|---|
| 1110 |     title       = {{CCured}: Type-safe Retrofitting of Legacy Code},
 | 
|---|
| 1111 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the 29th ACM SIGPLAN-SIGACT Symposium on Principles of Programming Languages},
 | 
|---|
| 1112 |     series      = {POPL '02},
 | 
|---|
| 1113 |     year        = {2002},
 | 
|---|
| 1114 |     location    = {Portland, Oregon},
 | 
|---|
| 1115 |     pages       = {128-139},
 | 
|---|
| 1116 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 1117 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 1118 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1119 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1120 | @techreport{cforall-ug,
 | 
|---|
| 1121 |     keywords    = {cforall, user guide},
 | 
|---|
| 1122 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1123 |     author      = {Peter A. Buhr and Glen Ditchfield and David Till and Charles R. Zarnke},
 | 
|---|
| 1124 |     title       = {\textsf{C}$\mathbf{\forall}$ Users Guide, Version 0.1},
 | 
|---|
| 1125 |     institution = {Department of Computer Science, University of Waterloo},
 | 
|---|
| 1126 |     address     = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
 | 
|---|
| 1127 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 1128 |     year        = 2001,
 | 
|---|
| 1129 |     note        = {\href{http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/~cforall/cfa.ps}{http://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-$\sim$cforall/\-cfa.ps}},
 | 
|---|
| 1130 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1131 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1132 | @manual{cforall-refrat,
 | 
|---|
| 1133 |     keywords    = {polymorphism},
 | 
|---|
| 1134 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1135 |     author      = {Glen Ditchfield},
 | 
|---|
| 1136 |     title       = {Cforall Reference Manual and Rationale},
 | 
|---|
| 1137 |     edition     = {Revision 1.82},
 | 
|---|
| 1138 |     month       = jan,
 | 
|---|
| 1139 |     year        = 1998,
 | 
|---|
| 1140 |     note        = {{\small\textsf{ftp://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-pub/\-Cforall/\-refrat.ps.gz}}},
 | 
|---|
| 1141 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1142 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1143 | @inproceedings{Tarditi18,
 | 
|---|
| 1144 |     keywords    = {Checked C},
 | 
|---|
| 1145 |     contributer = {a3moss@uwaterloo.ca},
 | 
|---|
| 1146 |     author      = {Tarditi, David and Elliott, Archibald Samuel and Ruef, Andrew and Hicks, Michael},
 | 
|---|
| 1147 |     title       = {Checked C: Making C Safe by Extension},
 | 
|---|
| 1148 |     booktitle   = {2018 IEEE Cybersecurity Development (SecDev)},
 | 
|---|
| 1149 |     year        = {2018},
 | 
|---|
| 1150 |     month       = {September},
 | 
|---|
| 1151 |     pages       = {53-60},
 | 
|---|
| 1152 |     publisher   = {IEEE},
 | 
|---|
| 1153 |     url         = {https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/research/publication/checkedc-making-c-safe-by-extension/},
 | 
|---|
| 1154 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1155 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1156 | @misc{Clang,
 | 
|---|
| 1157 |     keywords    = {clang},
 | 
|---|
| 1158 |     contributer = {a3moss@uwaterloo.ca},
 | 
|---|
| 1159 |     title       = {Clang: a {C} language family frontend for {LLVM}},
 | 
|---|
| 1160 |     howpublished= {\href{https://clang.llvm.org/}{https://\-clang.llvm.org/}},
 | 
|---|
| 1161 |     note        = {Accessed 2019-02-22}
 | 
|---|
| 1162 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1163 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1164 | @book{Yourdon79,
 | 
|---|
| 1165 |     keywords    = {software engineering},
 | 
|---|
| 1166 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1167 |     editor      = {Edward Nash Yourdon},
 | 
|---|
| 1168 |     title       = {Classics in Software Engineering},
 | 
|---|
| 1169 |     publisher   = {Yourdon Press},
 | 
|---|
| 1170 |     address     = {New York},
 | 
|---|
| 1171 |     year        = 1979,
 | 
|---|
| 1172 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1173 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1174 | @inproceedings{Crnogorac98,
 | 
|---|
| 1175 |     keywords    = {inheritance anomaly},
 | 
|---|
| 1176 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1177 |     author      = {Lobel Crnogorac and Anand S. Rao and Kotagiri Ramamohanarao},
 | 
|---|
| 1178 |     title       = {Classifying Inheritance Mechanisms in Concurrent Object-Oriented Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 1179 |     editor      = {Eric Jul},
 | 
|---|
| 1180 |     booktitle   = {{ECOOP}~'98---Object-Oriented Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 1181 |     series      = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science},
 | 
|---|
| 1182 |     publisher   = {Springer},
 | 
|---|
| 1183 |     volume      = 1445,
 | 
|---|
| 1184 |     year        = 1998,
 | 
|---|
| 1185 |     pages       = {571-601},
 | 
|---|
| 1186 |     ISBN        = {3-540-64737-6},
 | 
|---|
| 1187 |     ISSN        = {0302-9743},
 | 
|---|
| 1188 |     abstract    = {
 | 
|---|
| 1189 |         Inheritance is one of the key concepts in object-oriented rogramming. However, the
 | 
|---|
| 1190 |         usefulness of inheritance in concurrent object-oriented programming is greatly
 | 
|---|
| 1191 |         reduced by the problem of inheritance anomaly. Inheritance anomaly is manifested
 | 
|---|
| 1192 |         by undesirable re-definitions of inherited code. The problem is aggravated by the
 | 
|---|
| 1193 |         lack of a formal analysis, with a multitude of differing proposals and conflicting
 | 
|---|
| 1194 |         opinions causing the current state of research, and further directions, to be
 | 
|---|
| 1195 |         unclear. In this paper we present a formal analysis of inheritance anomaly in
 | 
|---|
| 1196 |         concurrent object-oriented programming. Starting from a formal definition of the
 | 
|---|
| 1197 |         problem we develop a taxonomy of the anomaly, and use it to classify the various
 | 
|---|
| 1198 |         proposals. As a result, the major ideas, trends and limitations of the various
 | 
|---|
| 1199 |         proposals are clearly exposed. Formal analysis of the anomaly and a thorough
 | 
|---|
| 1200 |         exposition of its causes and implications are the pre-requisites for a successful
 | 
|---|
| 1201 |         integration of inheritance and concurrency.
 | 
|---|
| 1202 |     },
 | 
|---|
| 1203 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1204 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1205 | @book{CLU,
 | 
|---|
| 1206 |     keywords    = {CLU},
 | 
|---|
| 1207 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1208 |     author      = {Barbara Liskov and Russell Atkinson and Toby Bloom and Eliot
 | 
|---|
| 1209 |                 Moss and J. Craig Schaffert and Robert Scheifler and Alan Snyder},
 | 
|---|
| 1210 |     title       = {CLU Reference Manual},
 | 
|---|
| 1211 |     publisher   = {Springer},
 | 
|---|
| 1212 |     address     = {New York},
 | 
|---|
| 1213 |     year        = 1981,
 | 
|---|
| 1214 |     volume      = 114,
 | 
|---|
| 1215 |     series      = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science}
 | 
|---|
| 1216 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1217 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1218 | @manual{Cobol14,
 | 
|---|
| 1219 |     keywords    = {ISO/IEC Cobol 14},
 | 
|---|
| 1220 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1221 |     author      = {Cobol14},
 | 
|---|
| 1222 |     title       = {Programming Languages -- {Cobol} ISO/IEC 1989:2014},
 | 
|---|
| 1223 |     edition     = {2nd},
 | 
|---|
| 1224 |     institution = {International Standard Organization},
 | 
|---|
| 1225 |     address     = {\href{https://www.iso.org/standard/51416.html}{https://\-www.iso.org/\-standard/\-51416.html}},
 | 
|---|
| 1226 |     year        = 2014,
 | 
|---|
| 1227 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1228 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1229 | @article{coagulation,
 | 
|---|
| 1230 |     keywords    = {register allocation, instruction selection, jello},
 | 
|---|
| 1231 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1232 |     author      = {Michael Karr},
 | 
|---|
| 1233 |     title       = {Code Generation by Coagulation},
 | 
|---|
| 1234 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 1235 |     year        = 1984,
 | 
|---|
| 1236 |     month       = jun,
 | 
|---|
| 1237 |     volume      = 19,
 | 
|---|
| 1238 |     number      = 6,
 | 
|---|
| 1239 |     pages       = {1-12},
 | 
|---|
| 1240 |     note        = {Proceedings of the ACM SIGPLAN '84 Symposium on Compiler Construction},
 | 
|---|
| 1241 |     abstract    = {
 | 
|---|
| 1242 |         This paper describes a new approach to code-generation.  The
 | 
|---|
| 1243 |         central tenet is that there must be a more intimate coupling
 | 
|---|
| 1244 |         between register allocation and instruction selection than exists
 | 
|---|
| 1245 |         in present-day technology.  This is achieved by generating code in
 | 
|---|
| 1246 |         very small regions and gradually coalescing the part of the program
 | 
|---|
| 1247 |         that is ``compiled''.
 | 
|---|
| 1248 |     },
 | 
|---|
| 1249 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1250 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1251 | @article{Soloway83,
 | 
|---|
| 1252 |     keywords    = {goto, structure programming},
 | 
|---|
| 1253 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1254 |     author      = {E. Soloway and J. Bonar and K. Ehrlich},
 | 
|---|
| 1255 |     title       = {Cognitive Strategies and Looping Constructs: An Empirical Study},
 | 
|---|
| 1256 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 1257 |     month       = nov,
 | 
|---|
| 1258 |     year        = 1983,
 | 
|---|
| 1259 |     volume      = 26,
 | 
|---|
| 1260 |     number      = 11,
 | 
|---|
| 1261 |     pages       = {853-860},
 | 
|---|
| 1262 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1263 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1264 | @book{sml:commentary,
 | 
|---|
| 1265 |     author      = {Robin Milner and Mads Tofte},
 | 
|---|
| 1266 |     title       = {Commentary on Standard {ML}},
 | 
|---|
| 1267 |     publisher   = {MIT Press},
 | 
|---|
| 1268 |     address     = {Cambridge},
 | 
|---|
| 1269 |     year        = 1991
 | 
|---|
| 1270 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1271 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1272 | @article{Hyman66,
 | 
|---|
| 1273 |     keywords    = {mutual exclusion, software solution, incorrect},
 | 
|---|
| 1274 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1275 |     author      = {Harris Hyman},
 | 
|---|
| 1276 |     title       = {Comments on a Problem in Concurrent Programming Control},
 | 
|---|
| 1277 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 1278 |     month       = jan,
 | 
|---|
| 1279 |     year        = 1966,
 | 
|---|
| 1280 |     volume      = 9,
 | 
|---|
| 1281 |     number      = 1,
 | 
|---|
| 1282 |     pages       = {45},
 | 
|---|
| 1283 |     note        = {Letter to the Editor}
 | 
|---|
| 1284 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1285 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1286 | @inproceedings{clos,
 | 
|---|
| 1287 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 1288 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1289 |     author      = {Linda G. DeMichiel and Richard P. Gabriel},
 | 
|---|
| 1290 |     title       = {The Common Lisp Object System: An Overview},
 | 
|---|
| 1291 |     booktitle   = {ECOOP '87. European Conference on Object-Oriented Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 1292 |     year        = 1987,
 | 
|---|
| 1293 |     pages       = {151-170},
 | 
|---|
| 1294 |     publisher   = {Springer}
 | 
|---|
| 1295 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1296 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1297 | @book{CommonLisp,
 | 
|---|
| 1298 |     keywords    = {common lisp},
 | 
|---|
| 1299 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1300 |     author      = {Guy Steele},
 | 
|---|
| 1301 |     title       = {COMMON LISP: The Language},
 | 
|---|
| 1302 |     publisher   = {Digital Press},
 | 
|---|
| 1303 |     address     = {New York},
 | 
|---|
| 1304 |     year        = 1984
 | 
|---|
| 1305 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1306 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1307 | @article{CommonLoops,
 | 
|---|
| 1308 |     author      = {D. Bobrow and K. Kahn and G. Kiczales and L. Masinter and M. Stefik and F. Zdybel},
 | 
|---|
| 1309 |     title       = {CommonLoops: Merging Common Lisp and Object-Oriented Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 1310 |     address     = {Portland, Oregon, U.S.A.},
 | 
|---|
| 1311 |     journal     = {Proc. ACM Conf. on Object-Oriented Systems, Languages and Applications},
 | 
|---|
| 1312 |     year        = 1986,
 | 
|---|
| 1313 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 1314 |     pages       = {17-29},
 | 
|---|
| 1315 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1316 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1317 | @article{co-overview,
 | 
|---|
| 1318 |     keywords    = {CommonObjects, implementation, encapsulation},
 | 
|---|
| 1319 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1320 |     author      = {Alan Snyder},
 | 
|---|
| 1321 |     title       = {CommonObjects: An Overview},
 | 
|---|
| 1322 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 1323 |     year        = 1986,
 | 
|---|
| 1324 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 1325 |     volume      = 21,
 | 
|---|
| 1326 |     number      = 10,
 | 
|---|
| 1327 |     pages       = {19-28},
 | 
|---|
| 1328 |     note        = {Object Oriented Programming Workshop}
 | 
|---|
| 1329 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1330 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1331 | @article{CSP,
 | 
|---|
| 1332 |     keywords    = {CSP, concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 1333 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1334 |     author      = {C. A. R. Hoare},
 | 
|---|
| 1335 |     title       = {Communicating Sequential Processes},
 | 
|---|
| 1336 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 1337 |     month       = aug,
 | 
|---|
| 1338 |     year        = 1978,
 | 
|---|
| 1339 |     volume      = 21,
 | 
|---|
| 1340 |     number      = 8,
 | 
|---|
| 1341 |     pages       = {666-677}
 | 
|---|
| 1342 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1343 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1344 | @book{Hoare85,
 | 
|---|
| 1345 |     author      = {C. A. R. Hoare},
 | 
|---|
| 1346 |     title       = {Communicating Sequential Processes},
 | 
|---|
| 1347 |     year        = 1985,
 | 
|---|
| 1348 |     isbn        = {0-13-153271-5},
 | 
|---|
| 1349 |     publisher   = {Prentice-Hall},
 | 
|---|
| 1350 |     address     = {Upper Saddle River, NJ, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 1351 |     note        = {\href{http://www.usingcsp.com/cspbook.pdf}{http://\-www.usingcsp.com/\-cspbook.pdf}},
 | 
|---|
| 1352 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1353 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1354 | @article{Hansen72a,
 | 
|---|
| 1355 |     keywords    = {monitors, automatic signal},
 | 
|---|
| 1356 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1357 |     author      = {Per {Brinch Hansen}},
 | 
|---|
| 1358 |     title       = {A Comparison of Two Synchronizing Concepts},
 | 
|---|
| 1359 |     journal     = acta,
 | 
|---|
| 1360 |     volume      = 1,
 | 
|---|
| 1361 |     year        = 1972,
 | 
|---|
| 1362 |     pages       = {190-199},
 | 
|---|
| 1363 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1364 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1365 | @book{Aho06,
 | 
|---|
| 1366 |     author      = {Alfred V. Aho and Monica S. Lam and Ravi Sethi and Jeffrey D. Ullman},
 | 
|---|
| 1367 |     title       = {Compilers: Principles, Techniques, and Tools},
 | 
|---|
| 1368 |     edition     = {2nd},
 | 
|---|
| 1369 |     year        = {2006},
 | 
|---|
| 1370 |     publisher   = {Addison-Wesley Longman Publishing},
 | 
|---|
| 1371 |     address     = {Boston, MA, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 1372 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1373 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1374 | @article{Bacon94,
 | 
|---|
| 1375 |     keywords    = {parallelizing compiler},
 | 
|---|
| 1376 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1377 |     author      = {David F. Bacon and Susan L. Graham and Oliver J. Sharp},
 | 
|---|
| 1378 |     title       = {Compiler Transformations for High-Performance Com\-puting},
 | 
|---|
| 1379 |     journal     = acmcs,
 | 
|---|
| 1380 |     volume      = 26,
 | 
|---|
| 1381 |     number      = 4,
 | 
|---|
| 1382 |     month       = dec,
 | 
|---|
| 1383 |     year        = 1994,
 | 
|---|
| 1384 |     pages       = {345-420},
 | 
|---|
| 1385 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1386 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1387 | @inproceedings{Berger01,
 | 
|---|
| 1388 |     author      = {Emery D. Berger and Benjamin G. Zorn and Kathryn S. McKinley},
 | 
|---|
| 1389 |     title       = {Composing High-Performance Memory Allocators},
 | 
|---|
| 1390 |     booktitle   = {{SIGPLAN} Conference on Programming Language Design and Implementation},
 | 
|---|
| 1391 |     pages       = {114-124},
 | 
|---|
| 1392 |     year        = 2001,
 | 
|---|
| 1393 |     url         = {http://citeseer.ist.psu.edu/berger01composing.html}
 | 
|---|
| 1394 | } 
 | 
|---|
| 1395 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1396 | @article{Andrews83,
 | 
|---|
| 1397 |     keywords    = {general concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 1398 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1399 |     author      = {Gregory R. Andrews and Fred B. Schneider},
 | 
|---|
| 1400 |     title       = {Concepts and Notations for Concurrent Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 1401 |     journal     = acmcs,
 | 
|---|
| 1402 |     volume      = 15,
 | 
|---|
| 1403 |     number      = 1,
 | 
|---|
| 1404 |     month       = mar,
 | 
|---|
| 1405 |     year        = 1983,
 | 
|---|
| 1406 |     pages       = {3-43},
 | 
|---|
| 1407 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1408 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1409 | @mastersthesis{Mok97,
 | 
|---|
| 1410 |     author      = {Wing Yeung Russell Mok},
 | 
|---|
| 1411 |     title       = {Concurrent Abnormal Event Handling Mechanisms},
 | 
|---|
| 1412 |     school      = {University of Waterloo},
 | 
|---|
| 1413 |     year        = 1997,
 | 
|---|
| 1414 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 1415 |     address     = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
 | 
|---|
| 1416 |     note        = {\href{http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/theses/MokThesis.pdf}{http://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-theses/\-MokThesis.pdf}},
 | 
|---|
| 1417 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1418 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1419 | @article{Gehani86,
 | 
|---|
| 1420 |     keywords    = {Concurrent programming, C, Distributed systems, rendezvous},
 | 
|---|
| 1421 |     contributer = {dgharriss@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1422 |     author      = {N. H. Gehani and W. D. Roome},
 | 
|---|
| 1423 |     title       = {{Concurrent C}},
 | 
|---|
| 1424 |     journal     = spe,
 | 
|---|
| 1425 |     volume      = 16,
 | 
|---|
| 1426 |     number      = 9,
 | 
|---|
| 1427 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 1428 |     year        = 1986,
 | 
|---|
| 1429 |     pages       = {821-844},
 | 
|---|
| 1430 |     abstract    = {
 | 
|---|
| 1431 |         Our objective is to enhance C so that it can be used to write
 | 
|---|
| 1432 |         concurrent programs that can run efficiently on both single computers
 | 
|---|
| 1433 |         and multicomputers.  Our concurrent programming extensions to C are
 | 
|---|
| 1434 |         based on the {\it rendezvous\/} concept.  These extensions include
 | 
|---|
| 1435 |         mechanisms for the declaration and creation of processes, for process
 | 
|---|
| 1436 |         synchronization and interaction, for process termination and abortion.
 | 
|---|
| 1437 |         We give a rationale for our decisions and compare Concurrent C
 | 
|---|
| 1438 |         extensions with the concurrent programming facilities in Ada.
 | 
|---|
| 1439 |         Concurrent C has been implemented on the UNIX system running on a 
 | 
|---|
| 1440 |         single processor.  A distributed version of Concurrent C is being
 | 
|---|
| 1441 |         implemented.
 | 
|---|
| 1442 |    },
 | 
|---|
| 1443 |    comment      = {
 | 
|---|
| 1444 |         Select with guarded and screened accepts.  Typed processes.
 | 
|---|
| 1445 |         Process-valued expressions and process variables.  Processes have
 | 
|---|
| 1446 |         execution priority: Create {\em process-type-name}(args) [with
 | 
|---|
| 1447 |         priority(p)], and the priority can be changed on the fly.  Complicated
 | 
|---|
| 1448 |         guard/screen structure on accept: accept {\em transaction}(param names)
 | 
|---|
| 1449 |         [suchthat (exp)] [by (exp)] [compoundstatement].  Accepts cannot
 | 
|---|
| 1450 |         appear in functions!  Can specify timeouts on transaction calls.
 | 
|---|
| 1451 |         Code examples: buffer process, dining philosophers, lock manager.
 | 
|---|
| 1452 |         Section on diffs between Concurrent C and Ada.
 | 
|---|
| 1453 |    }
 | 
|---|
| 1454 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1455 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1456 | @article{ConcurrentC++,
 | 
|---|
| 1457 |     keywords    = {concurrency, C++},
 | 
|---|
| 1458 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1459 |     author      = {N. H. Gehani and W. D. Roome},
 | 
|---|
| 1460 |     title       = {Concurrent {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}: Concurrent Programming with Class(es)},
 | 
|---|
| 1461 |     journal     = spe,
 | 
|---|
| 1462 |     month       = dec,
 | 
|---|
| 1463 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 1464 |     volume      = 18,
 | 
|---|
| 1465 |     number      = 12,
 | 
|---|
| 1466 |     pages       = {1157-1177}
 | 
|---|
| 1467 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1468 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1469 | @article{Courtois71,
 | 
|---|
| 1470 |     keywords    = {reader and writer, p and v},
 | 
|---|
| 1471 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1472 |     author      = {P. J. Courtois and F. Heymans and D. L. Parnas},
 | 
|---|
| 1473 |     title       = {Concurrent Control with Readers and Writers},
 | 
|---|
| 1474 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 1475 |     volume      = 14,
 | 
|---|
| 1476 |     number      = 10,
 | 
|---|
| 1477 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 1478 |     year        = 1971,
 | 
|---|
| 1479 |     pages       = {667-668},
 | 
|---|
| 1480 |     annote      = {
 | 
|---|
| 1481 |                 Many errors in the two solutions.
 | 
|---|
| 1482 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 1483 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1484 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1485 | @misc{NThreadCode13,
 | 
|---|
| 1486 |     keywords    = {N-thread software-solution mutual exclusion},
 | 
|---|
| 1487 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1488 |     key         = {concurrent locking},
 | 
|---|
| 1489 |     author      = {Peter A. Buhr and David Dice and Wim H. Hesselink},
 | 
|---|
| 1490 |     title       = {concurrent-locking},
 | 
|---|
| 1491 |     howpublished= {\href{https://github.com/pabuhr/concurrent-locking}{https://\-github.com/\-pabuhr/\-concurrent-locking}},
 | 
|---|
| 1492 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1493 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1494 | @incollection{Reppy93,
 | 
|---|
| 1495 |     keywords    = {ML, concurrency, continuation passing},
 | 
|---|
| 1496 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1497 |     author      = {John H. Reppy},
 | 
|---|
| 1498 |     title       = {Concurrent {ML}: Design, Application and Semantics},
 | 
|---|
| 1499 |     booktitle   = {Functional Programming, Concurrency, Simulation and Automated Reasoning},
 | 
|---|
| 1500 |     editor      = {P. E. Lauer},
 | 
|---|
| 1501 |     pages       = {165-198},
 | 
|---|
| 1502 |     publisher   = {Springer},
 | 
|---|
| 1503 |     address     = {Berlin, DE},
 | 
|---|
| 1504 |     year        = 1993,
 | 
|---|
| 1505 |     ISBN        = {3-540-56883-2},
 | 
|---|
| 1506 |     abstract    = {
 | 
|---|
| 1507 |         Concurrent ML (CML) is a high-level language for concurrent
 | 
|---|
| 1508 |         programming. It is an extension of Standard ML (SML) and is implemented
 | 
|---|
| 1509 |         on top of Standard ML of New Jersey (SML/NJ). CML is a practical
 | 
|---|
| 1510 |         language and is being used to build real systems. It demonstrates that
 | 
|---|
| 1511 |         one need not sacrifice high-level notation in order to have good
 | 
|---|
| 1512 |         performance. CML is also a well-defined language. In the tradition of
 | 
|---|
| 1513 |         SML, it has a formal semantics and its type-soundness has been
 | 
|---|
| 1514 |         proven.},
 | 
|---|
| 1515 |     note        = {
 | 
|---|
| 1516 |         Proceedings of International Lecture Series 1991-92, McMaster
 | 
|---|
| 1517 |         UniversityLecture Notes in Computer Science 693.},
 | 
|---|
| 1518 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1519 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1520 | @article{BLASE-2,
 | 
|---|
| 1521 |     keywords    = {concurrency, BLASE-2},
 | 
|---|
| 1522 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1523 |     author      = {Piyush Mehrotra and John Van Rosendale},
 | 
|---|
| 1524 |     title       = {Concurrent Object Access in BLASE~2},
 | 
|---|
| 1525 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 1526 |     volume      = 24,
 | 
|---|
| 1527 |     number      = 4,
 | 
|---|
| 1528 |     month       = apr,
 | 
|---|
| 1529 |     year        = 1989,
 | 
|---|
| 1530 |     pages       = {40-42},
 | 
|---|
| 1531 |     note        = {Proceedings of the ACM SIGPLAN Workshop on Object-Based Concurrent Programming,
 | 
|---|
| 1532 |                    Sept. 26--27, 1988, San Diego, California, U.S.A},
 | 
|---|
| 1533 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1534 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1535 | @techreport{Kafura88,
 | 
|---|
| 1536 |     keywords    = {objects, concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 1537 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1538 |     author      = {Dennis Kafura},
 | 
|---|
| 1539 |     title       = {Concurrent Object-Oriented Real-Time Systems Research},
 | 
|---|
| 1540 |     institution = {Department of Computer Science, Virginia Polytechnic},
 | 
|---|
| 1541 |     number      = {TR 88-47},
 | 
|---|
| 1542 |     year        = 1988
 | 
|---|
| 1543 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1544 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1545 | @article{Buhr92a,
 | 
|---|
| 1546 |     keywords    = {C++, concurrency, light-weight process, shared memory},
 | 
|---|
| 1547 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1548 |     author      = {P. A. Buhr and Glen Ditchfield and R. A. Stroobosscher and B. M. Younger and C. R. Zarnke},
 | 
|---|
| 1549 |     title       = {$\mu${C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}: Concurrency in the Object-Oriented Language {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
 | 
|---|
| 1550 |     journal     = spe,
 | 
|---|
| 1551 |     volume      = 22,
 | 
|---|
| 1552 |     number      = 2,
 | 
|---|
| 1553 |     month       = feb,
 | 
|---|
| 1554 |     year        = 1992,
 | 
|---|
| 1555 |     pages       = {137-172},
 | 
|---|
| 1556 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1557 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1558 | @manual{uC++,
 | 
|---|
| 1559 |     keywords    = {C++, concurrency, light-weight process, shared memory},
 | 
|---|
| 1560 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1561 |     key         = {uC++},
 | 
|---|
| 1562 |     author      = {Peter A. Buhr},
 | 
|---|
| 1563 |     title       = {$\mu${C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Annotated Reference Manual, Version 7.0.0},
 | 
|---|
| 1564 |     organization= {University of Waterloo},
 | 
|---|
| 1565 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 1566 |     year        = 2018,
 | 
|---|
| 1567 |     note        = {\href{https://plg.uwaterloo.ca/~usystem/pub/uSystem/uC++.pdf}{https://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-$\sim$usystem/\-pub/\-uSystem/uC++.pdf}},
 | 
|---|
| 1568 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1569 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1570 | @book{Burns93,
 | 
|---|
| 1571 |     keywords    = {concurrency, Pascal},
 | 
|---|
| 1572 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1573 |     author      = {Alan Burns and Geoff Davies},
 | 
|---|
| 1574 |     title       = {Concurrent Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 1575 |     publisher   = {Addison Wesley Longman},
 | 
|---|
| 1576 |     year        = 1993,
 | 
|---|
| 1577 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1578 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1579 | @article{Hansen73a,
 | 
|---|
| 1580 |     keywords    = {monitors},
 | 
|---|
| 1581 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1582 |     author      = {Per {Brinch Hansen}},
 | 
|---|
| 1583 |     title       = {Concurrent Programming Concepts},
 | 
|---|
| 1584 |     journal     = spe,
 | 
|---|
| 1585 |     month       = dec,
 | 
|---|
| 1586 |     year        = 1973,
 | 
|---|
| 1587 |     volume      = 5,
 | 
|---|
| 1588 |     number      = 4,
 | 
|---|
| 1589 |     pages       = {223-245},
 | 
|---|
| 1590 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1591 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1592 | @book{Lea97,
 | 
|---|
| 1593 |     keywords    = {concurrency, Java},
 | 
|---|
| 1594 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1595 |     author      = {Doug Lea},
 | 
|---|
| 1596 |     title       = {Concurrent Programming in {J}ava: Design Principles and Patterns},
 | 
|---|
| 1597 |     publisher   = {Addison-Wesley},
 | 
|---|
| 1598 |     address     = {Boston},
 | 
|---|
| 1599 |     year        = 1997,
 | 
|---|
| 1600 |     edition     = {1st},
 | 
|---|
| 1601 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1602 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1603 | @book{Hartley98,
 | 
|---|
| 1604 |     keywords    = {concurrency, Java},
 | 
|---|
| 1605 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1606 |     author      = {Stephen J. Hartley},
 | 
|---|
| 1607 |     title       = {Concurrent Programming: The {J}ava Programming Language},
 | 
|---|
| 1608 |     publisher   = {Oxford University Press},
 | 
|---|
| 1609 |     year        = 1998,
 | 
|---|
| 1610 |     edition     = {1st},
 | 
|---|
| 1611 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1612 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1613 | @book{Lea00,
 | 
|---|
| 1614 |     keywords    = {concurrency, Java},
 | 
|---|
| 1615 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1616 |     author      = {Doug Lea},
 | 
|---|
| 1617 |     title       = {Concurrent Programming in {J}ava: Design Principles and Patterns},
 | 
|---|
| 1618 |     publisher   = {Addison-Wesley},
 | 
|---|
| 1619 |     address     = {Boston},
 | 
|---|
| 1620 |     year        = 2000,
 | 
|---|
| 1621 |     edition     = {2nd},
 | 
|---|
| 1622 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1623 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1624 | @book{ConcurrentC,
 | 
|---|
| 1625 |     keywords    = {concurrency, C},
 | 
|---|
| 1626 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1627 |     author      = {N. H. Gehani and W. D. Roome},
 | 
|---|
| 1628 |     title       = {The {Concurrent C} Programming Language},
 | 
|---|
| 1629 |     publisher   = {Silicon Press},
 | 
|---|
| 1630 |     address     = {Summit},
 | 
|---|
| 1631 |     year        = 1989,
 | 
|---|
| 1632 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1633 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1634 | @mastersthesis{Sun15,
 | 
|---|
| 1635 |     author      = {Sun, Xianda},
 | 
|---|
| 1636 |     title       = {Concurrent High-performance Persistent Hash Table In {J}ava},
 | 
|---|
| 1637 |     school      = {School of Computer Sc., University of Waterloo},
 | 
|---|
| 1638 |     year        = 2015,
 | 
|---|
| 1639 |     optaddress  = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
 | 
|---|
| 1640 |     note        = {\href{https://uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/handle/10012/10013}{https://\-uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/\-handle/\-10012/\-10013}},
 | 
|---|
| 1641 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1642 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1643 | @book{Andrews91:book,
 | 
|---|
| 1644 |     keywords    = {concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 1645 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1646 |     author      = {Gregory R. Andrews},
 | 
|---|
| 1647 |     title       = {Concurrent Programming: Principles and Practice},
 | 
|---|
| 1648 |     publisher   = {Benjamin/Cummings Publish\-ing},
 | 
|---|
| 1649 |     address     = {Redwood City},
 | 
|---|
| 1650 |     year        = 1991,
 | 
|---|
| 1651 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1652 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1653 | @article{Buhr05a,
 | 
|---|
| 1654 |     keywords    = {concurrency, myths},
 | 
|---|
| 1655 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1656 |     author      = {Peter A. Buhr and Ashif S. Harji},
 | 
|---|
| 1657 |     title       = {Concurrent Urban Legends},
 | 
|---|
| 1658 |     journal     = ccpe,
 | 
|---|
| 1659 |     month       = aug,
 | 
|---|
| 1660 |     year        = 2005,
 | 
|---|
| 1661 |     volume      = 17,
 | 
|---|
| 1662 |     number      = 9,
 | 
|---|
| 1663 |     pages       = {1133-1172},
 | 
|---|
| 1664 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1665 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1666 | @mastersthesis{Delisle18,
 | 
|---|
| 1667 |     keywords    = {concurrency, Cforall},
 | 
|---|
| 1668 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1669 |     author      = {Thierry Delisle},
 | 
|---|
| 1670 |     title       = {Concurrency in \textsf{C}$\mathbf{\forall}$},
 | 
|---|
| 1671 |     school      = {School of Computer Science, University of Waterloo},
 | 
|---|
| 1672 |     year        = 2018,
 | 
|---|
| 1673 |     optaddress  = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
 | 
|---|
| 1674 |     note        = {\href{https://uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/handle/10012/12888}{https://\-uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/\-handle/\-10012/\-12888}},
 | 
|---|
| 1675 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1676 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1677 | @article{Delisle18b,
 | 
|---|
| 1678 |     keywords    = {concurrency, Cforall},
 | 
|---|
| 1679 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1680 |     author      = {Thierry Delisle and Peter A. Buhr},
 | 
|---|
| 1681 |     title       = {Concurrency in \textsf{C}$\mathbf{\forall}$},
 | 
|---|
| 1682 |     year        = 2018,
 | 
|---|
| 1683 |     journal     = spe,
 | 
|---|
| 1684 |     pages       = {1-32},
 | 
|---|
| 1685 |     note        = {submitted},
 | 
|---|
| 1686 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1687 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1688 | @techreport{Buhr90,
 | 
|---|
| 1689 |     keywords    = {objects, concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 1690 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1691 |     author      = {P. A. Buhr and G. J. Ditchfield and B. M. Younger and C. R. Zarnke}, 
 | 
|---|
| 1692 |     title       = {Concurrency in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
 | 
|---|
| 1693 |     institution = {Department of Computer Science, University of Waterloo},
 | 
|---|
| 1694 |     address     = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
 | 
|---|
| 1695 |     number      = {CS-90-18},
 | 
|---|
| 1696 |     month       = may,
 | 
|---|
| 1697 |     year        = 1990
 | 
|---|
| 1698 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1699 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1700 | @book{Burns98,
 | 
|---|
| 1701 |     keywords    = {concurrency, Ada},
 | 
|---|
| 1702 |     author      = {Alan Burns and Andy Wellings},
 | 
|---|
| 1703 |     title       = {Concurrency in {Ada}},
 | 
|---|
| 1704 |     publisher   = {Cambridge University Press},
 | 
|---|
| 1705 |     year        = 1998,
 | 
|---|
| 1706 |     edition     = {2nd},
 | 
|---|
| 1707 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1708 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1709 | @book{Bernstein93,
 | 
|---|
| 1710 |     keywords    = {concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 1711 |     author      = {Arthur J. Bernstein and Philip M. Lewis},
 | 
|---|
| 1712 |     title       = {Concurrency in Programming and Database Systems},
 | 
|---|
| 1713 |     publisher   = {Jones and Bartlett},
 | 
|---|
| 1714 |     year        = 1993,
 | 
|---|
| 1715 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1716 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1717 | @inproceedings{Pitman01,
 | 
|---|
| 1718 |     keywords    = {LISP, exception handling},
 | 
|---|
| 1719 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1720 |     author      = {Kent M. Pitman},
 | 
|---|
| 1721 |     title       = {Condition Handling in the Lisp Language Family},
 | 
|---|
| 1722 |     booktitle   = {Exception Handling},
 | 
|---|
| 1723 |     publisher   = {Springer},
 | 
|---|
| 1724 |     volume      = 2022,
 | 
|---|
| 1725 |     series      = {LNCS},
 | 
|---|
| 1726 |     year        = 2001,
 | 
|---|
| 1727 |     pages       = {39-59}
 | 
|---|
| 1728 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1729 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1730 | @inbook{enhancement,
 | 
|---|
| 1731 |     keywords    = {bounded polymorphism, Comandos},
 | 
|---|
| 1732 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1733 |     author      = {Chris Horn},
 | 
|---|
| 1734 |     title       = {Conformace, Genericity, Inheritance and Enhancement},
 | 
|---|
| 1735 |     pages       = {223-233},
 | 
|---|
| 1736 |     publisher   = {Springer},
 | 
|---|
| 1737 |     year        = 1987,
 | 
|---|
| 1738 |     volume      = 276,
 | 
|---|
| 1739 |     series      = "Lecture Notes in Computer Science",
 | 
|---|
| 1740 |     note        = "ECOOP '87 European Conference on Object-Oriented Programming",
 | 
|---|
| 1741 |     summary     = {
 | 
|---|
| 1742 |         Considers effect of conformance on Meyer's conclusions in
 | 
|---|
| 1743 |         \cite{polymorphism}.
 | 
|---|
| 1744 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1745 |         Implementing a swap function as a member of a type {\cd Swappable}
 | 
|---|
| 1746 |         with {\cd in out Top} parameters doesn't work, because conformance
 | 
|---|
| 1747 |         requires arguments to be of type {\cd Top}.
 | 
|---|
| 1748 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1749 |         An enhancive type has a type parameter, bounded by some type, and
 | 
|---|
| 1750 |         defines members.  Types conforming to the bound can be passed as
 | 
|---|
| 1751 |         arguments to create types with the extra members.  The signature of
 | 
|---|
| 1752 |         the enhanced type is based on the signature of the argument, not the
 | 
|---|
| 1753 |         bound, as if enhancive types were macros.  Hence enhanced types do not
 | 
|---|
| 1754 |         necessarily conform to each other.  Types conforming to the bound
 | 
|---|
| 1755 |         conform to enhanced types, which allows new functions to be applied
 | 
|---|
| 1756 |         to old types.
 | 
|---|
| 1757 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1758 |         Enhancive types are not generic types.  If the argument is omitted,
 | 
|---|
| 1759 |         the bound is used as a default.  Assignment of enhanced types to
 | 
|---|
| 1760 |         default-enhanced types is allowed (enhanced types conform to the
 | 
|---|
| 1761 |         default-enhanced type).  This is (probably) statically type-safe,
 | 
|---|
| 1762 |         because arguments must conform to the bound, and the new members
 | 
|---|
| 1763 |         only use operations defined for the bound.
 | 
|---|
| 1764 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1765 |         With facilities for member renaming and deletion, enhancive types
 | 
|---|
| 1766 |         provide the equivalent of constrained generic types.
 | 
|---|
| 1767 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 1768 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1769 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1770 | @misc{Taylor10,
 | 
|---|
| 1771 |     keywords    = {const, poisoning},
 | 
|---|
| 1772 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1773 |     author      = {Ian Lance Taylor},
 | 
|---|
| 1774 |     title       = {const},
 | 
|---|
| 1775 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 1776 |     year        = 2010,
 | 
|---|
| 1777 |     howpublished= {\href{https://www.airs.com/blog/archives/428}
 | 
|---|
| 1778 |                   {https://www.airs.com/\-blog/\-archives/\-428}},
 | 
|---|
| 1779 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1780 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1781 | @phdthesis{Ditchfield92,
 | 
|---|
| 1782 |     keywords    = {C, parametric polymorphism, overloading},
 | 
|---|
| 1783 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1784 |     author      = {Glen Jeffrey Ditchfield},
 | 
|---|
| 1785 |     title       = {Contextual Polymorphism},
 | 
|---|
| 1786 |     school      = {Department of Computer Science, University of Waterloo},
 | 
|---|
| 1787 |     year        = 1992,
 | 
|---|
| 1788 |     address     = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
 | 
|---|
| 1789 |     note        = {\href{http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/theses/DitchfieldThesis.pdf}{http://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-theses/\-DitchfieldThesis.pdf}}
 | 
|---|
| 1790 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1791 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1792 | @inproceedings{frameworks:HHG90,
 | 
|---|
| 1793 |     keywords    = {formal},
 | 
|---|
| 1794 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1795 |     author      = {Richard Helm and Ian M. Holland and Dipayan Gangopadhyay},
 | 
|---|
| 1796 |     title       = {Contracts: Specifying Behavioural Compositions in Cbject-Oriented Systems},
 | 
|---|
| 1797 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of ACM Symposium on Object-Oriented Programming: Systems, Languages and Applications},
 | 
|---|
| 1798 |     year        = 1990,
 | 
|---|
| 1799 |     pages       = {169-180},
 | 
|---|
| 1800 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1801 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1802 | @article{Wand80,
 | 
|---|
| 1803 |     keywords    = {concurrency, continuation},
 | 
|---|
| 1804 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1805 |     author      = {Mitchell Wand},
 | 
|---|
| 1806 |     title       = {Continuation-Based Multiprocessing},
 | 
|---|
| 1807 |     publisher   = {The Lisp Conference},
 | 
|---|
| 1808 |     journal     = {Conference Record of the 1980 Lisp Conference},
 | 
|---|
| 1809 |     pages       = {19-28},
 | 
|---|
| 1810 |     year        = 1980,
 | 
|---|
| 1811 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1812 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1813 | @article{Hieb90,
 | 
|---|
| 1814 |     keywords    = {continuations, concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 1815 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1816 |     author      = {Robert Hieb and R. Kent Dybvig},
 | 
|---|
| 1817 |     title       = {Continuations and Concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 1818 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 1819 |     volume      = 25,
 | 
|---|
| 1820 |     number      = 3,
 | 
|---|
| 1821 |     month       = mar,
 | 
|---|
| 1822 |     year        = 1990,
 | 
|---|
| 1823 |     pages       = {128-136},
 | 
|---|
| 1824 |     note        = {Proceedings of the Second ACM SIGPLAN Symposium on Principles \& Practise of Parallel Programming,
 | 
|---|
| 1825 |                    March. 14--16, 1990, Seattle, Washington, U.S.A},
 | 
|---|
| 1826 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1827 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1828 | @inproceedings{Haynes84,
 | 
|---|
| 1829 |     keywords    = {continuations, coroutines, Scheme},
 | 
|---|
| 1830 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1831 |     author      = {Christopher T. Haynes and Daniel P. Friedman and Mitchell Wand},
 | 
|---|
| 1832 |     title       = {Continuations and Coroutines},
 | 
|---|
| 1833 |     booktitle   = {Conference Record of the 1984 {ACM} Symposium on Lisp and Functional Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 1834 |     organization= {Association for Computing Machinery},
 | 
|---|
| 1835 |     month       = aug,
 | 
|---|
| 1836 |     year        = 1984,
 | 
|---|
| 1837 |     pages       = {293-298},
 | 
|---|
| 1838 |     abstract    = {
 | 
|---|
| 1839 |         The power of first class continuations is demonstrated by implementing
 | 
|---|
| 1840 |         a variety of coroutine mechanisms using only continuations and
 | 
|---|
| 1841 |         functional abstraction. The importance of general abstraction
 | 
|---|
| 1842 |         mechanisms such as continuations is discussed.},
 | 
|---|
| 1843 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1844 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1845 | @inproceedings{Zahn74,
 | 
|---|
| 1846 |     keywords    = {goto, structured programming},
 | 
|---|
| 1847 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1848 |     author      = {C. T. Zahn},
 | 
|---|
| 1849 |     title       = {Control Statement for Natural Top-down Structured Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 1850 |     booktitle   = {Symposium on Programming Languages},
 | 
|---|
| 1851 |     address     = {Paris, France},
 | 
|---|
| 1852 |     year        = 1974,
 | 
|---|
| 1853 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1854 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1855 | @unpublished{Ditchfield:conversions,
 | 
|---|
| 1856 |     contributer = {a3moss@uwaterloo.ca},
 | 
|---|
| 1857 |     author      = {Glen Ditchfield},
 | 
|---|
| 1858 |     title       = {Conversions for \textsf{C}$\mathbf{\forall}$},
 | 
|---|
| 1859 |     note        = {\href{http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/~cforall/Conversions/index.html}{http://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-$\sim$cforall/\-Conversions/\-index.html}},
 | 
|---|
| 1860 |     month       = {Nov},
 | 
|---|
| 1861 |     year        = {2002},
 | 
|---|
| 1862 |     urldate     = {28 July 2016},
 | 
|---|
| 1863 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1864 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1865 | @techreport{Dijkstra65,
 | 
|---|
| 1866 |     keywords    = {concurrency, Dekker's algorithm, semaphores},
 | 
|---|
| 1867 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1868 |     author      = {Edsger W. Dijkstra},
 | 
|---|
| 1869 |     title       = {Cooperating Sequential Processes},
 | 
|---|
| 1870 |     institution = {Technological University},
 | 
|---|
| 1871 |     address     = {Eindhoven, Netherlands},
 | 
|---|
| 1872 |     year        = 1965,
 | 
|---|
| 1873 |     note        = {Reprinted in \cite{Genuys68} pp. 43--112.}
 | 
|---|
| 1874 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1875 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1876 | @book{Marlin80,
 | 
|---|
| 1877 |     keywords    = {coroutines},
 | 
|---|
| 1878 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1879 |     author      = {Christopher D. Marlin},
 | 
|---|
| 1880 |     title       = {Coroutines: A Programming Methodology, a Language Design and an Implementation},
 | 
|---|
| 1881 |     publisher   = {Springer},
 | 
|---|
| 1882 |     address     = {New York},
 | 
|---|
| 1883 |     year        = 1980,
 | 
|---|
| 1884 |     volume      = 95,
 | 
|---|
| 1885 |     series      = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science, Ed. by G. Goos and J. Hartmanis}
 | 
|---|
| 1886 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1887 |  
 | 
|---|
| 1888 | @article{Wang71,
 | 
|---|
| 1889 |     keywords    = {coroutines},
 | 
|---|
| 1890 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1891 |     author      = {Arne Wang and Ole-Johan Dahl},
 | 
|---|
| 1892 |     title       = {Coroutine Sequencing in a Block Structured Environment},
 | 
|---|
| 1893 |     journal     = "BIT",
 | 
|---|
| 1894 |     volume      = 11,
 | 
|---|
| 1895 |     month       = nov,
 | 
|---|
| 1896 |     year        = 1971,
 | 
|---|
| 1897 |     pages       = {425-449},
 | 
|---|
| 1898 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1899 |  
 | 
|---|
| 1900 | @article{Castagna95,
 | 
|---|
| 1901 |     keywords    = {type-systems, covariance, contravariance},
 | 
|---|
| 1902 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1903 |     author      = {Giuseppe Castagna},
 | 
|---|
| 1904 |     title       = {Covariance and Contravariance : Conflict without a Cause},
 | 
|---|
| 1905 |     journal     = toplas,
 | 
|---|
| 1906 |     volume      = 17,
 | 
|---|
| 1907 |     number      = 3,
 | 
|---|
| 1908 |     month       = may,
 | 
|---|
| 1909 |     year        = 1995,
 | 
|---|
| 1910 |     pages       = {341-447},
 | 
|---|
| 1911 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1912 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1913 | @book{Fischer88,
 | 
|---|
| 1914 |     keywords    = {compiler construction},
 | 
|---|
| 1915 |     author      = {Charles N. Fischer and Richard J. {LeBlanc, Jr.}},
 | 
|---|
| 1916 |     title       = {Crafting a Compiler},
 | 
|---|
| 1917 |     publisher   = {Benjamin Cummings},
 | 
|---|
| 1918 |     year        = 1991,
 | 
|---|
| 1919 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1920 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1921 | @misc{CS343,
 | 
|---|
| 1922 |     keywords    = {uC++ teaching},
 | 
|---|
| 1923 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1924 |     key         = {Peter Buhr},
 | 
|---|
| 1925 |     title       = {CS343},
 | 
|---|
| 1926 |     year        = 2018,
 | 
|---|
| 1927 |     howpublished= {\href{https://www.student.cs.uwaterloo.ca/~cs343}{https://\-www.student.cs.uwaterloo.ca/\-$\sim$cs343}},
 | 
|---|
| 1928 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1929 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1930 | @inproceedings{Jim02,
 | 
|---|
| 1931 |     keywords    = {C dialect, parametric polymorphic, safe memory allocation},
 | 
|---|
| 1932 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1933 |     author      = {Trevor Jim and Greg Morrisett and Dan Grossman and Michael Hicks and James Cheney and and Yanling Wang},
 | 
|---|
| 1934 |     title       = {{C}yclone: A Safe Dialect of {C}},
 | 
|---|
| 1935 |     booktitle   = {USENIX Annual Technical Conference},
 | 
|---|
| 1936 |     organization= {USENIX Association},
 | 
|---|
| 1937 |     address     = {Monterey, California, U.S.A.},
 | 
|---|
| 1938 |     month       = jun,
 | 
|---|
| 1939 |     year        = 2002,
 | 
|---|
| 1940 |     pages       = {275-288},
 | 
|---|
| 1941 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1942 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1943 | % D
 | 
|---|
| 1944 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1945 | @manual{D,
 | 
|---|
| 1946 |     keywords    = {D programming language},
 | 
|---|
| 1947 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1948 |     title       = {{D} Programming Language},
 | 
|---|
| 1949 |     author      = {Walter Bright and Andrei Alexandrescu},
 | 
|---|
| 1950 |     organization= {Digital Mars},
 | 
|---|
| 1951 |     year        = 2016,
 | 
|---|
| 1952 |     note        = {\href{http://dlang.org/spec/spec.html}{http://\-dlang.org/\-spec/\-spec.html}},
 | 
|---|
| 1953 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1954 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1955 | @techreport{Cui90,
 | 
|---|
| 1956 |     keywords    = {exception handling},
 | 
|---|
| 1957 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1958 |     author      = {Qian Cui},
 | 
|---|
| 1959 |     title       = {Data-Oriented Exception Handling},
 | 
|---|
| 1960 |     institution = {Department of Computer Science, University of Maryland},
 | 
|---|
| 1961 |     address     = {College Park, Maryland, U.S.A., 20742},
 | 
|---|
| 1962 |     number      = {CS-TR-2384},
 | 
|---|
| 1963 |     month       = jan,
 | 
|---|
| 1964 |     year        = 1990,
 | 
|---|
| 1965 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1966 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1967 | @article{Cui92,
 | 
|---|
| 1968 |     contributer = {rkrische@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1969 |     author      = {Qian Cui and John Gannon},
 | 
|---|
| 1970 |     title       = {Data-oriented Exception Handling},
 | 
|---|
| 1971 |     journal     = {IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering},
 | 
|---|
| 1972 |     month       = may,
 | 
|---|
| 1973 |     year        = 1992,
 | 
|---|
| 1974 |     volume      = 18,
 | 
|---|
| 1975 |     number      = 5,
 | 
|---|
| 1976 |     pages       = {393-401},
 | 
|---|
| 1977 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1978 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1979 | @manual{SIMULA87,
 | 
|---|
| 1980 |     keywords    = {Simula standard},
 | 
|---|
| 1981 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 1982 |     title       = {Databehandling -- Programspr{\aa}k -- {SIMULA}},
 | 
|---|
| 1983 |     organization= {Standardiseringskommissionen i Sverige},
 | 
|---|
| 1984 |     note        = {Svensk Standard SS 63 61 14},
 | 
|---|
| 1985 |     year        = 1987,
 | 
|---|
| 1986 |     abstract    = {Standard for the programming language SIMULA. Written in English.}
 | 
|---|
| 1987 | }
 | 
|---|
| 1988 | 
 | 
|---|
| 1989 | @article{Galil91,
 | 
|---|
| 1990 |     keywords    = {union-find},
 | 
|---|
| 1991 |     contributer = {a3moss@uwaterloo.ca},
 | 
|---|
| 1992 |     title       = {Data structures and algorithms for disjoint set union problems},
 | 
|---|
| 1993 |     author      = {Galil, Zvi and Italiano, Giuseppe F},
 | 
|---|
| 1994 |     journal     = {ACM Computing Surveys (CSUR)},
 | 
|---|
| 1995 |     volume      = 23,
 | 
|---|
| 1996 |     number      = 3,
 | 
|---|
| 1997 |     pages       = {319--344},
 | 
|---|
| 1998 |     year        = 1991,
 | 
|---|
| 1999 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 2000 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2001 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2002 | @article{Liskov75,
 | 
|---|
| 2003 |     keywords    = {abstract data types, encapsulation, verification},
 | 
|---|
| 2004 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2005 |     author      = {Barbara H. Liskov},
 | 
|---|
| 2006 |     title       = {Data Types and Program Correctness},
 | 
|---|
| 2007 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 2008 |     year        = 1975,
 | 
|---|
| 2009 |     month       = jul,
 | 
|---|
| 2010 |     volume      = 10,
 | 
|---|
| 2011 |     number      = 7,
 | 
|---|
| 2012 |     pages       = {16-17},
 | 
|---|
| 2013 |     summary     = {
 | 
|---|
| 2014 |         Type definitions should contain the implementation of the type and
 | 
|---|
| 2015 |         its operations.  The grouping makes programs simpler and more
 | 
|---|
| 2016 |         understandable.  Encapsulating the definition aids verification and
 | 
|---|
| 2017 |         forces a precise specification of the interface.
 | 
|---|
| 2018 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 2019 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2020 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2021 | @article{dtav,
 | 
|---|
| 2022 |     keywords    = {Russell, types},
 | 
|---|
| 2023 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2024 |     author      = {James Donahue and Alan Demers},
 | 
|---|
| 2025 |     title       = {Data Types are Values},
 | 
|---|
| 2026 |     journal     = toplas,
 | 
|---|
| 2027 |     month       = jul,
 | 
|---|
| 2028 |     year        = 1985,
 | 
|---|
| 2029 |     volume      = 7,
 | 
|---|
| 2030 |     number      = 3,
 | 
|---|
| 2031 |     pages       = {426-445},
 | 
|---|
| 2032 |     comment     = {
 | 
|---|
| 2033 |         Data types are sets of operations providing interpretations of
 | 
|---|
| 2034 |         values from a meaningless, typeless universal value space.  Types
 | 
|---|
| 2035 |         and operations are also contained in this value space.
 | 
|---|
| 2036 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2037 |         Functions returning types replace generic types.
 | 
|---|
| 2038 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2039 |         Polymorphic functions have type parameters.  Evaluation is not
 | 
|---|
| 2040 |         macro expansion:
 | 
|---|
| 2041 |         \begin{verbatim}
 | 
|---|
| 2042 |             R == func [n:val integer; T:type[]] val integer
 | 
|---|
| 2043 |                 {if n > 0 => r[n-1, Array[1,10,T]] # n <= 0 => 17 fi}
 | 
|---|
| 2044 |         \end{verbatim}
 | 
|---|
| 2045 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 2046 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2047 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2048 | @article{Holt72,
 | 
|---|
| 2049 |     keywords    = {concurrency, deadlock},
 | 
|---|
| 2050 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2051 |     author      = {Richard C. Holt},
 | 
|---|
| 2052 |     title       = {Some Deadlock Properties of Computer Systems},
 | 
|---|
| 2053 |     journal     = acmcs,
 | 
|---|
| 2054 |     volume      = 4,
 | 
|---|
| 2055 |     number      = 3,
 | 
|---|
| 2056 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 2057 |     year        = 1972,
 | 
|---|
| 2058 |     pages       = {179-196},
 | 
|---|
| 2059 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2060 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2061 | @misc{debug-malloc,
 | 
|---|
| 2062 |     keywords    = {memory allocation debugger},
 | 
|---|
| 2063 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2064 |     author      = {Conor P. Cahill},
 | 
|---|
| 2065 |     title       = {debug\_malloc},
 | 
|---|
| 2066 |     howpublished= {comp.sources.unix, volume 22, issue 112},
 | 
|---|
| 2067 |     abstract    = {
 | 
|---|
| 2068 |         This package is a collection of routines which are a drop-in
 | 
|---|
| 2069 |         replacement for the malloc(3), memory(3), string(3), and bstring(3)
 | 
|---|
| 2070 |         library functions.
 | 
|---|
| 2071 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 2072 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2073 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2074 | @book{sml,
 | 
|---|
| 2075 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 2076 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2077 |     author      = {Robin Milner and Mads Tofte and Robert Harper},
 | 
|---|
| 2078 |     title       = {The Definition of Standard {ML}},
 | 
|---|
| 2079 |     publisher   = {MIT Press},
 | 
|---|
| 2080 |     address     = {Cambridge},
 | 
|---|
| 2081 |     year        = 1990
 | 
|---|
| 2082 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2083 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2084 | @techreport{sml:old,
 | 
|---|
| 2085 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 2086 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2087 |     author      = {Robert Harper and Robin Milner and Mads Tofte},
 | 
|---|
| 2088 |     title       = {The Definition of Standard {ML}, Version 2},
 | 
|---|
| 2089 |     institution = {Department of Computer Science, University of Edinburgh},
 | 
|---|
| 2090 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 2091 |     address     = {The King's Buildings, Edinburgh EH9 3JZ},
 | 
|---|
| 2092 |     type        = {LFCS Report Series}, month = aug, number = {ECS-LFCS-88-62}
 | 
|---|
| 2093 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2094 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2095 | @inproceedings{Reynolds72,
 | 
|---|
| 2096 |     keywords    = {continuation},
 | 
|---|
| 2097 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2098 |     author      = {John Reynolds},
 | 
|---|
| 2099 |     title       = {Definitional Interpreters for Higher Order Programming Languages},
 | 
|---|
| 2100 |     booktitle   = {ACM Conference Proceedings},
 | 
|---|
| 2101 |     organization= {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 2102 |     year        = 1972,
 | 
|---|
| 2103 |     pages       = {717-740}
 | 
|---|
| 2104 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2105 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2106 | @article{Buhr16,
 | 
|---|
| 2107 |     keywords    = {Dekker's algorithm, software solution, mutual exclusion, performance experiment},
 | 
|---|
| 2108 |     author      = {Peter A. Buhr and David Dice and Wim H. Hesselink},
 | 
|---|
| 2109 |     title       = {Dekker's Mutual Exclusion Algorithm Made RW-Safe},
 | 
|---|
| 2110 |     journal     = ccpe,
 | 
|---|
| 2111 |     volume      = 28,
 | 
|---|
| 2112 |     number      = 1,
 | 
|---|
| 2113 |     pages       = {144-165},
 | 
|---|
| 2114 |     month       = jan,
 | 
|---|
| 2115 |     year        = 2016,
 | 
|---|
| 2116 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2117 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2118 | @misc{steelman,
 | 
|---|
| 2119 |     keywords    = {Ada},
 | 
|---|
| 2120 |     contributer = {gjditchfied@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2121 |     author      = {High Order Language Working Group},
 | 
|---|
| 2122 |     title       = {Department of Defense Requirements for High Order Computer Programming Languages},
 | 
|---|
| 2123 |     month       = jun, year = 1978,
 | 
|---|
| 2124 |     note        = {Reprinted in \cite{pldesign}.}
 | 
|---|
| 2125 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2126 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2127 | @incollection{Tsay98,
 | 
|---|
| 2128 |     keywords    = {local spins, mutual exclusion, read/write atomicity, refinement, scalability},
 | 
|---|
| 2129 |     author      = {Yih-Kuen Tsay},
 | 
|---|
| 2130 |     title       = {Deriving a scalable algorithm for mutual exclusion},
 | 
|---|
| 2131 |     booktitle   = {Distributed Computing},
 | 
|---|
| 2132 |     editor      = {Shay Kutten},
 | 
|---|
| 2133 |     volume      = {1499},
 | 
|---|
| 2134 |     series      = {LNCS},
 | 
|---|
| 2135 |     publisher   = {Springer},
 | 
|---|
| 2136 |     address     = {Berlin Heidelberg},
 | 
|---|
| 2137 |     year        = {1998},
 | 
|---|
| 2138 |     pages       = {393-407},
 | 
|---|
| 2139 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2140 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2141 | @book{Aho74,
 | 
|---|
| 2142 |     keywords    = {algorithms, textbook, union-find},
 | 
|---|
| 2143 |     contributer = {a3moss@uwaterloo.ca},
 | 
|---|
| 2144 |     title       = {The Design and Analysis of Computer Algorithms},
 | 
|---|
| 2145 |     author      = {Aho, Alfred V and Hopcroft, John E and Ullman, Jeffrey D},
 | 
|---|
| 2146 |     year        = {1974},
 | 
|---|
| 2147 |     publisher   = {Addison-Wesley},
 | 
|---|
| 2148 |     address     = {Reading, MA, USA}
 | 
|---|
| 2149 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2150 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2151 | @article{Conway63,
 | 
|---|
| 2152 |     keywords    = {coroutine, original},
 | 
|---|
| 2153 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2154 |     author      = {Melvin E. Conway},
 | 
|---|
| 2155 |     title       = {Design of a Separable Transition-Diagram Compiler},
 | 
|---|
| 2156 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 2157 |     month       = jul,
 | 
|---|
| 2158 |     year        = 1963,
 | 
|---|
| 2159 |     volume      = 6,
 | 
|---|
| 2160 |     number      = 7,
 | 
|---|
| 2161 |     pages       = {396-408},
 | 
|---|
| 2162 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2163 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2164 | @book{Stroustrup94,
 | 
|---|
| 2165 |     keywords    = {C++},
 | 
|---|
| 2166 |     contributor = {wyrmok@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2167 |     author      = {Bjarne Stroustrup},
 | 
|---|
| 2168 |     title       = {The Design and Evolution of {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
 | 
|---|
| 2169 |     publisher   = {Addison-Wesley},
 | 
|---|
| 2170 |     address     = {Boston},
 | 
|---|
| 2171 |     year        = 1994
 | 
|---|
| 2172 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2173 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2174 | @inproceedings{st:concurrent,
 | 
|---|
| 2175 |     keywords    = {concurrency, Smalltalk, futures},
 | 
|---|
| 2176 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2177 |     author      = {Yasuhiko Yokote and Mario Tokoro},
 | 
|---|
| 2178 |     title       = {The Design and Implementation of {ConcurrentSmalltalk}},
 | 
|---|
| 2179 |     crossref    = "OOPSLA86",
 | 
|---|
| 2180 |     pages       = {331-340},
 | 
|---|
| 2181 |     comment     = {
 | 
|---|
| 2182 |         Objects are ordinary Smalltalk objects or ``atomic'' objects, which
 | 
|---|
| 2183 |         process messages one at a time in FIFO order.  Asynchronous method
 | 
|---|
| 2184 |         calls are made by appending ``\&'' at the call site.  The sender does
 | 
|---|
| 2185 |         not wait for a reply.  If the method returns a value, it
 | 
|---|
| 2186 |         (immediately?) returns a CBox object, which is like a future.  The
 | 
|---|
| 2187 |         sender can send the ``receive'' message to the CBox, which blocks
 | 
|---|
| 2188 |         until the CBox contains a value.
 | 
|---|
| 2189 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2190 |         A method can execute the ``\verb|^|'' statement to return an object
 | 
|---|
| 2191 |         and terminate, or it can execute ``\verb|^^|'' to return an object
 | 
|---|
| 2192 |         and continue execution.  If ``\verb|^^foo|'' is executed after
 | 
|---|
| 2193 |         ``\verb|^^bar|'', foo is discarded, since bar has already been
 | 
|---|
| 2194 |         returned.
 | 
|---|
| 2195 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2196 |         The article does not say whether asynchronous messages can be sent
 | 
|---|
| 2197 |         to ordinary objects, or whether ordinary messages can be sent to
 | 
|---|
| 2198 |         atomic objects.
 | 
|---|
| 2199 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 2200 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2201 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2202 | @inproceedings{Ichbiah83,
 | 
|---|
| 2203 |     keywords    = {Ada, packages, generics},
 | 
|---|
| 2204 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2205 |     author      = {Jean D. Ichbiah},
 | 
|---|
| 2206 |     title       = {On the Design of {Ada}},
 | 
|---|
| 2207 |     booktitle   = {Information Processing 83},
 | 
|---|
| 2208 |     year        = 1983,
 | 
|---|
| 2209 |     month       = sep, pages = {1-10},
 | 
|---|
| 2210 |     editor      = {R. E. A. Mason},
 | 
|---|
| 2211 |     organization= {IFIP},
 | 
|---|
| 2212 |     publisher = {North-Holland},
 | 
|---|
| 2213 |     summary = {
 | 
|---|
| 2214 |         Packages group related declarations or subprograms, and encapsulate
 | 
|---|
| 2215 |         data types.  Separate interfaces and bodies promotes information
 | 
|---|
| 2216 |         hiding by removing the need to scan the body, allows the body to be
 | 
|---|
| 2217 |         confidential, and provides a better specification of the contract
 | 
|---|
| 2218 |         between client and implementor.  Generics are an efficient way to
 | 
|---|
| 2219 |         factor out parts of similar definitions.
 | 
|---|
| 2220 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 2221 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2222 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2223 | @book{Motet96,
 | 
|---|
| 2224 |     keywords    = {Ada, exception handling},
 | 
|---|
| 2225 |     contributer = {wyrmok@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2226 |     author      = {G. Motet and A. Mapinard and J. C. Geoffroy},
 | 
|---|
| 2227 |     title       = {Design of Dependable {A}da Software},
 | 
|---|
| 2228 |     publisher   = {Prentice-Hall},
 | 
|---|
| 2229 |     address     = {Englewood Cliffs},
 | 
|---|
| 2230 |     year        = 1996,
 | 
|---|
| 2231 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2232 |  
 | 
|---|
| 2233 | @article{Richardson93,
 | 
|---|
| 2234 |     keywords    = {C++, persistence, database},
 | 
|---|
| 2235 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2236 |     author      = {Joel E. Richardson and Michael J. Carey and Daniel T. Schuh},
 | 
|---|
| 2237 |     title       = {The Design of the {E} Programming Language},
 | 
|---|
| 2238 |     journal     = toplas,
 | 
|---|
| 2239 |     month       = jul,
 | 
|---|
| 2240 |     year        = 1993,
 | 
|---|
| 2241 |     volume      = 15,
 | 
|---|
| 2242 |     number      = 3,
 | 
|---|
| 2243 |     pages       = {494-534},
 | 
|---|
| 2244 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2245 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2246 | @article{Hansen81b,
 | 
|---|
| 2247 |     keywords    = {concurrency, monitor, critical region},
 | 
|---|
| 2248 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2249 |     author      = {Per {Brinch Hansen}},
 | 
|---|
| 2250 |     title       = {The Design of {E}dison},
 | 
|---|
| 2251 |     journal     = spe,
 | 
|---|
| 2252 |     volume      = 11,
 | 
|---|
| 2253 |     number      = 4,
 | 
|---|
| 2254 |     month       = apr,
 | 
|---|
| 2255 |     year        = 1981,
 | 
|---|
| 2256 |     pages       = {363-396},
 | 
|---|
| 2257 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2258 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2259 | @book{Gamma95,
 | 
|---|
| 2260 |     keywords    = {design patterns},
 | 
|---|
| 2261 |     author      = {Erich Gamma and Richard Helm and Ralph Johnson and John Vlissides},
 | 
|---|
| 2262 |     title       = {Design Patterns: Elements of Reusable Object-Oriented Software},
 | 
|---|
| 2263 |     publisher   = {Addison-Wesley},
 | 
|---|
| 2264 |     address     = {Boston},
 | 
|---|
| 2265 |     year        = 1995,
 | 
|---|
| 2266 |     series      = {Professional Computing Series},
 | 
|---|
| 2267 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2268 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2269 | @inproceedings{Wirth74,
 | 
|---|
| 2270 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 2271 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2272 |     author      = {Niklaus Wirth},
 | 
|---|
| 2273 |     title       = {On the Design of Programming Languages},
 | 
|---|
| 2274 |     booktitle   = {Information Processing 74},
 | 
|---|
| 2275 |     year        = 1974,
 | 
|---|
| 2276 |     pages       = {386-393},
 | 
|---|
| 2277 |     publisher   = {North Holland Publishing Company},
 | 
|---|
| 2278 |     note        = {Reprinted in \cite{pldesign}.}
 | 
|---|
| 2279 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2280 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2281 | @techreport{forceone,
 | 
|---|
| 2282 |     keywords    = {Parametric polymorphism, ForceOne},
 | 
|---|
| 2283 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2284 |     author      = {Andrew K. Wright},
 | 
|---|
| 2285 |     title       = {Design of the Programming Language {ForceOne}},
 | 
|---|
| 2286 |     institution = {University of Waterloo},
 | 
|---|
| 2287 |     month       = feb, year = 1987,
 | 
|---|
| 2288 |     number      = {CS-87-10}
 | 
|---|
| 2289 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2290 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2291 | @techreport{x-2,
 | 
|---|
| 2292 |     keywords    = {object based},
 | 
|---|
| 2293 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2294 |     author      = {David W. Sandberg},
 | 
|---|
| 2295 |     title       = {The Design of the Programming Language {X-2}},
 | 
|---|
| 2296 |     institution = {Oregon State University},
 | 
|---|
| 2297 |     year        = 1985,
 | 
|---|
| 2298 |     address     = {Department of Computer Science, Corvallis, Oregon, 97331},
 | 
|---|
| 2299 |     number      = {85-60-1}
 | 
|---|
| 2300 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2301 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2302 | @article{Ritchie93,
 | 
|---|
| 2303 |     keywords    = {C, history},
 | 
|---|
| 2304 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2305 |     author      = {Ritchie, Dennis M.},
 | 
|---|
| 2306 |     title       = {The Development of the {C} Language},
 | 
|---|
| 2307 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 2308 |     volume      = 28,
 | 
|---|
| 2309 |     number      = 3,
 | 
|---|
| 2310 |     month       = mar,
 | 
|---|
| 2311 |     year        = 1993,
 | 
|---|
| 2312 |     pages       = {201--208},
 | 
|---|
| 2313 |     url         = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/155360.155580},
 | 
|---|
| 2314 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 2315 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 2316 | } 
 | 
|---|
| 2317 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2318 | @article{design,
 | 
|---|
| 2319 |     keywords    = {Smalltalk, designing classes},
 | 
|---|
| 2320 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2321 |     author      = {Ralph E. Johnson and Brian Foote},
 | 
|---|
| 2322 |     title       = {Designing Reusable Classes},
 | 
|---|
| 2323 |     journal     = joop,
 | 
|---|
| 2324 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 2325 |     volume      = 1,
 | 
|---|
| 2326 |     number      = 2,
 | 
|---|
| 2327 |     pages       = {22-35},
 | 
|---|
| 2328 |     comment     = {
 | 
|---|
| 2329 |         Abstract classes represent standard protocols.  ``It is better to
 | 
|---|
| 2330 |         inherit from an abstract class than from a concrete class''.
 | 
|---|
| 2331 |         Frameworks are collections of related abstract classes.  Successful
 | 
|---|
| 2332 |         abstractions are discovered, not designed.
 | 
|---|
| 2333 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2334 |         Protocols: ``If an operation X is implemented by performing a
 | 
|---|
| 2335 |         similar operation on the components of the receiver, then that
 | 
|---|
| 2336 |         operation should also be named X''.  Eliminate case analysis by
 | 
|---|
| 2337 |         creating classes with the same operations.  Create classes to
 | 
|---|
| 2338 |         represent bundles of parameters.  Shrink methods larger than 30
 | 
|---|
| 2339 |         lines.
 | 
|---|
| 2340 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2341 |         Hierarchies should be deep and narrow.  Subclasses should be
 | 
|---|
| 2342 |         specializations.
 | 
|---|
| 2343 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2344 |         Frameworks: split large classes.  Factor implementation differences
 | 
|---|
| 2345 |         into subcomponents.  Separate methods that do not share instance
 | 
|---|
| 2346 |         variables into components that reflect the different views of the
 | 
|---|
| 2347 |         object.  Send messages to components, not self.  Reduce implicit
 | 
|---|
| 2348 |         parameter passing through instance variables.
 | 
|---|
| 2349 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 2350 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2351 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2352 | @article{dim:c++,
 | 
|---|
| 2353 |     keywords    = {Dimensional Analysis, C++},
 | 
|---|
| 2354 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2355 |     author      = {Robert F. Cmelic and Narain Gehani},
 | 
|---|
| 2356 |     title       = {Dimensional Analysis with {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
 | 
|---|
| 2357 |     journal     = {IEEE Software},
 | 
|---|
| 2358 |     month       = may, year = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 2359 |     volume      = 5, number = 3, pages = {21-29}
 | 
|---|
| 2360 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2361 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2362 | @article{Wegner87,
 | 
|---|
| 2363 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2364 |     author      = {Peter Wegner},
 | 
|---|
| 2365 |     title       = {Dimensions of Object--Based Language Design},
 | 
|---|
| 2366 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 2367 |     volume      = 22,
 | 
|---|
| 2368 |     number      = 12,
 | 
|---|
| 2369 |     month       = dec,
 | 
|---|
| 2370 |     year        = 1987,
 | 
|---|
| 2371 |     pages       = {168-182},
 | 
|---|
| 2372 |     note        = {Proceedings of the OOPSLA'87 Conference, Oct. 4--8, 1987, Orlando, Florida},
 | 
|---|
| 2373 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2374 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2375 | @book{Dijkstra76,
 | 
|---|
| 2376 |     keywords    = {concurrent assignment},
 | 
|---|
| 2377 |     author      = {E. W. Dijkstra},
 | 
|---|
| 2378 |     title       = {A Discipline of Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 2379 |     publisher   = {Prentice-Hall},
 | 
|---|
| 2380 |     address     = {Englewood Cliffs},
 | 
|---|
| 2381 |     year        = 1976,
 | 
|---|
| 2382 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2383 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2384 | @book{Lynch96,
 | 
|---|
| 2385 |     keywords    = {distributed algorithms},
 | 
|---|
| 2386 |     author      = {Nancy A. Lynch},
 | 
|---|
| 2387 |     title       = {Distributed Algorithms},
 | 
|---|
| 2388 |     publisher   = {Morgan Kaufmann},
 | 
|---|
| 2389 |     year        = 1996,
 | 
|---|
| 2390 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2391 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2392 | @book{Tanenbaum02,
 | 
|---|
| 2393 |     keywords    = {distributed programming},
 | 
|---|
| 2394 |     author      = {Andrew S. Tanenbaum and Maarten van Steen},
 | 
|---|
| 2395 |     title       = {Distributed Systems: Principles and Paradigms},
 | 
|---|
| 2396 |     publisher   = {Prentice-Hall},
 | 
|---|
| 2397 |     address     = {Englewood Cliffs},
 | 
|---|
| 2398 |     year        = 2002,
 | 
|---|
| 2399 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2400 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2401 | @inproceedings{Cargill90,
 | 
|---|
| 2402 |     keywords    = {concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 2403 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2404 |     author      = {Tom A. Cargill},
 | 
|---|
| 2405 |     title       = {Does {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Really Need Multiple Inheritance?},
 | 
|---|
| 2406 |     booktitle   = {USENIX {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Conference Proceedings},
 | 
|---|
| 2407 |     organization= {USENIX Association},
 | 
|---|
| 2408 |     address     = {San Francisco, California, U.S.A.},
 | 
|---|
| 2409 |     month       = apr,
 | 
|---|
| 2410 |     year        = 1990,
 | 
|---|
| 2411 |     pages       = {315-323}
 | 
|---|
| 2412 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2413 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2414 | @misc{Dotty-github,
 | 
|---|
| 2415 |     keywords = {dotty,scala},
 | 
|---|
| 2416 |     contributer = {a3moss@uwaterloo.ca},
 | 
|---|
| 2417 |     author = {Martin Odersky},
 | 
|---|
| 2418 |     title = {Dotty},
 | 
|---|
| 2419 |     howpublished = {\href{https://github.com/lampepfl/dotty}{https://\-github.com/\-lampepfl/\-dotty}},
 | 
|---|
| 2420 |     note = {Acessed: 2019-02-22}
 | 
|---|
| 2421 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2422 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2423 | @unpublished{Duff83,
 | 
|---|
| 2424 |     keywords    = {C, switch statement, control flow},
 | 
|---|
| 2425 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2426 |     author      = {Tom Duff},
 | 
|---|
| 2427 |     title       = {Duff's Device},
 | 
|---|
| 2428 |     month       = nov,
 | 
|---|
| 2429 |     year        = 1983,
 | 
|---|
| 2430 |     note        = {\href{http://www.lysator.liu.se/c/duffs-device.html}{http://\-www.lysator.liu.se/\-c/\-duffs-device.html}}
 | 
|---|
| 2431 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2432 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2433 | @manual{dwarf2,
 | 
|---|
| 2434 |     keywords    = {Debugging DWARF2 specification},
 | 
|---|
| 2435 |     contributer = {rkrische@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2436 |     title       = {DWARF Debugging Information Format},
 | 
|---|
| 2437 |     organization= {Unix International Programming Languages SIG},
 | 
|---|
| 2438 |     publisher   = {Unix International},
 | 
|---|
| 2439 |     address     = {Waterview Corporate Center, 20 Waterview Boulevard, Parsippany, NJ 07054},
 | 
|---|
| 2440 |     year        = {1993}
 | 
|---|
| 2441 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2442 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2443 | @article{classicada,
 | 
|---|
| 2444 |     keywords    = {Classic Ada},
 | 
|---|
| 2445 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2446 |     author      = {Cameron M. Donaldson},
 | 
|---|
| 2447 |     title       = {Dynamic Binding and Inheritance in an Object-Oriented {Ada} Design},
 | 
|---|
| 2448 |     journal     = {Journal of Pascal, {Ada} \& Modula-2},
 | 
|---|
| 2449 |     year        = 1990,
 | 
|---|
| 2450 |     month       = {jul/aug}, volume = 9, number = 4, pages = {12-19},
 | 
|---|
| 2451 |     comment     = {
 | 
|---|
| 2452 |         Classes are like packages: they can contain subprograms, types,
 | 
|---|
| 2453 |         variables, generic instantiations, and exceptions.  They can also
 | 
|---|
| 2454 |         contain class methods, instance methods, and instance variables,
 | 
|---|
| 2455 |         and define creation and initialization subprograms or methods for
 | 
|---|
| 2456 |         instances.  Single inheritance provides inheritance of
 | 
|---|
| 2457 |         implementations. Dynamic binding is done with a {\em send}
 | 
|---|
| 2458 |         statement that invokes a class or instance method.  A preprocessor
 | 
|---|
| 2459 |         converts Classic Ada to normal Ada.
 | 
|---|
| 2460 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 2461 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2462 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2463 | @article{Costanza03,
 | 
|---|
| 2464 |     keywords    = {dynamic call},
 | 
|---|
| 2465 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2466 |     author      = {Pascal Costanza},
 | 
|---|
| 2467 |     title       = {Dynamic Scoped Functions as the Essence of {AOP}},
 | 
|---|
| 2468 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 2469 |     volume      = 38,
 | 
|---|
| 2470 |     number      = 8,
 | 
|---|
| 2471 |     month       = aug,
 | 
|---|
| 2472 |     year        = 2003,
 | 
|---|
| 2473 |     pages       = {29-35},
 | 
|---|
| 2474 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2475 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2476 | % E
 | 
|---|
| 2477 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2478 | @inproceedings{Wegbreit71,
 | 
|---|
| 2479 |     keywords    = {polymorphism},
 | 
|---|
| 2480 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2481 |     author      = {B. Wegbreit},
 | 
|---|
| 2482 |     title       = {The ECL Programming System},
 | 
|---|
| 2483 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of AFIPS 1971 FJCC},
 | 
|---|
| 2484 |     publisher   = {AFIPS Press, vol. 39},
 | 
|---|
| 2485 |     address     = {Montvale, New Jersey, U.S.A},
 | 
|---|
| 2486 |     year        = 1971,
 | 
|---|
| 2487 |     pages       = {253-262},
 | 
|---|
| 2488 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2489 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2490 | @manual{JavaScript,
 | 
|---|
| 2491 |     keywords    = {JavaScript},
 | 
|---|
| 2492 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2493 |     title       = {ECMAScript 2015 Language Specification {JavaScript}},
 | 
|---|
| 2494 |     organization= {ECAM International},
 | 
|---|
| 2495 |     address     = {Rue du Rhone 114, CH-1204 Geneva, Switzerland},
 | 
|---|
| 2496 |     month       = jun,
 | 
|---|
| 2497 |     year        = 2015,
 | 
|---|
| 2498 |     note        = {6th Edition}
 | 
|---|
| 2499 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2500 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2501 | @inproceedings{Peterson77,
 | 
|---|
| 2502 |     keywords    = {N-thread software-solution mutual exclusion},
 | 
|---|
| 2503 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2504 |     author      = {Gary L. Peterson and Michael J. Fischer},
 | 
|---|
| 2505 |     title       = {Economical Solutions for the Critical Section Problem in a Distributed System (Extended Abstract)},
 | 
|---|
| 2506 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the Ninth Annual ACM Symposium on Theory of Computing},
 | 
|---|
| 2507 |     series      = {STOC '77},
 | 
|---|
| 2508 |     year        = 1977,
 | 
|---|
| 2509 |     location    = {Boulder, Colorado, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 2510 |     pages       = {91--97},
 | 
|---|
| 2511 |     numpages    = {7},
 | 
|---|
| 2512 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 2513 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 2514 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2515 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2516 | @article{Hansen81a,
 | 
|---|
| 2517 |     keywords    = {concurrency, monitor, critical region},
 | 
|---|
| 2518 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2519 |     author      = {Per {Brinch Hansen}},
 | 
|---|
| 2520 |     title       = {{E}dison---a Multiprocessor Language},
 | 
|---|
| 2521 |     journal     = spe,
 | 
|---|
| 2522 |     volume      = 11,
 | 
|---|
| 2523 |     number      = 4,
 | 
|---|
| 2524 |     month       = apr,
 | 
|---|
| 2525 |     year        = {1981},
 | 
|---|
| 2526 |     pages       = {325-361},
 | 
|---|
| 2527 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2528 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2529 | @article{Tarjan75,
 | 
|---|
| 2530 |  keywords = {union-find},
 | 
|---|
| 2531 |  contributer = {a3moss@uwaterloo.ca},
 | 
|---|
| 2532 |  author = {Tarjan, Robert Endre},
 | 
|---|
| 2533 |  title = {Efficiency of a Good But Not Linear Set Union Algorithm},
 | 
|---|
| 2534 |  journal = {J. ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 2535 |  issue_date = {April 1975},
 | 
|---|
| 2536 |  volume = {22},
 | 
|---|
| 2537 |  number = {2},
 | 
|---|
| 2538 |  month = apr,
 | 
|---|
| 2539 |  year = {1975},
 | 
|---|
| 2540 |  issn = {0004-5411},
 | 
|---|
| 2541 |  pages = {215--225},
 | 
|---|
| 2542 |  numpages = {11},
 | 
|---|
| 2543 |  url = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/321879.321884},
 | 
|---|
| 2544 |  doi = {10.1145/321879.321884},
 | 
|---|
| 2545 |  acmid = {321884},
 | 
|---|
| 2546 |  publisher = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 2547 |  address = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 2548 | } 
 | 
|---|
| 2549 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2550 | @book{Eiffel,
 | 
|---|
| 2551 |     keywords    = {Eiffel},
 | 
|---|
| 2552 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2553 |     author      = {Bertrand Meyer},
 | 
|---|
| 2554 |     title       = {Eiffel: The Language},
 | 
|---|
| 2555 |     publisher   = {Prentice-Hall},
 | 
|---|
| 2556 |     address     = {Englewood Cliffs},
 | 
|---|
| 2557 |     year        = 1992,
 | 
|---|
| 2558 |     series      = {Prentice-Hall Object-Oriented Series},
 | 
|---|
| 2559 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2560 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2561 | @article{WS:overload,
 | 
|---|
| 2562 |     keywords    = {compilation},
 | 
|---|
| 2563 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2564 |     author      = {Peter J. L. Wallis and Bernhard W. Silverman},
 | 
|---|
| 2565 |     title       = {Efficient Implementation of the {Ada} Overloading Rules},
 | 
|---|
| 2566 |     journal     = ipl,
 | 
|---|
| 2567 |     year        = 1980,
 | 
|---|
| 2568 |     month       = apr, volume = 10, number = 3, pages = {120-123},
 | 
|---|
| 2569 |     comment     = {
 | 
|---|
| 2570 |         The ``two-pass'' algorithm.  An upward pass over a parse tree
 | 
|---|
| 2571 |         calculates the set of possible result types of operators.  The
 | 
|---|
| 2572 |         root must have exactly one type, produced in one way.  A
 | 
|---|
| 2573 |         downward pass selects the version of the operator that produces the
 | 
|---|
| 2574 |         desired result type, thus setting the result types of subtrees.
 | 
|---|
| 2575 |         See \cite{D:overload}.
 | 
|---|
| 2576 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 2577 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2578 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2579 | @techreport{Habermann80,
 | 
|---|
| 2580 |     keywords    = {Ada, threads},
 | 
|---|
| 2581 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2582 |     author      = {A. N. Habermann and I. R. Nassi},
 | 
|---|
| 2583 |     title       = {Efficient Implementation of {Ada} Tasks},
 | 
|---|
| 2584 |     institution = {Carnegie-Mellon University},
 | 
|---|
| 2585 |     number      = {CMU-CS-80-103},
 | 
|---|
| 2586 |     year        = 1980
 | 
|---|
| 2587 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2588 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2589 | @article{Emerald,
 | 
|---|
| 2590 |     keywords    = {concurrency, polymorphism},
 | 
|---|
| 2591 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2592 |     author      = {Rajendra K. Raj and Ewan Tempero and Henry M. Levy and Andrew P. Black and Norman C. Hutchinson and Eric Jul},
 | 
|---|
| 2593 |     title       = {Emerald: A General-Purpose Programming Language},
 | 
|---|
| 2594 |     journal     = spe,
 | 
|---|
| 2595 |     month       = jan,
 | 
|---|
| 2596 |     year        = 1991,
 | 
|---|
| 2597 |     volume      = 21,
 | 
|---|
| 2598 |     number      = 1,
 | 
|---|
| 2599 |     pages       = {91-118}
 | 
|---|
| 2600 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2601 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2602 | @InProceedings{chambers89a,
 | 
|---|
| 2603 |     keywords    = {maps, delegation},
 | 
|---|
| 2604 |     author      = "Craig Chambers and David Ungar and Elgin Lee",
 | 
|---|
| 2605 |     title       = "An Efficient Implementation of {SELF}, a Dynamically-Typed
 | 
|---|
| 2606 |                  Object-Oriented Language Based on Prototypes",
 | 
|---|
| 2607 |     crossref    = "OOPSLA89",
 | 
|---|
| 2608 |     pages       = {49-70}
 | 
|---|
| 2609 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2610 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2611 | @article{oop:encapsulation,
 | 
|---|
| 2612 |     keywords    = {Encapsulation, Inheritance, Subclasses, Multiple Inheritance},
 | 
|---|
| 2613 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2614 |     author      = {Alan Snyder},
 | 
|---|
| 2615 |     title       = {Encapsulation and Inheritance in Object-Oriented Programming
 | 
|---|
| 2616 |         Languages},
 | 
|---|
| 2617 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 2618 |     volume      = {21},    number = {11},
 | 
|---|
| 2619 |     pages       = {38-45},
 | 
|---|
| 2620 |     month       = nov, year = 1986,
 | 
|---|
| 2621 |     comment     = {
 | 
|---|
| 2622 |         Client, child interfaces should be distinct.  Child interface
 | 
|---|
| 2623 |         shouldn't grant total access to parent.
 | 
|---|
| 2624 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2625 |         Rules for redefining parent variable name in a child affect
 | 
|---|
| 2626 |         re-implementation of the parent.
 | 
|---|
| 2627 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2628 |         Inheritance can be a promise to obey the semantics of the parent,
 | 
|---|
| 2629 |         or code reuse; the two may be contradictory.  Unification
 | 
|---|
| 2630 |         exposes use of inheritance: a child can not be re-implemented
 | 
|---|
| 2631 |         without breaking code that assumes that it is a subclass of the
 | 
|---|
| 2632 |         original parent.  If a class uses the names of its parents'
 | 
|---|
| 2633 |         ancestors, then inheritance is part of the parent's child
 | 
|---|
| 2634 |         interface.
 | 
|---|
| 2635 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2636 |         Linearizing a multiple inheritance tree means that a class's use of
 | 
|---|
| 2637 |         calls on super need to be understood before it is used as a parent.
 | 
|---|
| 2638 |         Merging repeated ancestors exposes inheritance if an ancestor is
 | 
|---|
| 2639 |         re-implemented.  Forbidding inheritance of distinct methods with
 | 
|---|
| 2640 |         the same name exposes implementation of ancestors.  Proposed
 | 
|---|
| 2641 |         solution treats the set of ancestors as a tree.
 | 
|---|
| 2642 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 2643 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2644 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2645 | @article{st:encapsulator,
 | 
|---|
| 2646 |     keywords    = {encapsulator, Smalltalk, monitor},
 | 
|---|
| 2647 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2648 |     author      = {Geoffrey A. Pascoe},
 | 
|---|
| 2649 |     title       = {Encapsulators: A New Software Paradigm in Smalltalk-80},
 | 
|---|
| 2650 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 2651 |     volume      = {21},    number       = {11},
 | 
|---|
| 2652 |     pages       = {341-346},
 | 
|---|
| 2653 |     month       = nov, year = 1986,
 | 
|---|
| 2654 |     comment     = {
 | 
|---|
| 2655 |         Encapsulators are objects that surround other objects.
 | 
|---|
| 2656 |         Pre- and post-actions are performed when messages are sent to the
 | 
|---|
| 2657 |         encapsulated object.  They are created here by sending the message
 | 
|---|
| 2658 |         object: to an encapsulator class.  Examples given are monitors,
 | 
|---|
| 2659 |         atomic objects, and Model (for model-view-controller interfaces).
 | 
|---|
| 2660 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2661 |         Encapsulator classes use a family of selectors that the
 | 
|---|
| 2662 |         encapsulated object will not respond to.  Messages for the
 | 
|---|
| 2663 |         encapsulated object are passed on by trapping them with the
 | 
|---|
| 2664 |         doesNotUnderstand method.  Various fiddles were needed when setting
 | 
|---|
| 2665 |         up the class and metaclass hierarchies.  A few selectors (==,
 | 
|---|
| 2666 |         class) always directly invoke primitive methods; they can't be
 | 
|---|
| 2667 |         used.
 | 
|---|
| 2668 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2669 |         Can an encapsulated object be an encapsulator?  Probably, but the
 | 
|---|
| 2670 |         middle object's selectors are inaccessible.
 | 
|---|
| 2671 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 2672 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2673 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2674 | @manual{EPT,
 | 
|---|
| 2675 |     keywords    = {concurrency, light-weight threads},
 | 
|---|
| 2676 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2677 |     key         = {Encore},
 | 
|---|
| 2678 |     title       = {Encore Parallel Thread Manual, 724-06210},
 | 
|---|
| 2679 |     organization= {Encore Computer Corporation},
 | 
|---|
| 2680 |     month       = may,
 | 
|---|
| 2681 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 2682 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2683 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2684 | @manual{Erlang,
 | 
|---|
| 2685 |     keywords    = {Erlang},
 | 
|---|
| 2686 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2687 |     key         = {Erlang},
 | 
|---|
| 2688 |     title       = {Erlang/OTP System Documentation 8.1},
 | 
|---|
| 2689 |     organization= {Erlang AB},
 | 
|---|
| 2690 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 2691 |     year        = 2016,
 | 
|---|
| 2692 |     note        = {\href{http://erlang.org/doc/pdf/otp-system-documentation.pdf}{http://\-erlang.org/\-doc/\-pdf/\-otp-system-documentation.pdf}},
 | 
|---|
| 2693 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2694 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2695 | @inproceedings{MH88,
 | 
|---|
| 2696 |     keywords    = {modules, general sums, general products},
 | 
|---|
| 2697 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2698 |     author      = {John C. Mitchell and Robert Harper},
 | 
|---|
| 2699 |     title       = {The Essence of {ML}},
 | 
|---|
| 2700 |     booktitle   = popl,
 | 
|---|
| 2701 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 2702 |     pages       = {28-46}
 | 
|---|
| 2703 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2704 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2705 | @book{LeVerrand,
 | 
|---|
| 2706 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 2707 |     author      = {D. Le Verrand},
 | 
|---|
| 2708 |     title       = {Evaluating {Ada}},
 | 
|---|
| 2709 |     publisher   = {North Oxford Academic},
 | 
|---|
| 2710 |     year        = 1985
 | 
|---|
| 2711 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2712 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2713 | @inproceedings{Bloom79,
 | 
|---|
| 2714 |     keywords    = {concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 2715 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2716 |     author      = {Toby Bloom},
 | 
|---|
| 2717 |     title       = {Evaluating Synchronization Mechanisms},
 | 
|---|
| 2718 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the Seventh Symposium on Operating Systems Principles},
 | 
|---|
| 2719 |     organization= {ACM SIGOPS},
 | 
|---|
| 2720 |     address     = {Pacific Grove, California, U.S.A},
 | 
|---|
| 2721 |     month       = dec,
 | 
|---|
| 2722 |     year        = 1979,
 | 
|---|
| 2723 |     pages       = {24-32}
 | 
|---|
| 2724 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2725 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2726 | @inproceedings{XaaS,
 | 
|---|
| 2727 |     keywords    = {Everything as a Service, Anything as a Service, Cloud computing, SOA},
 | 
|---|
| 2728 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2729 |     author      = {Duan, Yucong and Fu, Guohua and Zhou, Nianjun and Sun, Xiaobing and Narendra, Nanjangud C. and Hu, Bo},
 | 
|---|
| 2730 |     title       = {Everything As a Service (XaaS) on the Cloud: Origins, Current and Future Trends},
 | 
|---|
| 2731 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the 2015 IEEE 8th International Conference on Cloud Computing},
 | 
|---|
| 2732 |     series      = {CLOUD'15},
 | 
|---|
| 2733 |     year        = {2015},
 | 
|---|
| 2734 |     pages       = {621--628},
 | 
|---|
| 2735 |     publisher   = {IEEE Computer Society},
 | 
|---|
| 2736 |     address     = {Washington, DC, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 2737 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2738 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2739 | @article{Buhr06a,
 | 
|---|
| 2740 |     keywords    = {concurrency, C++, uC++},
 | 
|---|
| 2741 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2742 |     author      = {Peter A. Buhr and Richard C. Bilson},
 | 
|---|
| 2743 |     title       = {Examining $\mu${C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} :
 | 
|---|
| 2744 |                    High-level Object-Oriented Concurrency in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
 | 
|---|
| 2745 |     journal     = {Dr. Dobb's Journal : Software Tools for the Professional Programmer},
 | 
|---|
| 2746 |     month       = feb,
 | 
|---|
| 2747 |     year        = 2006,
 | 
|---|
| 2748 |     volume      = 31,
 | 
|---|
| 2749 |     number      = 2,
 | 
|---|
| 2750 |     pages       = {36-40},
 | 
|---|
| 2751 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2752 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2753 | @article{ExceptionalC,
 | 
|---|
| 2754 |     keywords    = {exception handling, asynchronous events},
 | 
|---|
| 2755 |     contributer = {wyrmok@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2756 |     author      = {N. H. Gehani},
 | 
|---|
| 2757 |     title       = {Exceptional {C} or {C} with Exceptions},
 | 
|---|
| 2758 |     journal     = spe,
 | 
|---|
| 2759 |     year        = 1992,
 | 
|---|
| 2760 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 2761 |     volume      = 22,
 | 
|---|
| 2762 |     number      = 10,
 | 
|---|
| 2763 |     pages       = {827-848},
 | 
|---|
| 2764 |     comment     = {
 | 
|---|
| 2765 |         It is the most extensive exceptional handling mechanism thus
 | 
|---|
| 2766 |         far. Though it doesn't have Mesa resumption, it has
 | 
|---|
| 2767 |         asynchronous signal which is more general and abstract than
 | 
|---|
| 2768 |         the unix signal mechanism.  It has an Eiffel like retry
 | 
|---|
| 2769 |         mechanism. Consequently, the scope of guarded region is not
 | 
|---|
| 2770 |         immediately terminated when an exception is raised. In fact,
 | 
|---|
| 2771 |         an exception handler creates a scope under its guarded
 | 
|---|
| 2772 |         region.
 | 
|---|
| 2773 |         }
 | 
|---|
| 2774 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2775 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2776 | @incollection{Buhr02,
 | 
|---|
| 2777 |     keywords    = {exception handling},
 | 
|---|
| 2778 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2779 |     author      = {Peter A. Buhr and Ashif Harji and W. Y. Russell Mok},
 | 
|---|
| 2780 |     title       = {Exception Handling},
 | 
|---|
| 2781 |     editor      = {Marvin V. Zelkowitz},
 | 
|---|
| 2782 |     booktitle   = {Advances in COMPUTERS},
 | 
|---|
| 2783 |     publisher   = {Academic Press},
 | 
|---|
| 2784 |     address     = {London},
 | 
|---|
| 2785 |     volume      = 56,
 | 
|---|
| 2786 |     year        = 2002,
 | 
|---|
| 2787 |     pages       = {245-303},
 | 
|---|
| 2788 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2789 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2790 | @article{Cargill94,
 | 
|---|
| 2791 |     keywords    = {exception handling},
 | 
|---|
| 2792 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2793 |     author      = {Tom Cargill},
 | 
|---|
| 2794 |     title       = {Exception Handling: a False Sense of Security},
 | 
|---|
| 2795 |     journal     = {{C}{\kern-.2em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.2em+}}} Report},
 | 
|---|
| 2796 |     year        = 1994,
 | 
|---|
| 2797 |     month       = nov,
 | 
|---|
| 2798 |     volume      = 6,
 | 
|---|
| 2799 |     number      = 9,
 | 
|---|
| 2800 |     note        = {http://www.informit.com/\-content/\-images/\-020163371x/\-supplements/\-Exception\_\-Handling\_\-Article.\-html}
 | 
|---|
| 2801 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2802 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2803 | @article{Knudsen84,
 | 
|---|
| 2804 |     keywords    = {static exception handling, BETA, sequel},
 | 
|---|
| 2805 |     contributer = {wyrmok@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2806 |     author      = {J{\o}rgen Lindskov Knudsen},
 | 
|---|
| 2807 |     title       = {Exception Handling --- A Static Approach},
 | 
|---|
| 2808 |     journal     = spe,
 | 
|---|
| 2809 |     year        = 1984,
 | 
|---|
| 2810 |     month       = may,
 | 
|---|
| 2811 |     volume      = 14,
 | 
|---|
| 2812 |     number      = 5,
 | 
|---|
| 2813 |     pages       = {429-449},
 | 
|---|
| 2814 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2815 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2816 | @article{Drew94,
 | 
|---|
| 2817 |     keywords    = {exceptions, exception handling},
 | 
|---|
| 2818 |     contributer = {wyrmok@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2819 |     author      = {Steven J. Drew and K. John Gough},
 | 
|---|
| 2820 |     title       = {Exception Handling: Expecting the Unexpected},
 | 
|---|
| 2821 |     journal     = {Computer Languages},
 | 
|---|
| 2822 |     year        = 1994,
 | 
|---|
| 2823 |     month       = may,
 | 
|---|
| 2824 |     volume      = 20,
 | 
|---|
| 2825 |     number      = 2,
 | 
|---|
| 2826 |     comment     = {
 | 
|---|
| 2827 |         A recent and good survey on various exception handling mechanisms found
 | 
|---|
| 2828 |         in imperative programming languages. It classifies various mechanism in
 | 
|---|
| 2829 |         terms of flow control and scopes. Asynchronous exceptions and signals
 | 
|---|
| 2830 |         are also covered as Exceptional C is in the survey.
 | 
|---|
| 2831 |         }
 | 
|---|
| 2832 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2833 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2834 | @article{Koenig90,
 | 
|---|
| 2835 |     keywords    = {exception handling},
 | 
|---|
| 2836 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2837 |     author      = {Andrew Koenig and Bjarne Stroustrup},
 | 
|---|
| 2838 |     title       = {Exception Handling for {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
 | 
|---|
| 2839 |     journal     = joop,
 | 
|---|
| 2840 |     month       = {July/August},
 | 
|---|
| 2841 |     year        = 1990,
 | 
|---|
| 2842 |     volume      = 3,
 | 
|---|
| 2843 |     number      = 2,
 | 
|---|
| 2844 |     pages       = {16-33},
 | 
|---|
| 2845 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2846 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2847 | @article{Lee83,
 | 
|---|
| 2848 |     keywords    = {exception handling, C},
 | 
|---|
| 2849 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2850 |     author      = {P. A. Lee},
 | 
|---|
| 2851 |     title       = {Exception Handling in {C} Programs},
 | 
|---|
| 2852 |     journal     = spe,
 | 
|---|
| 2853 |     volume      = 13,
 | 
|---|
| 2854 |     number      = 5,
 | 
|---|
| 2855 |     month       = may,
 | 
|---|
| 2856 |     year        = 1983,
 | 
|---|
| 2857 |     pages       = {389-405},
 | 
|---|
| 2858 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2859 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2860 | @article{Liskov79,
 | 
|---|
| 2861 |     keywords    = {exception handling},
 | 
|---|
| 2862 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2863 |     author      = {Barbara H. Liskov and Alan Snyder},
 | 
|---|
| 2864 |     title       = {Exception Handling in {CLU}},
 | 
|---|
| 2865 |     journal     = ieeese,
 | 
|---|
| 2866 |     month       = nov,
 | 
|---|
| 2867 |     year        = 1979,
 | 
|---|
| 2868 |     volume      = {SE-5},
 | 
|---|
| 2869 |     number      = 6,
 | 
|---|
| 2870 |     pages       = {546-558},
 | 
|---|
| 2871 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2872 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2873 | @article{Szalas85,
 | 
|---|
| 2874 |     keywords    = {concurrency, C++},
 | 
|---|
| 2875 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2876 |     author      = {Andrzej Szalas and Danuta Szczepanska},
 | 
|---|
| 2877 |     title       = {Exception Handling in Parallel Computations},
 | 
|---|
| 2878 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 2879 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 2880 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 2881 |     volume      = 20,
 | 
|---|
| 2882 |     number      = 10,
 | 
|---|
| 2883 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 2884 |     year        = 1985,
 | 
|---|
| 2885 |     pages       = {95-104},
 | 
|---|
| 2886 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2887 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2888 | @article{MacLaren77,
 | 
|---|
| 2889 |     keywords    = {exception handling, PL/I},
 | 
|---|
| 2890 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2891 |     author      = {M. Donald MacLaren},
 | 
|---|
| 2892 |     title       = {Exception Handling in {PL/I}},
 | 
|---|
| 2893 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 2894 |     volume      = 12,
 | 
|---|
| 2895 |     number      = 3,
 | 
|---|
| 2896 |     month       = mar,
 | 
|---|
| 2897 |     year        = 1977,
 | 
|---|
| 2898 |     pages       = {101-104},
 | 
|---|
| 2899 |     note        = {Proceedings of an ACM Conference on Language Design for Reliable Software,
 | 
|---|
| 2900 |                    March 28--30, 1977, Raleigh, North Carolina, U.S.A.},
 | 
|---|
| 2901 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2902 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2903 | @article{Goodenough75,
 | 
|---|
| 2904 |     keywords    = {exception handling},
 | 
|---|
| 2905 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2906 |     author      = {J. B. Goodenough},
 | 
|---|
| 2907 |     title       = {Exception Handling: Issues and a Proposed Notation},
 | 
|---|
| 2908 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 2909 |     month       = dec,
 | 
|---|
| 2910 |     year        = 1975,
 | 
|---|
| 2911 |     volume      = 18,
 | 
|---|
| 2912 |     number      = 12,
 | 
|---|
| 2913 |     pages       = {683-696},
 | 
|---|
| 2914 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2915 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2916 | @article{Lampson80,
 | 
|---|
| 2917 |     keywords    = {monitors},
 | 
|---|
| 2918 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2919 |     author      = {B. W. Lampson and D. D. Redell},
 | 
|---|
| 2920 |     title       = {Experience with Processes and Monitors in Mesa},
 | 
|---|
| 2921 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 2922 |     volume      = 23,
 | 
|---|
| 2923 |     number      = 2,
 | 
|---|
| 2924 |     month       = feb,
 | 
|---|
| 2925 |     year        = 1980,
 | 
|---|
| 2926 |     pages       = {105-117},
 | 
|---|
| 2927 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2928 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2929 | @inproceedings{Shopiro87,
 | 
|---|
| 2930 |     keywords    = {concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 2931 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2932 |     author      = {Jonathan E. Shopiro},
 | 
|---|
| 2933 |     title       = {Extending the {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Task System for Real-Time Control},
 | 
|---|
| 2934 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings and Additional Papers {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Workshop},
 | 
|---|
| 2935 |     organization= {USENIX Association},
 | 
|---|
| 2936 |     address     = {Santa Fe, New Mexico, U.S.A},
 | 
|---|
| 2937 |     month       = nov,
 | 
|---|
| 2938 |     year        = 1987,
 | 
|---|
| 2939 |     pages       = {77-94}
 | 
|---|
| 2940 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2941 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2942 | @article{Modula-2+,
 | 
|---|
| 2943 |     keywords    = {Modula-2, exceptions, garbage collection, concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 2944 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2945 |     author      = {Paul Rovner},
 | 
|---|
| 2946 |     title       = {Extending Modula-2 to Build Large, Integrated Systems},
 | 
|---|
| 2947 |     journal     = {IEEE Software},
 | 
|---|
| 2948 |     month       = nov,
 | 
|---|
| 2949 |     year        = 1986,
 | 
|---|
| 2950 |     volume      = 3,
 | 
|---|
| 2951 |     number      = 6,
 | 
|---|
| 2952 |     pages       = {46-57},
 | 
|---|
| 2953 |     comment     = {
 | 
|---|
| 2954 |         Exceptions can have a parameter.  Procedures can declare the
 | 
|---|
| 2955 |         exceptions they can propagate; others are converted to {\tt
 | 
|---|
| 2956 |         SYSTEM.Fail}.  If they don't, all exceptions propagate.
 | 
|---|
| 2957 |         Block cleanup statements execute no matter how control leaves the
 | 
|---|
| 2958 |         block.
 | 
|---|
| 2959 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2960 |         {\tt REF t} is a garbage-collected pointer.  A {\tt REFANY} can be
 | 
|---|
| 2961 |         assigned any {\tt REF t}.  Open array types can be used in
 | 
|---|
| 2962 |         parameter and {\tt REF} types.  {\tt NEW} creates arrays of fixed,
 | 
|---|
| 2963 |         dynamically determined size.
 | 
|---|
| 2964 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2965 |         The {\tt THREAD} module provides lightweight processes, semaphores,
 | 
|---|
| 2966 |         and conditions.  A statement {\tt LOCK {\em semaphore} DO
 | 
|---|
| 2967 |         {\em statements} END} is built in.
 | 
|---|
| 2968 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2969 |         {\tt SAFE} modules do run-time checks, and only import {\tt
 | 
|---|
| 2970 |         SAFE} modules.  One implementation module can implement several
 | 
|---|
| 2971 |         definition modules.  Opaque type implementations can be
 | 
|---|
| 2972 |         repeated in modules that import its definition, so implementation
 | 
|---|
| 2973 |         modules can collaborate.  The linker checks that all
 | 
|---|
| 2974 |         implementations are the same.
 | 
|---|
| 2975 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 2976 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2977 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2978 | @misc{GCCExtensions,
 | 
|---|
| 2979 |     contributer = {a3moss@uwaterloo.ca},
 | 
|---|
| 2980 |     key         = {C Extensions},
 | 
|---|
| 2981 |     author      = {{C Extensions}},
 | 
|---|
| 2982 |     title       = {Extensions to the {C} Language Family},
 | 
|---|
| 2983 |     year        = 2014,
 | 
|---|
| 2984 |     howpublished= {\href{https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc-4.7.2/gcc/C-Extensions.html}{https://\-gcc.gnu.org/\-onlinedocs/\-gcc-4.7.2/\-gcc/\-C\-Extensions.html}},
 | 
|---|
| 2985 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2986 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2987 | @inproceedings{BNRPascal,
 | 
|---|
| 2988 |     keywords    = {concurrency, rendezvous},
 | 
|---|
| 2989 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 2990 |     author      = {R. Kamel and N. Gammage},
 | 
|---|
| 2991 |     title       = {Experience with Rendezvous},
 | 
|---|
| 2992 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the 1988 International Conference on Computer Languages},
 | 
|---|
| 2993 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 2994 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 2995 |     pages       = {143-149}
 | 
|---|
| 2996 | }
 | 
|---|
| 2997 | 
 | 
|---|
| 2998 | @inproceedings{Patwary10,
 | 
|---|
| 2999 |     keywords    = {union-find},
 | 
|---|
| 3000 |     contributer = {a3moss@uwaterloo.ca},
 | 
|---|
| 3001 |     author      = {Patwary, Md. Mostofa Ali and Blair, Jean and Manne, Fredrik},
 | 
|---|
| 3002 |     editor      = {Festa, Paola},
 | 
|---|
| 3003 |     title       = {Experiments on Union-Find Algorithms for the Disjoint-Set Data Structure},
 | 
|---|
| 3004 |     booktitle   = {Experimental Algorithms},
 | 
|---|
| 3005 |     year        = 2010,
 | 
|---|
| 3006 |     publisher   = {Springer Berlin Heidelberg},
 | 
|---|
| 3007 |     address     = {Berlin, Heidelberg},
 | 
|---|
| 3008 |     pages       = {411--423},
 | 
|---|
| 3009 |     isbn        = {978-3-642-13193-6}
 | 
|---|
| 3010 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3011 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3012 | % F
 | 
|---|
| 3013 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3014 | @inproceedings{Knudsen01,
 | 
|---|
| 3015 |     keywords    = {Beta, exception handling},
 | 
|---|
| 3016 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3017 |     author      = {J{\o}rgen Lindskov Knudsen},
 | 
|---|
| 3018 |     title       = {Fault Tolerance and Exception Handling in {BETA}},
 | 
|---|
| 3019 |     booktitle   = {Exception Handling},
 | 
|---|
| 3020 |     publisher   = {Springer},
 | 
|---|
| 3021 |     volume      = 2022,
 | 
|---|
| 3022 |     series      = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science},
 | 
|---|
| 3023 |     year        = 2001,
 | 
|---|
| 3024 |     pages       = {1-17}
 | 
|---|
| 3025 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3026 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3027 | @article{Lamport87,
 | 
|---|
| 3028 |     keywords    = {software solutions, mutual exclusion, fast},
 | 
|---|
| 3029 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3030 |     author      = {Leslie Lamport},
 | 
|---|
| 3031 |     title       = {A Fast Mutual Exclusion Algorithm},
 | 
|---|
| 3032 |     journal     = tocs,
 | 
|---|
| 3033 |     volume      = 5,
 | 
|---|
| 3034 |     number      = 1,
 | 
|---|
| 3035 |     month       = jan,
 | 
|---|
| 3036 |     year        = {1987},
 | 
|---|
| 3037 |     pages       = {1-11},
 | 
|---|
| 3038 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 3039 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 3040 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3041 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3042 | @article{Hesselink17,
 | 
|---|
| 3043 |     keywords    = {concurrency, mutual exclusion, performance experiment, software solutions},
 | 
|---|
| 3044 |     title       = {Fast mutual exclusion by the {T}riangle algorithm},
 | 
|---|
| 3045 |     author      = {Wim H. Hesselink and Peter A. Buhr and David Dice},
 | 
|---|
| 3046 |     journal     = ccpe,
 | 
|---|
| 3047 |     volume      = 30,
 | 
|---|
| 3048 |     number      = 4,
 | 
|---|
| 3049 |     year        = 2018,
 | 
|---|
| 3050 |     month       = feb,
 | 
|---|
| 3051 |     publisher   = {John Wiley \& Sons},
 | 
|---|
| 3052 |     note        = {\href{https://doi.org/10.1002/cpe.4183}{https://\-doi.org/\-10.1002/\-cpe.4183}}
 | 
|---|
| 3053 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3054 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3055 | @article{Yang95,
 | 
|---|
| 3056 |     keywords    = {software solutions, N-thread, mutual exclusions},
 | 
|---|
| 3057 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3058 |     author      = {Jae-Heon Yang and James H. Anderson},
 | 
|---|
| 3059 |     title       = {A Fast, Scalable Mutual Exclusion Algorithm},
 | 
|---|
| 3060 |     journal     = {Distributed Computing},
 | 
|---|
| 3061 |     publisher   = {Springer-Verlag},
 | 
|---|
| 3062 |     volume      = {9},
 | 
|---|
| 3063 |     number      = {1},
 | 
|---|
| 3064 |     year        = {1995},
 | 
|---|
| 3065 |     pages       = {51-60},
 | 
|---|
| 3066 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3067 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3068 | @manual{WindowsFibers,
 | 
|---|
| 3069 |     keywords    = {threads, fibers},
 | 
|---|
| 3070 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3071 |     author      = {Windows},
 | 
|---|
| 3072 |     title       = {Fibers},
 | 
|---|
| 3073 |     organization= {Microsoft, Windows Development Center},
 | 
|---|
| 3074 |     address     = {\href{https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/ProcThread/fibers}{https://\-docs.microsoft.com/\-en-us/\-windows/\-desktop/\-ProcThread/\-fibers}},
 | 
|---|
| 3075 |     year        = 2018,
 | 
|---|
| 3076 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3077 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3078 | @inproceedings{F-bound,
 | 
|---|
| 3079 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 3080 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3081 |     author      = {Peter Canning and William Cook and Walter Hill and Walter Olthoff and John C. Mitchell},
 | 
|---|
| 3082 |     title       = {F-Bounded Polymorphism for Object-Oriented Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 3083 |     booktitle   = {Fourth International Conference on Functional Programming Languages and Computer Architecture},
 | 
|---|
| 3084 |     year        = 1989,
 | 
|---|
| 3085 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 3086 |     pages       = {273-280}
 | 
|---|
| 3087 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3088 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3089 | @mastersthesis{Wasik08,
 | 
|---|
| 3090 |     author      = {Ayelet Wasik},
 | 
|---|
| 3091 |     title       = {Features of a Multi-Threaded Memory Allocator},
 | 
|---|
| 3092 |     school      = {University of Waterloo},
 | 
|---|
| 3093 |     year        = 2008,
 | 
|---|
| 3094 |     month       = jan,
 | 
|---|
| 3095 |     address     = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
 | 
|---|
| 3096 |     note        = {\textsf{http://uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/\-bitstream/\-10012/\-3501/\-1/\-Thesis.pdf}},
 | 
|---|
| 3097 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3098 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3099 | @article{Holzmann94,
 | 
|---|
| 3100 |     keywords    = {semaphore, flags},
 | 
|---|
| 3101 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3102 |     author      = {Gerard J. Holzmann and Bj\"{o}rn Pehrson},
 | 
|---|
| 3103 |     title       = {The First Data Networks},
 | 
|---|
| 3104 |     journal     = {Scientific American},
 | 
|---|
| 3105 |     month       = jan,
 | 
|---|
| 3106 |     year        = 1994,
 | 
|---|
| 3107 |     volume      = 12,
 | 
|---|
| 3108 |     number      = 1,
 | 
|---|
| 3109 |     pages       = {124-129},
 | 
|---|
| 3110 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3111 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3112 | @article{Bohm66,
 | 
|---|
| 3113 |     keywords    = {goto, structured programming},
 | 
|---|
| 3114 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3115 |     author      = {C. B\"{o}hm and G. Jacopini},
 | 
|---|
| 3116 |     title       = {Flow diagrams, Turing Machines and Languages with only two Formation Rules},
 | 
|---|
| 3117 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 3118 |     month       = may,
 | 
|---|
| 3119 |     year        = 1966,
 | 
|---|
| 3120 |     volume      = 9,
 | 
|---|
| 3121 |     number      = 5,
 | 
|---|
| 3122 |     pages       = {366-371},
 | 
|---|
| 3123 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3124 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3125 | @manual{Folly,
 | 
|---|
| 3126 |     keywords    = {Folly},
 | 
|---|
| 3127 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3128 |     author      = {Folly},
 | 
|---|
| 3129 |     title       = {Facebook Open-source Library},
 | 
|---|
| 3130 |     organization= {Facebook},
 | 
|---|
| 3131 |     address     = {\href{https://github.com/facebook/folly}{https://\-github.com/\-facebook/\-folly}},
 | 
|---|
| 3132 |     year        = 2018,
 | 
|---|
| 3133 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3134 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3135 | @manual{Fortran95,
 | 
|---|
| 3136 |     keywords    = {Fortran 95},
 | 
|---|
| 3137 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3138 |     key         = {Fortran95},
 | 
|---|
| 3139 |     title       = {Fortran 95 Standard, ISO/IEC 1539},
 | 
|---|
| 3140 |     organization= {Unicomp, Inc.},
 | 
|---|
| 3141 |     address     = {7660 E. Broadway, Tucson, Arizona, U.S.A, 85710},
 | 
|---|
| 3142 |     month       = jan,
 | 
|---|
| 3143 |     year        = 1997,
 | 
|---|
| 3144 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3145 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3146 | @manual{Fortran08,
 | 
|---|
| 3147 |     keywords    = {ISO/IEC Fortran 08},
 | 
|---|
| 3148 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3149 |     author      = {Fortran08},
 | 
|---|
| 3150 |     title       = {Programming Languages -- {Fortran} Part 1:Base Language ISO/IEC 1539-1:2010},
 | 
|---|
| 3151 |     edition     = {3rd},
 | 
|---|
| 3152 |     publisher   = {International Standard Organization},
 | 
|---|
| 3153 |     address     = {\href{https://www.iso.org/standard/50459.html}{https://\-www.iso.org/\-standard/\-50459.html}},
 | 
|---|
| 3154 |     year        = 2010,
 | 
|---|
| 3155 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3156 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3157 | @manual{Fortran18,
 | 
|---|
| 3158 |     keywords    = {ISO/IEC Fortran 10},
 | 
|---|
| 3159 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3160 |     author      = {Fortran18},
 | 
|---|
| 3161 |     title       = {Programming Languages -- {Fortran} Part 1:Base Language ISO/IEC 1539-1:2018},
 | 
|---|
| 3162 |     edition     = {4rd},
 | 
|---|
| 3163 |     publisher   = {International Standard Organization},
 | 
|---|
| 3164 |     address     = {\href{https://www.iso.org/standard/72320.html}{https://\-www.iso.org/\-standard/\-72320.html}},
 | 
|---|
| 3165 |     year        = 2018,
 | 
|---|
| 3166 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3167 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3168 | @book{Andrews00:book,
 | 
|---|
| 3169 |     keywords    = {concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 3170 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3171 |     author      = {Gregory R. Andrews},
 | 
|---|
| 3172 |     title       = {Foundations of Multithreaded, Parallel and Distributed Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 3173 |     publisher   = {Addison--Wesley},
 | 
|---|
| 3174 |     year        = 2000,
 | 
|---|
| 3175 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3176 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3177 | @article{Agha89,
 | 
|---|
| 3178 |     keywords    = {actors, concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 3179 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3180 |     author      = {Gul A. Agha},
 | 
|---|
| 3181 |     title       = {Foundational Issues in Concurrent Computing},
 | 
|---|
| 3182 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 3183 |     month       = apr,
 | 
|---|
| 3184 |     year        = 1989,
 | 
|---|
| 3185 |     volume      = 24,
 | 
|---|
| 3186 |     number      = 4,
 | 
|---|
| 3187 |     pages       = {60-65},
 | 
|---|
| 3188 |     note        = {Proceedings of the ACM SIGPLAN Workshop on Object-Based Concurrent Programming,
 | 
|---|
| 3189 |                    Sept. 26--27, 1988, San Diego, California, U.S.A},
 | 
|---|
| 3190 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3191 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3192 | @article{ool,
 | 
|---|
| 3193 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 3194 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3195 |     author      = {Douglas T. Ross},
 | 
|---|
| 3196 |     title       = {Toward Foundations for the Understanding of Type},
 | 
|---|
| 3197 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 3198 |     year        = 1976,
 | 
|---|
| 3199 |     volume      = 11,
 | 
|---|
| 3200 |     pages       = {63-65},
 | 
|---|
| 3201 |     note        = {Conference on Data: Abstraction, Definition and Structure},
 | 
|---|
| 3202 |     summary     = {
 | 
|---|
| 3203 |         Possibly the first use (without definition, alas) of the phrase
 | 
|---|
| 3204 |         "object oriented language".  Metaphysical to the point of incoherence.
 | 
|---|
| 3205 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 3206 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3207 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3208 | @article{frames,
 | 
|---|
| 3209 |     keywords    = {frames},
 | 
|---|
| 3210 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3211 |     author      = {Paul G. Basset},
 | 
|---|
| 3212 |     title       = {Frame-Based Software Engineering},
 | 
|---|
| 3213 |     journal     = {IEEE Software},
 | 
|---|
| 3214 |     month       = jul, year = 1987,
 | 
|---|
| 3215 |     volume      = 4, number = 4, pages = {9-16}
 | 
|---|
| 3216 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3217 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3218 | @misc{Sutter05c,
 | 
|---|
| 3219 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3220 |     title       = {The Free Lunch Is Over: A Fundamental Turn Toward Concurrency in Software},
 | 
|---|
| 3221 |     author      = {Herb Sutter},
 | 
|---|
| 3222 |     howpublished= {\url{http://www.gotw.ca/publications/concurrency-ddj.htm}},
 | 
|---|
| 3223 |     year        = {2005},
 | 
|---|
| 3224 |     note        = {originally Dr. Dobb's Journal 30(3)},
 | 
|---|
| 3225 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3226 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3227 | @article{Sutter05,
 | 
|---|
| 3228 |     keywords    = {concurrency, C++},
 | 
|---|
| 3229 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3230 |     author      = {Herb Sutter},
 | 
|---|
| 3231 |     title       = {A Fundamental Turn Toward Concurrency in Software},
 | 
|---|
| 3232 |     journal     = {Dr. Dobb's Journal : Software Tools for the Professional Programmer},
 | 
|---|
| 3233 |     month       = mar,
 | 
|---|
| 3234 |     year        = 2005,
 | 
|---|
| 3235 |     volume      = 30,
 | 
|---|
| 3236 |     number      = 3,
 | 
|---|
| 3237 |     pages       = {16-22},
 | 
|---|
| 3238 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3239 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3240 | @inproceedings{Dony01,
 | 
|---|
| 3241 |     keywords    = {Smalltalk, exception handling},
 | 
|---|
| 3242 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3243 |     author      = {Chistophe Dony},
 | 
|---|
| 3244 |     title       = {A Fully Object-Oriented Exception Handling System: Rationale and Smalltalk Implementation},
 | 
|---|
| 3245 |     booktitle   = {Exception Handling},
 | 
|---|
| 3246 |     publisher   = {Springer},
 | 
|---|
| 3247 |     volume      = 2022,
 | 
|---|
| 3248 |     series      = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science},
 | 
|---|
| 3249 |     year        = 2001,
 | 
|---|
| 3250 |     pages       = {18-38}
 | 
|---|
| 3251 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3252 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3253 | @misc{FW,
 | 
|---|
| 3254 |     key         = {FW},
 | 
|---|
| 3255 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3256 |     title       = {Funk \& Wagnalls Standard Desk Dictionary},
 | 
|---|
| 3257 |     year        = 1980
 | 
|---|
| 3258 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3259 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3260 | @book{Knuth73V1,
 | 
|---|
| 3261 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3262 |     author      = {Donald E. Knuth},
 | 
|---|
| 3263 |     title       = {Fundamental Algorithms},
 | 
|---|
| 3264 |     series      = {The Art of Computer Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 3265 |     publisher   = {Addison-Wesley},
 | 
|---|
| 3266 |     address     = {Boston},
 | 
|---|
| 3267 |     year        = 1973,
 | 
|---|
| 3268 |     volume      = 1,
 | 
|---|
| 3269 |     edition     = {2nd},
 | 
|---|
| 3270 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3271 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3272 | @inproceedings{Strachey,
 | 
|---|
| 3273 |     keywords    = {polymorphism},
 | 
|---|
| 3274 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3275 |     author      = {C. Strachey},
 | 
|---|
| 3276 |     title       = {Fundamental Concepts in Programming Languages},
 | 
|---|
| 3277 |     booktitle   = {Lecture Notes for the International Summer School in Computer Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 3278 |     year        = 1967,
 | 
|---|
| 3279 |     month       = aug,
 | 
|---|
| 3280 |     address     = {Copenhagen},
 | 
|---|
| 3281 |     comment     = {
 | 
|---|
| 3282 |         Defines ad-hoc and parametric polymorphism.
 | 
|---|
| 3283 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 3284 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3285 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3286 | @article{Eisenberg72,
 | 
|---|
| 3287 |     keywords    = {concurrency, N-Process solution, O(N)},
 | 
|---|
| 3288 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3289 |     author      = {Murray A. Eisenberg and Michael R. McGuire},
 | 
|---|
| 3290 |     title       = {Further Comments on {D}ijkstra's Concurrent Programming Control Problem},
 | 
|---|
| 3291 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 3292 |     month       = nov,
 | 
|---|
| 3293 |     year        = 1972,
 | 
|---|
| 3294 |     volume      = 15,
 | 
|---|
| 3295 |     number      = 11,
 | 
|---|
| 3296 |     pages       = {999},
 | 
|---|
| 3297 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3298 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3299 | % G
 | 
|---|
| 3300 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3301 | @article{Boehm88,
 | 
|---|
| 3302 |     keywords    = {conservative garbage collection, C},
 | 
|---|
| 3303 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3304 |     author      = {Hans-Juergen Boehm and Mark Weiser},
 | 
|---|
| 3305 |     title       = {Garbage Collection in an Uncooperative Environment},
 | 
|---|
| 3306 |     journal     = spe,
 | 
|---|
| 3307 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 3308 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 3309 |     volume      = 18,
 | 
|---|
| 3310 |     number      = 9,
 | 
|---|
| 3311 |     pages       = {807-820}
 | 
|---|
| 3312 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3313 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3314 | @manual{gcc,
 | 
|---|
| 3315 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 3316 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3317 |     title       = {GCC},
 | 
|---|
| 3318 |     author      = {Richard M. Stallman},
 | 
|---|
| 3319 |     organization= {Free Software Foundation},
 | 
|---|
| 3320 |     address     = {Cambridge}
 | 
|---|
| 3321 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3322 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3323 | @article{doUpon,
 | 
|---|
| 3324 |     keywords    = {formal verification, axiomatic semantics, control structures},
 | 
|---|
| 3325 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3326 |     author      = {Ed Anson},
 | 
|---|
| 3327 |     title       = {A Generalized Iterative Construct and Its Semantics},
 | 
|---|
| 3328 |     journal     = toplas,
 | 
|---|
| 3329 |     volume      = {9},    number = {4},
 | 
|---|
| 3330 |     pages       = {567-581},
 | 
|---|
| 3331 |     month       = oct, year = 1987,
 | 
|---|
| 3332 |     comment     = {
 | 
|---|
| 3333 |         \begin{verbatim}
 | 
|---|
| 3334 |             do
 | 
|---|
| 3335 |                    P1 -> L1
 | 
|---|
| 3336 |                [] P2 -> L2
 | 
|---|
| 3337 |             ...
 | 
|---|
| 3338 |                [] Pm -> Lm
 | 
|---|
| 3339 |             upon
 | 
|---|
| 3340 |                    Q1 -> M1
 | 
|---|
| 3341 |                [] Q2 -> M2
 | 
|---|
| 3342 |             ...
 | 
|---|
| 3343 |                [] qn -> mn
 | 
|---|
| 3344 |             od
 | 
|---|
| 3345 |         \end{verbatim}
 | 
|---|
| 3346 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3347 |         If there is an i such that Qi is true, execute Mi and terminate.
 | 
|---|
| 3348 |         Otherwise, if there is an i such that Pi is true, execute Li and
 | 
|---|
| 3349 |         repeat the loop.  Otherwise, fail.
 | 
|---|
| 3350 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 3351 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3352 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3353 | @unpublished{Bilson,
 | 
|---|
| 3354 |     keywords    = {generic programming, generics, polymorphism},
 | 
|---|
| 3355 |     contributor = {a3moss@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3356 |     author      = {Richard C. Bilson and Glen Ditchfield and Peter A. Buhr},
 | 
|---|
| 3357 |     title       = {Generic Programming with Inferred Models},
 | 
|---|
| 3358 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3359 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3360 | @article{Haskell,
 | 
|---|
| 3361 |     keywords    = {lazy evaluation, type class},
 | 
|---|
| 3362 |     contributer = {pabuhr},
 | 
|---|
| 3363 |     author      = {Paul Hudak and Joseph H. Fasel},
 | 
|---|
| 3364 |     title       = {A Gentle Introduction to Haskell},
 | 
|---|
| 3365 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 3366 |     volume      = 27,
 | 
|---|
| 3367 |     number      = 5,
 | 
|---|
| 3368 |     month       = may,
 | 
|---|
| 3369 |     year        = 1992,
 | 
|---|
| 3370 |     pages       = {T1-53},
 | 
|---|
| 3371 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3372 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3373 | @manual{GMP,
 | 
|---|
| 3374 |     keywords    = {GMP arbitrary-precision library},
 | 
|---|
| 3375 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3376 |     key         = {GMP},
 | 
|---|
| 3377 |     title       = {{GNU} Multiple Precision Arithmetic Library},
 | 
|---|
| 3378 |     address     = {GNU},
 | 
|---|
| 3379 |     year        = 2016,
 | 
|---|
| 3380 |     note        = {\href{https://gmplib.org}{https://\-gmplib.org}},
 | 
|---|
| 3381 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3382 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3383 | @manual{Go,
 | 
|---|
| 3384 |     keywords    = {Go programming language},
 | 
|---|
| 3385 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3386 |     author      = {Robert Griesemer and Rob Pike and Ken Thompson},
 | 
|---|
| 3387 |     title       = {{Go} Programming Language},
 | 
|---|
| 3388 |     organization= {Google},
 | 
|---|
| 3389 |     year        = 2009,
 | 
|---|
| 3390 |     note        = {\href{http://golang.org/ref/spec}{http://\-golang.org/\-ref/\-spec}},
 | 
|---|
| 3391 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3392 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3393 | @article{Dijkstra68a,
 | 
|---|
| 3394 |     keywords    = {goto},
 | 
|---|
| 3395 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3396 |     author      = {Edsger W. Dijkstra},
 | 
|---|
| 3397 |     title       = {Go To Statement Considered Harmful},
 | 
|---|
| 3398 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 3399 |     month       = mar,
 | 
|---|
| 3400 |     year        = 1968,
 | 
|---|
| 3401 |     volume      = 11,
 | 
|---|
| 3402 |     number      = 3,
 | 
|---|
| 3403 |     pages       = {147-148},
 | 
|---|
| 3404 |     note        = {Reprinted in \cite{Yourdon79} pp. 29--36.},
 | 
|---|
| 3405 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3406 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3407 | @misc{GObject,
 | 
|---|
| 3408 |     keywords    = {GObject},
 | 
|---|
| 3409 |     contributor = {a3moss@uwaterloo.ca},
 | 
|---|
| 3410 |     key         = {GObject},
 | 
|---|
| 3411 |     organization= {The {GNOME} Project},
 | 
|---|
| 3412 |     title       = {{GO}bject Reference Manual},
 | 
|---|
| 3413 |     year        = 2014,
 | 
|---|
| 3414 |     howpublished= {https://developer.gnome.org/gobject/stable/},
 | 
|---|
| 3415 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3416 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3417 | @article{Choi91,
 | 
|---|
| 3418 |     keywords    = {contra-variance, functions},
 | 
|---|
| 3419 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3420 |     author      = {Injun Choi and Michael V. Mannino},
 | 
|---|
| 3421 |     title       = {Graph Interpretation of Methods: A Unifying Framework for Polymorphism in Object-Oriented Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 3422 |     journal     = {OOPS Messenger},
 | 
|---|
| 3423 |     volume      = 2,
 | 
|---|
| 3424 |     number      = 1,
 | 
|---|
| 3425 |     month       = jan,
 | 
|---|
| 3426 |     year        = 1991,
 | 
|---|
| 3427 |     pages       = {38-54},
 | 
|---|
| 3428 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3429 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3430 | @misc{GNU-C,
 | 
|---|
| 3431 |     keywords    = {C, ANSI C},
 | 
|---|
| 3432 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3433 |     author      = {Richard Stallman},
 | 
|---|
| 3434 |     title       = {The Free Software Foundation's Gnu {C} Compiler},
 | 
|---|
| 3435 |     howpublished= {Free Software Foundation, 1000 Mass Ave., Cambridge, MA, U.S.A., 02138},
 | 
|---|
| 3436 |     year        = 1989,
 | 
|---|
| 3437 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3438 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3439 | @article{Dijkstra:green,
 | 
|---|
| 3440 |     keywords    = {ada},
 | 
|---|
| 3441 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3442 |     author      = {Edsger W. Dijkstra},
 | 
|---|
| 3443 |     title       = {On the GREEN Language submitted to the DoD},
 | 
|---|
| 3444 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 3445 |     year        = 1978,
 | 
|---|
| 3446 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 3447 |     volume      = 13,
 | 
|---|
| 3448 |     number      = 10,
 | 
|---|
| 3449 |     pages       = {16-21}
 | 
|---|
| 3450 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3451 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3452 | @inproceedings{Miller02,
 | 
|---|
| 3453 |     keywords    = {exception handling},
 | 
|---|
| 3454 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3455 |     author      = {Robert Miller and Anand Tripathi},
 | 
|---|
| 3456 |     title       = {The Guardian Model for Exception Handling in Distributed Systems},
 | 
|---|
| 3457 |     booktitle   = {21st Symposium on Reliable Distributed Systems},
 | 
|---|
| 3458 |     organization= {IEEE},
 | 
|---|
| 3459 |     address     = {Suita, Japan},
 | 
|---|
| 3460 |     year        = 2002,
 | 
|---|
| 3461 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 3462 |     pages       = {304-313}
 | 
|---|
| 3463 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3464 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3465 | @phdthesis{Chen09,
 | 
|---|
| 3466 |     author      = {Jun Chen},
 | 
|---|
| 3467 |     title       = {Guided Testing of Concurrent Programs Using Value Schedules},
 | 
|---|
| 3468 |     school      = {University of Waterloo},
 | 
|---|
| 3469 |     year        = 2009,
 | 
|---|
| 3470 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 3471 |     address     = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
 | 
|---|
| 3472 |     note        = {\textsf{http://uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/bitstream/\-10012/\-4735/\-1/\-Chen-Jun.pdf}},
 | 
|---|
| 3473 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3474 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3475 | @misc{GNU-C++,
 | 
|---|
| 3476 |     keywords    = {C++, GNU C},
 | 
|---|
| 3477 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3478 |     author      = {Michael D. Tiemann},
 | 
|---|
| 3479 |     title       = {User's Guide to GNU {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
 | 
|---|
| 3480 |     howpublished= {Free Software Foundation, 1000 Mass Ave., Cambridge, MA, U.S.A., 02138},
 | 
|---|
| 3481 |     month       = mar,
 | 
|---|
| 3482 |     year        = 1990,
 | 
|---|
| 3483 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3484 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3485 | % H
 | 
|---|
| 3486 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3487 | @manual{Haskell10,
 | 
|---|
| 3488 |     keywords    = {Haskell},
 | 
|---|
| 3489 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3490 |     author      = {Haskell},
 | 
|---|
| 3491 |     title       = {Haskell 2010 Language Report},
 | 
|---|
| 3492 |     edition     = {{S}imon {M}arlow},
 | 
|---|
| 3493 |     year        = 2010,
 | 
|---|
| 3494 |     note        = {\href{https://haskell.org/definition/haskell2010.pdf}{https://\-haskell.org/\-definition/\-haskell2010.pdf}},
 | 
|---|
| 3495 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3496 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3497 | @article{Michael04a,
 | 
|---|
| 3498 |     keywords    = {Lock-free, synchronization, concurrent programming, memory management, multiprogramming, dynamic data structures},
 | 
|---|
| 3499 |     author      = {Maged M. Michael},
 | 
|---|
| 3500 |     title       = {Hazard Pointers: Safe Memory Reclamation for Lock-Free Objects},
 | 
|---|
| 3501 |     journal     = ieeepds,
 | 
|---|
| 3502 |     volume      = 15,
 | 
|---|
| 3503 |     number      = 6,
 | 
|---|
| 3504 |     month       = jun,
 | 
|---|
| 3505 |     year        = 2004,
 | 
|---|
| 3506 |     pages       = {491-504},
 | 
|---|
| 3507 |     publisher   = {IEEE Press},
 | 
|---|
| 3508 |     address     = {Piscataway, NJ, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 3509 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3510 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3511 | @techreport{Hermes90,
 | 
|---|
| 3512 |     keywords    = {processes, distributed computing},
 | 
|---|
| 3513 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3514 |     author      = {Robert E. Strom and David F. Bacon and Arthur P. Goldberg and Andy Lowry and Daniel M. Yellin and Shaula Alexander Yemini}, 
 | 
|---|
| 3515 |     title       = {Hermes: A Language for Distributed Computing},
 | 
|---|
| 3516 |     institution = {IBM T. J. Watson Research Center},
 | 
|---|
| 3517 |     address     = {Yorktown Heights, New York, U.S.A., 10598},
 | 
|---|
| 3518 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 3519 |     year        = 1990,
 | 
|---|
| 3520 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3521 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3522 | @book{Hermes91,
 | 
|---|
| 3523 |     keywords    = {processes, distributed computing},
 | 
|---|
| 3524 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3525 |     author      = {Robert E. Strom and David F. Bacon and Arthur P. Goldberg and Andy Lowry and Daniel M. Yellin and Shaula Alexander Yemini}, 
 | 
|---|
| 3526 |     title       = {Hermes: A Language for Distributed Computing},
 | 
|---|
| 3527 |     publisher   = {Prentice-Hall},
 | 
|---|
| 3528 |     address     = {Englewood Cliffs},
 | 
|---|
| 3529 |     series      = {Innovative Technology},
 | 
|---|
| 3530 |     year        = 1991,
 | 
|---|
| 3531 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3532 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3533 | @article{katzenelson83b,
 | 
|---|
| 3534 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3535 |     author      = "Jacob Katzenelsen",
 | 
|---|
| 3536 |     title       = "Higher Level Programming and Data Abstraction---A Case Study using Enhanced C",
 | 
|---|
| 3537 |     journal     = spe,
 | 
|---|
| 3538 |     year        = 1983,
 | 
|---|
| 3539 |     volume      = 13,
 | 
|---|
| 3540 |     number      = 7,
 | 
|---|
| 3541 |     pages       = {577-596},
 | 
|---|
| 3542 |     month       = jul
 | 
|---|
| 3543 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3544 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3545 | @techreport{Hoare73,
 | 
|---|
| 3546 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 3547 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3548 |     author      = {C. A. R. Hoare},
 | 
|---|
| 3549 |     title       = {Hints on Programming Language Design},
 | 
|---|
| 3550 |     institution = {Stanford University Computer Science Department},
 | 
|---|
| 3551 |     year        = 1973,
 | 
|---|
| 3552 |     month       = dec,
 | 
|---|
| 3553 |     number      = {CS-73-403},
 | 
|---|
| 3554 |     note        = {Reprinted in \cite{pldesign}.}
 | 
|---|
| 3555 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3556 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3557 | @article{Dijkstra71,
 | 
|---|
| 3558 |     keywords    = {monitor, secretary},
 | 
|---|
| 3559 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3560 |     author      = {E. W. Dijkstra},
 | 
|---|
| 3561 |     title       = {Hierarchical Ordering of Sequential Processes},
 | 
|---|
| 3562 |     journal     = acta,
 | 
|---|
| 3563 |     volume      = 1,
 | 
|---|
| 3564 |     pages       = {115-138},
 | 
|---|
| 3565 |     year        = 1971,
 | 
|---|
| 3566 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3567 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3568 | @article{Hesselink17b,
 | 
|---|
| 3569 |     keywords    = {concurrency, mutual exclusion, performance experiment, software solutions},
 | 
|---|
| 3570 |     title       = {High-Contention Mutual Exclusion by Elevator Algorithms},
 | 
|---|
| 3571 |     author      = {Peter A. Buhr and David Dice and Wim H. Hesselink},
 | 
|---|
| 3572 |     journal     = ccpe,
 | 
|---|
| 3573 |     volume      = 30,
 | 
|---|
| 3574 |     number      = 18,
 | 
|---|
| 3575 |     year        = 2018,
 | 
|---|
| 3576 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 3577 |     publisher   = {John Wiley \& Sons},
 | 
|---|
| 3578 |     note        = {\href{https://doi.org/10.1002/cpe.4475}{https://\-doi.org/\-10.1002/\-cpe.4475}},
 | 
|---|
| 3579 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3580 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3581 | @article{Buhr15a,
 | 
|---|
| 3582 |     keywords    = {software solution, mutual exclusion, performance experiment},
 | 
|---|
| 3583 |     author      = {Peter A. Buhr and David Dice and Wim H. Hesselink},
 | 
|---|
| 3584 |     title       = {High-Performance {$N$}-Thread Software Solutions for Mutual Exclusion},
 | 
|---|
| 3585 |     journal     = ccpe,
 | 
|---|
| 3586 |     volume      = 27,
 | 
|---|
| 3587 |     number      = 3,
 | 
|---|
| 3588 |     pages       = {651-701},
 | 
|---|
| 3589 |     month       = mar,
 | 
|---|
| 3590 |     year        = 2015,
 | 
|---|
| 3591 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3592 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3593 | @article{Ackermann28,
 | 
|---|
| 3594 |     keywords    = {recursion, Ackermann function},
 | 
|---|
| 3595 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3596 |     author      = {Wilhelm Ackermann},
 | 
|---|
| 3597 |     title       = {Zum Hilbertschen Aufbau der reellen Zahlen},
 | 
|---|
| 3598 |     publisher   = {Springer},
 | 
|---|
| 3599 |     journal     = mathann,
 | 
|---|
| 3600 |     number      = 1,
 | 
|---|
| 3601 |     volume      = 99,
 | 
|---|
| 3602 |     pages       = {118-133},
 | 
|---|
| 3603 |     month       = dec,
 | 
|---|
| 3604 |     year        = 1928,
 | 
|---|
| 3605 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3606 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3607 | @inproceedings{typeclass,
 | 
|---|
| 3608 |     keywords    = {Hindley/Miller type systems, Haskell},
 | 
|---|
| 3609 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3610 |     author      = {Philip Wadler and Stephen Blott},
 | 
|---|
| 3611 |     title       = {How to make {\em Ad-Hoc} Polymorphism Less {\em Ad-Hoc}},
 | 
|---|
| 3612 |     booktitle   = popl,
 | 
|---|
| 3613 |     year        = 1989,
 | 
|---|
| 3614 |     pages       = {60-76},
 | 
|---|
| 3615 |     organization= {Association for Computing Machinery}
 | 
|---|
| 3616 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3617 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3618 | % I
 | 
|---|
| 3619 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3620 | @book{IBM370,
 | 
|---|
| 3621 |     keywords    = {370, IBM},
 | 
|---|
| 3622 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3623 |     key         = {IBM370},
 | 
|---|
| 3624 |     title       = {{IBM} System/370 Principles of Operation},
 | 
|---|
| 3625 |     publisher   = {IBM},
 | 
|---|
| 3626 |     number      = {GA22-7000-8},
 | 
|---|
| 3627 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 3628 |     year        = 1981,
 | 
|---|
| 3629 |     edition     = {9th}
 | 
|---|
| 3630 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3631 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3632 | @book{Icon,
 | 
|---|
| 3633 |     keywords    = {Icon},
 | 
|---|
| 3634 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3635 |     author      = {Ralph E. Griswold and Madge T. Griswold},
 | 
|---|
| 3636 |     title       = {The Icon Programming Language},
 | 
|---|
| 3637 |     publisher   = {Prentice-Hall},
 | 
|---|
| 3638 |     address     = {Englewood Cliffs},
 | 
|---|
| 3639 |     year        = 1983,
 | 
|---|
| 3640 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3641 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3642 | @inproceedings{Valois94,
 | 
|---|
| 3643 |     keywords    = {lock free, queue},
 | 
|---|
| 3644 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3645 |     author      = {John D. Valois},
 | 
|---|
| 3646 |     title       = {Implementing Lock-Free Queues},
 | 
|---|
| 3647 |     booktitle   = {Seventh International Conference on Parallel and Distributed Computing Systems},
 | 
|---|
| 3648 |     address     = {Las Vegas, Nevada, U.S.A.},
 | 
|---|
| 3649 |     year        = {1994},
 | 
|---|
| 3650 |     pages       = {64-69},
 | 
|---|
| 3651 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3652 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3653 | @article{Hehner81,
 | 
|---|
| 3654 |     keywords    = {concurrency, critical section, bakery algorithm},
 | 
|---|
| 3655 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3656 |     author      = {Eric C. R. Hehner and R. K. Shyamasundar},
 | 
|---|
| 3657 |     title       = {An Implementation of {P} and {V}},
 | 
|---|
| 3658 |     journal     = ipl,
 | 
|---|
| 3659 |     year        = 1981,
 | 
|---|
| 3660 |     month       = aug,
 | 
|---|
| 3661 |     volume      = 12,
 | 
|---|
| 3662 |     number      = 4,
 | 
|---|
| 3663 |     pages       = {196-198},
 | 
|---|
| 3664 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3665 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3666 | @incollection{Steenkiste91,
 | 
|---|
| 3667 |     keywords    = {lisp},
 | 
|---|
| 3668 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3669 |     author      = {Peter A. Steenkiste},
 | 
|---|
| 3670 |     title       = {The Implementation of Tags and Run-Time Checking},
 | 
|---|
| 3671 |     booktitle   = {Topics in Advanced Language Implementation},
 | 
|---|
| 3672 |     pages       = {3-24},
 | 
|---|
| 3673 |     year        = 1991,
 | 
|---|
| 3674 |     editor      = {Peter Lee},
 | 
|---|
| 3675 |     chapter     = {1},
 | 
|---|
| 3676 |     publisher   = {The MIT Press}
 | 
|---|
| 3677 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3678 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3679 | @techreport{Roberts89,
 | 
|---|
| 3680 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 3681 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3682 |     author      = {Eric S. Roberts},
 | 
|---|
| 3683 |     title       = {Implementing Exceptions in {C}},
 | 
|---|
| 3684 |     institution = {Digital Systems Research Center},
 | 
|---|
| 3685 |     address     = {130 Lytton Avenue, Palo Alto, California, 94301},
 | 
|---|
| 3686 |     number      = {40},
 | 
|---|
| 3687 |     month       = mar,
 | 
|---|
| 3688 |     year        = 1989,
 | 
|---|
| 3689 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3690 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3691 | @mastersthesis{Bilson03,
 | 
|---|
| 3692 |     keywords    = {Cforall, parametric polymorphism, overloading},
 | 
|---|
| 3693 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3694 |     author      = {Richard C. Bilson},
 | 
|---|
| 3695 |     title       = {Implementing Overloading and Polymorphism in \textsf{C}$\mathbf{\forall}$},
 | 
|---|
| 3696 |     school      = {School of Computer Science, University of Waterloo},
 | 
|---|
| 3697 |     year        = 2003,
 | 
|---|
| 3698 |     address     = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
 | 
|---|
| 3699 |     note        = {\href{http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/theses/BilsonThesis.pdf}{http://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-theses/\-BilsonThesis.pdf}},
 | 
|---|
| 3700 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3701 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3702 | @article{Buhr05b,
 | 
|---|
| 3703 |     keywords    = {monitor, automatic signal, implicit signal},
 | 
|---|
| 3704 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3705 |     author      = {Peter A. Buhr and Ashif S. Harji},
 | 
|---|
| 3706 |     title       = {Implicit-signal monitors},
 | 
|---|
| 3707 |     journal     = toplas,
 | 
|---|
| 3708 |     volume      = 27,
 | 
|---|
| 3709 |     number      = 6,
 | 
|---|
| 3710 |     month       = nov,
 | 
|---|
| 3711 |     year        = 2005,
 | 
|---|
| 3712 |     issn        = {0164-0925},
 | 
|---|
| 3713 |     pages       = {1270--1343},
 | 
|---|
| 3714 |     publisher   = {ACM Press},
 | 
|---|
| 3715 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 3716 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3717 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3718 | @article{Galler64,
 | 
|---|
| 3719 |     keywords    = {union-find, original},
 | 
|---|
| 3720 |     contributer = {a3moss@uwaterloo.ca},
 | 
|---|
| 3721 |     title       = {An improved equivalence algorithm},
 | 
|---|
| 3722 |     author      = {Galler, Bernard A and Fisher, Michael J},
 | 
|---|
| 3723 |     journal     = {Communications of the ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 3724 |     volume      = {7},
 | 
|---|
| 3725 |     number      = {5},
 | 
|---|
| 3726 |     pages       = {301--303},
 | 
|---|
| 3727 |     year        = {1964},
 | 
|---|
| 3728 |     publisher   = {ACM}
 | 
|---|
| 3729 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3730 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3731 | @phdthesis{Barghi18,
 | 
|---|
| 3732 |     keywords    = {concurrency, user threads, actors},
 | 
|---|
| 3733 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3734 |     author      = {Saman Barghi},
 | 
|---|
| 3735 |     title       = {Improving the Performance of User-level Runtime Systems for Concurrent Applications},
 | 
|---|
| 3736 |     school      = {School of Computer Science, University of Waterloo},
 | 
|---|
| 3737 |     year        = 2018,
 | 
|---|
| 3738 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 3739 |     optaddress  = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
 | 
|---|
| 3740 |     note        = {\href{https://uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/handle/10012/13935}{https://\-uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/\-handle/\-10012/\-13935}},
 | 
|---|
| 3741 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3742 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3743 | @article{Swift05,
 | 
|---|
| 3744 |    contributer  = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3745 |    author       = {Michael M. Swift and Brian N. Bershad and Henry M. Levy},
 | 
|---|
| 3746 |    title        = {Improving the Reliability of Commodity Operating Systems},
 | 
|---|
| 3747 |    journal      = tocs,
 | 
|---|
| 3748 |    volume       = 23,
 | 
|---|
| 3749 |    number       = 1,
 | 
|---|
| 3750 |    month        = feb,
 | 
|---|
| 3751 |    year         = 2005,
 | 
|---|
| 3752 |    pages        = {77-110},
 | 
|---|
| 3753 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3754 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3755 | @article{Baker77,
 | 
|---|
| 3756 |     author      = {Henry C. Baker, Jr. and Carl Hewitt},
 | 
|---|
| 3757 |     title       = {The Incremental Garbage Collection of Processes},
 | 
|---|
| 3758 |     journal     = {SIGART Bulletin},
 | 
|---|
| 3759 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 3760 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 3761 |     month       = aug,
 | 
|---|
| 3762 |     year        = 1977,
 | 
|---|
| 3763 |     pages       = {55-59},
 | 
|---|
| 3764 |     issn        = {0163-5719},
 | 
|---|
| 3765 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3766 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3767 | @book{Algol68,
 | 
|---|
| 3768 |     keywords    = {Algol68},
 | 
|---|
| 3769 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3770 |     author      = {C. H. Lindsey and S. G. van der Meulen},
 | 
|---|
| 3771 |     title       = {Informal Introduction to ALGOL 68},
 | 
|---|
| 3772 |     publisher   = {North-Holland},
 | 
|---|
| 3773 |     address     = {London},
 | 
|---|
| 3774 |     year        = 1977,
 | 
|---|
| 3775 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3776 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3777 | @inproceedings{Cook90,
 | 
|---|
| 3778 |     keywords    = {f-bounded polymorhpism, lambda calculus},
 | 
|---|
| 3779 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3780 |     author      = {William R. Cook and Walter L. Hill and Peter S. Canning},
 | 
|---|
| 3781 |     title       = {Inheritance is Not Subtyping},
 | 
|---|
| 3782 |     booktitle   = popl,
 | 
|---|
| 3783 |     year        = 1990,
 | 
|---|
| 3784 |     pages       = {125-135},
 | 
|---|
| 3785 |     organization= {Association for Computing Machinery},
 | 
|---|
| 3786 |     abstract    = {
 | 
|---|
| 3787 |         In typed object-oriented languages the subtype relation is
 | 
|---|
| 3788 |         typically based on the inheritance hierarchy.  This approach,
 | 
|---|
| 3789 |         however, leads either to insecure type-systems or to restrictions
 | 
|---|
| 3790 |         on inheritance that make it less flexible than untyped Smalltalk
 | 
|---|
| 3791 |         inheritance.  We present a new typed model of inheritance that
 | 
|---|
| 3792 |         allows more of the flexibility of Smalltalk inheritance within a
 | 
|---|
| 3793 |         statically-typed system.  Significant features of our analysis are
 | 
|---|
| 3794 |         the introduction of polymorphism into the typing of inheritance and
 | 
|---|
| 3795 |         the uniform application of inheritance to objects, classes and
 | 
|---|
| 3796 |         types.  The resulting notion of {\em type inheritance} allows us to
 | 
|---|
| 3797 |         show that the type of an inherited object is an inherited type but
 | 
|---|
| 3798 |         not always a subtype.
 | 
|---|
| 3799 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 3800 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3801 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3802 | @inproceedings{MMR92,
 | 
|---|
| 3803 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 3804 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3805 |     author      = {Robert E. Minnear and Patrick A. Muckelbauer and Vincent F. Russo},
 | 
|---|
| 3806 |     title       = {Integrating the {Sun Microsystems} {XDR/RPC} Protocols
 | 
|---|
| 3807 |                   into the {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Stream Model},
 | 
|---|
| 3808 |     booktitle   = {USENIX {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Conference Proceedings},
 | 
|---|
| 3809 |     year        = 1992,
 | 
|---|
| 3810 |     month       = aug,
 | 
|---|
| 3811 |     pages       = {295-312},
 | 
|---|
| 3812 |     organization= {USENIX Association},
 | 
|---|
| 3813 |     address     = {2590 Ninth Street, Suite 215, Berkeley, CA 94710},
 | 
|---|
| 3814 |     abstract    = {
 | 
|---|
| 3815 |         This paper reports our experiences integrating the Sun Microsystems
 | 
|---|
| 3816 |         RPC and XDR protocol specifications into the C++ model of
 | 
|---|
| 3817 |         input/output streams.  As part of the {\it Renaissance} operating
 | 
|---|
| 3818 |         system project, we wish to construct network servers and clients,
 | 
|---|
| 3819 |         written in C++, which interoperate with existing UNIX clients
 | 
|---|
| 3820 |         and servers.  We discovered that, although it would be possible to
 | 
|---|
| 3821 |         re-implement the procedural based XDR/RPC implementation
 | 
|---|
| 3822 |         distributed by Sun Microsystems in C++, it is far cleaner to
 | 
|---|
| 3823 |         integrate the protocols with the C++ I/O stream model.  We
 | 
|---|
| 3824 |         feel the resulting model provides a cleaner way of implementing RPC
 | 
|---|
| 3825 |         clients and servers without losing functionality or compatibility
 | 
|---|
| 3826 |         with existing clients and servers.
 | 
|---|
| 3827 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 3828 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3829 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3830 | @inproceedings{Zuo08,
 | 
|---|
| 3831 |     keywords    = {shared memory systems,intelligent multiport memory,multiprocessors systems,shared memory system},
 | 
|---|
| 3832 |     author      = {Wang Zuo and Wang Zuo and Li Jiaxing},
 | 
|---|
| 3833 |     title       = {An Intelligent Multi-Port Memory},
 | 
|---|
| 3834 |     booktitle   = {Symposium on Intelligent Information Technology Application Workshops, Shanghai, China},
 | 
|---|
| 3835 |     month       = dec,
 | 
|---|
| 3836 |     year        = 2008,
 | 
|---|
| 3837 |     pages       = {251-254},
 | 
|---|
| 3838 |     publisher   = {IEEE Computer Society},
 | 
|---|
| 3839 |     address     = {Los Alamitos, CA, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 3840 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3841 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3842 | @book{Francez96,
 | 
|---|
| 3843 |     keywords    = {await, formal},
 | 
|---|
| 3844 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3845 |     author      = {Nissim Francez and Ira R. Forman},
 | 
|---|
| 3846 |     title       = {Interacting Processes: A Multiparty Approach to Coordinated Distributed Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 3847 |     publisher   = {Addison-Wesley},
 | 
|---|
| 3848 |     address     = {Boston},
 | 
|---|
| 3849 |     series      = {ACM Press Books},
 | 
|---|
| 3850 |     year        = 1996,
 | 
|---|
| 3851 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3852 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3853 | @article{Labreche90,
 | 
|---|
| 3854 |     keywords    = {concurrency, C++},
 | 
|---|
| 3855 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3856 |     author      = {Pierre Labr{\`{e}}che},
 | 
|---|
| 3857 |     title       = {Interactors: A Real-Time Executive with Multiparty Interactions in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
 | 
|---|
| 3858 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 3859 |     volume      = 25,
 | 
|---|
| 3860 |     number      = 4,
 | 
|---|
| 3861 |     month       = apr,
 | 
|---|
| 3862 |     year        = 1990,
 | 
|---|
| 3863 |     pages       = {20-32},
 | 
|---|
| 3864 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3865 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3866 | @inproceedings{interfaces,
 | 
|---|
| 3867 |     keywords    = {parameterized interfaces, classes, recursion/inheritance},
 | 
|---|
| 3868 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3869 |     author      = {Peter S. Canning and William R. Cook and Walter L. Hill and
 | 
|---|
| 3870 |         Walter G. Olthoff},
 | 
|---|
| 3871 |     title       = {Interfaces for Strongly-Typed Object-Oriented Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 3872 |     crossref    = "OOPSLA89",
 | 
|---|
| 3873 |     pages       = {457-467},
 | 
|---|
| 3874 |     abstract    = {
 | 
|---|
| 3875 |         This paper develops a system of explicit interfaces for
 | 
|---|
| 3876 |         object-oriented programming.  The system provides the benefits of
 | 
|---|
| 3877 |         module interfaces found in languages like Ada and Modula-2 while
 | 
|---|
| 3878 |         preserving the expressiveness that gives untyped object-oriented
 | 
|---|
| 3879 |         languages like Smalltalk their flexibility.  Interfaces are
 | 
|---|
| 3880 |         interpreted as polymorphic types to make the system sufficiently
 | 
|---|
| 3881 |         powerful.  We use interfaces to analyze the properties of
 | 
|---|
| 3882 |         inheritance, and identify three distinct kinds of inheritance in
 | 
|---|
| 3883 |         object-oriented programming, corresponding to objects, classes, and
 | 
|---|
| 3884 |         interfaces, respectively.  Object interfaces clarify the
 | 
|---|
| 3885 |         distinction between interface containment and inheritance and give
 | 
|---|
| 3886 |         insight into limitations caused by equating the notions of type and
 | 
|---|
| 3887 |         class in many typed object-oriented programming languages.
 | 
|---|
| 3888 |         Interfaces also have practical consequences for design,
 | 
|---|
| 3889 |         specification, and maintenance of object-oriented systems.
 | 
|---|
| 3890 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 3891 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3892 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3893 | @phdthesis{Girard72,
 | 
|---|
| 3894 |     keywords    = {universal quantification},
 | 
|---|
| 3895 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3896 |     author      = {J.-Y. Girard},
 | 
|---|
| 3897 |     title       = {Interpretation fonctionelle et elimination des coupures de
 | 
|---|
| 3898 |         l'arithmetique d'ordre superieur},
 | 
|---|
| 3899 |     school      = {Universite Paris},
 | 
|---|
| 3900 |     year        = {1972}
 | 
|---|
| 3901 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3902 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3903 | @article{Karaorman93,
 | 
|---|
| 3904 |     keywords    = {Eiffel, concurrency libraries},
 | 
|---|
| 3905 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3906 |     author      = {Murat Karaorman and John Bruno},
 | 
|---|
| 3907 |     title       = {Introducing Concurrency to a Sequential Language},
 | 
|---|
| 3908 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 3909 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 3910 |     year        = 1993,
 | 
|---|
| 3911 |     volume      = 36,
 | 
|---|
| 3912 |     number      = 9,
 | 
|---|
| 3913 |     pages       = {103-116}
 | 
|---|
| 3914 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3915 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3916 | @book{Corman92,
 | 
|---|
| 3917 |     keywords    = {PRAM, parallel algorithms},
 | 
|---|
| 3918 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3919 |     author      = {Thomas H. Cormen and Charles E. Leiserson and Ronald L. Rivest},
 | 
|---|
| 3920 |     title       = {Introduction to Algorithms},
 | 
|---|
| 3921 |     publisher   = {MIT Press/McGraw-Hill},
 | 
|---|
| 3922 |     address     = {Cambridge},
 | 
|---|
| 3923 |     series      = {Electrical Engineering and Computer Science Series},
 | 
|---|
| 3924 |     year        = 1992,
 | 
|---|
| 3925 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3926 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3927 | @book{Hopcroft79,
 | 
|---|
| 3928 |     keywords    = {finite-state machine, push-dowm automata},
 | 
|---|
| 3929 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3930 |     author      = {John E. Hopcroft and Jeffrey D. Ullman},
 | 
|---|
| 3931 |     title       = {Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages and Computation},
 | 
|---|
| 3932 |     publisher   = {Addison-Wesley},
 | 
|---|
| 3933 |     address     = {Boston},
 | 
|---|
| 3934 |     year        = 1979,
 | 
|---|
| 3935 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3936 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3937 | @techreport{walker87,
 | 
|---|
| 3938 |     keywords    = {CCS},
 | 
|---|
| 3939 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3940 |     author      = {David Walker},
 | 
|---|
| 3941 |     title       = {Introduction to a Calculus of Communicating Systems},
 | 
|---|
| 3942 |     institution = {Laboratory for Foundations of Computer Science},
 | 
|---|
| 3943 |     year        = 1987,
 | 
|---|
| 3944 |     address     = {Department of Computer Science, University of Edinburgh, Edinburgh EH9 3JZ},
 | 
|---|
| 3945 |     month       = jun,
 | 
|---|
| 3946 |     number      = {ECS-LFCS-87-22},
 | 
|---|
| 3947 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3948 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3949 | @article{katzenelson83a,
 | 
|---|
| 3950 |     author      = {Jacob Katzenelson},
 | 
|---|
| 3951 |     title       = {Introduction to Enhanced C (EC)},
 | 
|---|
| 3952 |     journal     = spe,
 | 
|---|
| 3953 |     volume      = 13,
 | 
|---|
| 3954 |     number      = 7,
 | 
|---|
| 3955 |     year        = 1983,
 | 
|---|
| 3956 |     month       = jul,
 | 
|---|
| 3957 |     pages       = {551-576},
 | 
|---|
| 3958 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3959 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3960 | @book{Deitel90,
 | 
|---|
| 3961 |     keywords    = {concurrency, operating systems},
 | 
|---|
| 3962 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3963 |     author      = {Harvey M. Deitel},
 | 
|---|
| 3964 |     title       = {An Introduction to Operating Systems},
 | 
|---|
| 3965 |     publisher   = {Addison-Wesley},
 | 
|---|
| 3966 |     address     = {Boston},
 | 
|---|
| 3967 |     year        = 1990,
 | 
|---|
| 3968 |     edition     = {2nd},
 | 
|---|
| 3969 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3970 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3971 | @techreport{Birrell89,
 | 
|---|
| 3972 |     keywords    = {threads, monitors},
 | 
|---|
| 3973 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3974 |     author      = {Andrew D. Birrell},
 | 
|---|
| 3975 |     title       = {An Introduction to Programming with Threads},
 | 
|---|
| 3976 |     institution = {Digital Systems Research Center},
 | 
|---|
| 3977 |     address     = {130 Lytton Avenue, Palo Alto, California, 94301},
 | 
|---|
| 3978 |     number      = {35},
 | 
|---|
| 3979 |     month       = jan,
 | 
|---|
| 3980 |     year        = 1989,
 | 
|---|
| 3981 |     note        = {{\textsf{http://www.hpl.hp.com/\-techreports/\-Compaq-DEC/\-SRC-RR-35.html}}},
 | 
|---|
| 3982 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3983 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3984 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3985 | @article{t/o,
 | 
|---|
| 3986 |     keywords    = {Trellis/Owl},
 | 
|---|
| 3987 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 3988 |     author      = {Craig Schaffert and Topher Cooper and Bruce Bullis and Mike Kilian and Carrie Wilpot},
 | 
|---|
| 3989 |     title       = {An Introduction to Trellis/Owl},
 | 
|---|
| 3990 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 3991 |     volume      = 21,
 | 
|---|
| 3992 |     number      = 11,
 | 
|---|
| 3993 |     year        = 1986,
 | 
|---|
| 3994 |     month       = nov,
 | 
|---|
| 3995 |     pages       = {9-16},
 | 
|---|
| 3996 | }
 | 
|---|
| 3997 | 
 | 
|---|
| 3998 | @inproceedings{Pharr12,
 | 
|---|
| 3999 |     title       = {ispc: A {SPMD} compiler for high-performance CPU programming},
 | 
|---|
| 4000 |     author      = {Pharr, Matt and Mark, William R},
 | 
|---|
| 4001 |     booktitle   = {Innovative Parallel Computing (InPar), 2012},
 | 
|---|
| 4002 |     pages       = {1--13},
 | 
|---|
| 4003 |     year        = {2012},
 | 
|---|
| 4004 |     month       = may,
 | 
|---|
| 4005 |     address     = {San Jose, CA, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 4006 |     publisher   = {IEEE},
 | 
|---|
| 4007 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4008 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4009 | @inproceedings{DeLozier13,
 | 
|---|
| 4010 |     keywords    = {C++, local pointers, memory safety, type-safety},
 | 
|---|
| 4011 |     author      = {DeLozier, Christian and Eisenberg, Richard and Nagarakatte, Santosh and Osera, Peter-Michael and Martin, Milo M.K. and Zdancewic, Steve},
 | 
|---|
| 4012 |     title       = {{I}ronclad {C++}: A Library-augmented Type-safe Subset of {C++}},
 | 
|---|
| 4013 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the 2013 ACM SIGPLAN International Conference on Object Oriented Programming Systems Languages \& Applications},
 | 
|---|
| 4014 |     series      = {OOPSLA'13},
 | 
|---|
| 4015 |     year        = {2013},
 | 
|---|
| 4016 |     address     = {Indianapolis, Indiana, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 4017 |     pages       = {287-304},
 | 
|---|
| 4018 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 4019 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4020 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4021 | @inproceedings{Hibbard77,
 | 
|---|
| 4022 |     keywords    = {algol-68, concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 4023 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4024 |     author      = {Peter G. Hibbard and P. Knueven and B. W. Leverett},
 | 
|---|
| 4025 |     title       = {Issues in the Efficient Implementation and Use of Multiprocessing in {Algol} 68},
 | 
|---|
| 4026 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the 5th Annual iii Conference},
 | 
|---|
| 4027 |     address     = {Guidel, France},
 | 
|---|
| 4028 |     month       = may,
 | 
|---|
| 4029 |     year        = 1977,
 | 
|---|
| 4030 |     pages       = {203-221}
 | 
|---|
| 4031 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4032 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4033 | @inproceedings{Miller97,
 | 
|---|
| 4034 |     keywords    = {exception handling, software-engineering},
 | 
|---|
| 4035 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4036 |     author      = {Robert Miller and Anand Tripathi},
 | 
|---|
| 4037 |     title       = {Issues with Exception Hnadling in Object-Oriented Systems},
 | 
|---|
| 4038 |     booktitle   = {ECOOP'97},
 | 
|---|
| 4039 |     publisher   = {Springer},
 | 
|---|
| 4040 |     volume      = 1241,
 | 
|---|
| 4041 |     series      = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science},
 | 
|---|
| 4042 |     year        = 1997,
 | 
|---|
| 4043 |     pages       = {85-103}
 | 
|---|
| 4044 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4045 |    
 | 
|---|
| 4046 | @article{Murer96,
 | 
|---|
| 4047 |     keywords    = {interators, generators, cursors},
 | 
|---|
| 4048 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4049 |     author      = {Stephan Murer and Stephen Omohundro and David Stoutamire and Clemens Szyperski},
 | 
|---|
| 4050 |     title       = {Iteration Abstraction in Sather},
 | 
|---|
| 4051 |     journal     = toplas,
 | 
|---|
| 4052 |     month       = jan,
 | 
|---|
| 4053 |     year        = 1996,
 | 
|---|
| 4054 |     volume      = 18,
 | 
|---|
| 4055 |     number      = 1,
 | 
|---|
| 4056 |     pages       = {1-15},
 | 
|---|
| 4057 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4058 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4059 | % J
 | 
|---|
| 4060 |                   
 | 
|---|
| 4061 | @book{Java,
 | 
|---|
| 4062 |     keywords    = {Java},
 | 
|---|
| 4063 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4064 |     author      = {James Gosling and Bill Joy and Guy Steele and Gilad Bracha},
 | 
|---|
| 4065 |     title       = {The {Java} Language Specification},
 | 
|---|
| 4066 |     publisher   = {Addison-Wesley},
 | 
|---|
| 4067 |     address     = {Reading},
 | 
|---|
| 4068 |     year        = 2000,
 | 
|---|
| 4069 |     edition     = {2nd},
 | 
|---|
| 4070 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4071 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4072 | @manual{Java8,
 | 
|---|
| 4073 |     keywords    = {Java SE 8},
 | 
|---|
| 4074 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4075 |     author      = {James Gosling and Bill Joy and Guy Steele and Gilad Bracha and Alex Buckley},
 | 
|---|
| 4076 |     title       = {{Java} Language Specification},
 | 
|---|
| 4077 |     publisher   = {Oracle},
 | 
|---|
| 4078 |     year        = 2015,
 | 
|---|
| 4079 |     edition     = {{J}ava {SE} 8},
 | 
|---|
| 4080 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4081 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4082 | @manual{Java11,
 | 
|---|
| 4083 |     keywords    = {Java SE 11},
 | 
|---|
| 4084 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4085 |     author      = {James Gosling and Bill Joy and Guy Steele and Gilad Bracha and Alex Buckley and Daniel Smith},
 | 
|---|
| 4086 |     title       = {{Java} Language Specification},
 | 
|---|
| 4087 |     publisher   = {Oracle},
 | 
|---|
| 4088 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 4089 |     year        = 2018,
 | 
|---|
| 4090 |     edition     = {{J}ava {SE} 11},
 | 
|---|
| 4091 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4092 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4093 | @manual{JDK1.1,
 | 
|---|
| 4094 |     keywords    = {JDK 1.1},
 | 
|---|
| 4095 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4096 |     author      = {{Multithreading Models}},
 | 
|---|
| 4097 |     title       = {JDK 1.1 for Solaris Developer's Guide},
 | 
|---|
| 4098 |     publisher   = {Oracle},
 | 
|---|
| 4099 |     address     = {\href{https://docs.oracle.com/cd/E19455-01/806-3461/6jck06gqk/index.html#ch2mt-41}{https://\-docs.oracle.com/\-cd/\-E19455-01/\-806-3461/\-6jck06gqk/\-index.html\#ch2mt-41}},
 | 
|---|
| 4100 |     year        = 2010,
 | 
|---|
| 4101 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4102 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4103 | @manual{JUC,
 | 
|---|
| 4104 |     keywords    = {Java concurrency library},
 | 
|---|
| 4105 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4106 |     title       = {java.util.concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 4107 |     author      = {Doug Lea},
 | 
|---|
| 4108 |     organization= {Oracle},
 | 
|---|
| 4109 |     year        = 2014,
 | 
|---|
| 4110 |     note        = {\href{http://docs.oracle.com/javase/7/docs/api/java/util/concurrent/package-summary.html}{http://docs.oracle.com/\-javase/7/\-docs/\-api/\-java/\-util/\-concurrent/\-package-summary.html}},
 | 
|---|
| 4111 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4112 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4113 | % K
 | 
|---|
| 4114 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4115 | @inproceedings{Buhr96b,
 | 
|---|
| 4116 |     author      = {Peter A. Buhr and Martin Karsten and Jun Shih},
 | 
|---|
| 4117 |     title       = {{\small\textsf{KDB}}: A Multi-threaded Debugger for Multi-threaded Applications},
 | 
|---|
| 4118 |     booktitle   = {Proc. of SPDT'96: SIGMETRICS Symp. on Parallel and Distributed Tools},
 | 
|---|
| 4119 |     publisher   = {ACM Press},
 | 
|---|
| 4120 |     address     = {Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, U.S.A.},
 | 
|---|
| 4121 |     month       = may,
 | 
|---|
| 4122 |     year        = 1996,
 | 
|---|
| 4123 |     pages       = {80-87},
 | 
|---|
| 4124 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4125 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4126 | @article{Duggan96,
 | 
|---|
| 4127 |     keywords    = {concurrency, critical section},
 | 
|---|
| 4128 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4129 |     author      = {Dominic Duggan and Gordon V. Cormack and John Ophel},
 | 
|---|
| 4130 |     title       = {Kinded Type Inference for Parametric Overloading},
 | 
|---|
| 4131 |     journal     = acta,
 | 
|---|
| 4132 |     volume      = 33,
 | 
|---|
| 4133 |     number      = 1,
 | 
|---|
| 4134 |     year        = 1996,
 | 
|---|
| 4135 |     pages       = {21-68},
 | 
|---|
| 4136 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4137 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4138 | @article{Peter35,
 | 
|---|
| 4139 |     keywords    = {recursion, Ackermann function},
 | 
|---|
| 4140 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4141 |     author      = {R{\'{o}}zsa P{\'{e}}ter},
 | 
|---|
| 4142 |     title       = {Konstruktion nichtrekursiver Funktionen},
 | 
|---|
| 4143 |     publisher   = {Springer},
 | 
|---|
| 4144 |     journal     = mathann,
 | 
|---|
| 4145 |     number      = 111,
 | 
|---|
| 4146 |     volume      = 1,
 | 
|---|
| 4147 |     pages       = {42-60},
 | 
|---|
| 4148 |     month       = dec,
 | 
|---|
| 4149 |     year        = 1935,
 | 
|---|
| 4150 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4151 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4152 | % L
 | 
|---|
| 4153 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4154 | @TechReport{WVWR88:L,
 | 
|---|
| 4155 |     contributer = {gjditchf@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4156 |     author      = {Hanno Wupper and Jan Vytopil and Martin Wieczorek and Dick de Reus},
 | 
|---|
| 4157 |     title       = {{L}_{3333}: A Simple Language with Static Typing of Hard Real-Time Constraints},
 | 
|---|
| 4158 |     institution = {Department of Informatics, Faculty of Science, Catholic University Nijmegen},
 | 
|---|
| 4159 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 4160 |     number      = {88-3},
 | 
|---|
| 4161 |     address     = {Katholieke Universiteit Nijmegen, Fakulteit der Wiskunde
 | 
|---|
| 4162 |                    en Natuurwetenschappen, Infomatica V, Toernooiveld, 6512
 | 
|---|
| 4163 |                    ED Nijmegen, The Netherlands},
 | 
|---|
| 4164 |     month       = apr,
 | 
|---|
| 4165 |     annote      = {A polymorphic typed lambda calculus with \begin{itemize}
 | 
|---|
| 4166 |                    \item A trivial type, ``!'', with a single element.
 | 
|---|
| 4167 |                    \item Labelled types, distinct from each other.
 | 
|---|
| 4168 |                    ``!False'' and ``!True'' are distinct types, each
 | 
|---|
| 4169 |                    containing a single value serving as boolean false and
 | 
|---|
| 4170 |                    true.  ``2'' is an abbreviation for ``!0 succ succ'', the
 | 
|---|
| 4171 |                    type containing only 2.
 | 
|---|
| 4172 |                    \item Disjunction types ``\{| !False, !True |\}''.  Interval
 | 
|---|
| 4173 |                    types are abbreviations for disjunctions.
 | 
|---|
| 4174 |                    \item Conjunction types ``\{\& real Re, real Im \&\}'', where
 | 
|---|
| 4175 |                    ``Re'' and ``Im'' are type labels that distinguish between the
 | 
|---|
| 4176 |                    fields.
 | 
|---|
| 4177 |                    \item Pair types ``\{^ a, b ^\}'', for use in recursive types
 | 
|---|
| 4178 |                    and dyadic infix functions.
 | 
|---|
| 4179 |                    \item Function types, universal types, existential types,
 | 
|---|
| 4180 |                    and subtyping (viewed as coercion), as in Fun.
 | 
|---|
| 4181 |                    \end{itemize}
 | 
|---|
| 4182 |                    Disjunctions and conjunctions types are associative and
 | 
|---|
| 4183 |                    commutative (i.e. flat).  Each type has a matching
 | 
|---|
| 4184 |                    constructor.  Functions use pattern matching on type
 | 
|---|
| 4185 |                    labels to strip labels and extract conjunction fields:
 | 
|---|
| 4186 |                    \begin{verbatim}
 | 
|---|
| 4187 |                    \lambda n {0...1000000 Guilders}. ... n ...
 | 
|---|
| 4188 |                    -- both argument and n are amounts in Guilders.
 | 
|---|
| 4189 |                    \lambda n {0...1000000} Guilders. ... n ...
 | 
|---|
| 4190 |                    -- argument in Guilders, but n is in 0...1000000.
 | 
|---|
| 4191 |                    \end{verbatim}
 | 
|---|
| 4192 |                    ``Function bundles'' (conjunctions of functions), applied
 | 
|---|
| 4193 |                    to arguments, replace Dijkstra's guarded if...fi, but the
 | 
|---|
| 4194 |                    bundles are first-class and the guards are part of their
 | 
|---|
| 4195 |                    type.
 | 
|---|
| 4196 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4197 |                    The same trick used to define the type ``2'' is used to
 | 
|---|
| 4198 |                    move absolute times into the type system, to allow static
 | 
|---|
| 4199 |                    checking. ``0`'' denotes a time before the system begins
 | 
|---|
| 4200 |                    execution.  ``\#`'' denotes ``eventually'', and ``?`''
 | 
|---|
| 4201 |                    denotes ``maybe never''.  ``a\\t'' and ``a@t'' are types
 | 
|---|
| 4202 |                    of a value of type a that will be available no later
 | 
|---|
| 4203 |                    (earlier) than time t.  Universals and existentials use
 | 
|---|
| 4204 |                    subtyping to parameterize functions by start time:
 | 
|---|
| 4205 |                    \begin{verbatim}
 | 
|---|
| 4206 |                    let f {\forall t > \#`}. {a\t} \on {b\t+d}
 | 
|---|
| 4207 |                    f{then} y -- argument y must be available at time ``then''.
 | 
|---|
| 4208 |                    \end{verbatim}
 | 
|---|
| 4209 |                    Functions can return before their arguments are available
 | 
|---|
| 4210 |                    if they don't use them.  However, function {\em bundles}
 | 
|---|
| 4211 |                    can't return until their result type is known, so the
 | 
|---|
| 4212 |                    lower and upper time bounds of the bundle are the
 | 
|---|
| 4213 |                    second-last upper bound of the component functions: at
 | 
|---|
| 4214 |                    that time, there is only one alternative left.
 | 
|---|
| 4215 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4216 |                    Explicit time parameterization allows slack in time
 | 
|---|
| 4217 |                    specification.  Tools could point out slack or determine
 | 
|---|
| 4218 |                    degree of parallelism.}
 | 
|---|
| 4219 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4220 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4221 | @mastersthesis{Clarke90,
 | 
|---|
| 4222 |     keywords    = {concurrency, postponing requests},
 | 
|---|
| 4223 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4224 |     author      = {Charles L. A. Clarke},
 | 
|---|
| 4225 |     title       = {Language and Compiler Support for Synchronous Message Passing Architectures},
 | 
|---|
| 4226 |     school      = {University of Waterloo},
 | 
|---|
| 4227 |     year        = 1990,
 | 
|---|
| 4228 |     address     = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1}
 | 
|---|
| 4229 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4230 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4231 | @article{Tennent77,
 | 
|---|
| 4232 |     keywords    = {abstraction, correspondence, Pascal},
 | 
|---|
| 4233 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4234 |     author      = {R. D. Tennent},
 | 
|---|
| 4235 |     title       = {Language Design Methods Based on Semantic Principles},
 | 
|---|
| 4236 |     journal     = acta,
 | 
|---|
| 4237 |     year        = 1977,
 | 
|---|
| 4238 |     volume      = 8,
 | 
|---|
| 4239 |     number      = 2,
 | 
|---|
| 4240 |     pages       = {97-112},
 | 
|---|
| 4241 |     note        = {reprinted in \cite{pldesign}},
 | 
|---|
| 4242 |     abstract    = {
 | 
|---|
| 4243 |         Two language design methods based on principles derived from the
 | 
|---|
| 4244 |         denotational approach to programming language semantics are
 | 
|---|
| 4245 |         described and illustrated by an application to the language Pascal.
 | 
|---|
| 4246 |         The principles are, firstly, the correspondence between parametric
 | 
|---|
| 4247 |         and declarative mechanisms and secondly, a principle of abstraction
 | 
|---|
| 4248 |         for programming languages adapted from set theory.  Several useful
 | 
|---|
| 4249 |         extensions and generalizations of Pascal emerge by applying these
 | 
|---|
| 4250 |         principles, including a solution to the array parameter problem,
 | 
|---|
| 4251 |         and a modularization facility.
 | 
|---|
| 4252 |     },
 | 
|---|
| 4253 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4254 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4255 | @article{Liskov86,
 | 
|---|
| 4256 |     keywords    = {synchronous communication, concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 4257 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4258 |     author      = {Barbara Liskov and Maurice Kerlihy and Lucy Gilbert},
 | 
|---|
| 4259 |     title       = {Limitations of Synchronous Communication with Static
 | 
|---|
| 4260 |                    Process Structure in Languages for Distributed Computing},
 | 
|---|
| 4261 |     journal     = {},
 | 
|---|
| 4262 |     volume      = {},
 | 
|---|
| 4263 |     number      = {},
 | 
|---|
| 4264 |     month       = {},
 | 
|---|
| 4265 |     year        = {},
 | 
|---|
| 4266 |     pages       = {},
 | 
|---|
| 4267 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4268 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4269 | @article{Linda,
 | 
|---|
| 4270 |     keywords    = {Linda, concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 4271 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4272 |     author      = {Nicholas Carriero and David Gelernter},
 | 
|---|
| 4273 |     title       = {Linda in Context},
 | 
|---|
| 4274 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 4275 |     volume      = 32,
 | 
|---|
| 4276 |     number      = 4,
 | 
|---|
| 4277 |     month       = apr,
 | 
|---|
| 4278 |     year        = 1989,
 | 
|---|
| 4279 |     pages       = {444-458}
 | 
|---|
| 4280 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4281 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4282 | @manual{libmill,
 | 
|---|
| 4283 |     keywords    = {libmill},
 | 
|---|
| 4284 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4285 |     author      = {libmill},
 | 
|---|
| 4286 |     title       = {{G}o-style concurrency in {C}, Version 1.18},
 | 
|---|
| 4287 |     organization= {libmill},
 | 
|---|
| 4288 |     address     = {\href{http://libmill.org/documentation.html}{http://\-libmill.org/\-documentation.html}},
 | 
|---|
| 4289 |     month       = jan,
 | 
|---|
| 4290 |     year        = 2017,
 | 
|---|
| 4291 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4292 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4293 | @book{Weissman67,
 | 
|---|
| 4294 |     keywords    = {lisp},
 | 
|---|
| 4295 |     author      = {Clark Weissman},
 | 
|---|
| 4296 |     title       = {Lisp 1.5 Primer},
 | 
|---|
| 4297 |     publisher   = {Dickenson Publishing},
 | 
|---|
| 4298 |     address     = {Belmont},
 | 
|---|
| 4299 |     year        = 1967,
 | 
|---|
| 4300 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4301 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4302 | @article{Sundell08,
 | 
|---|
| 4303 |     keywords    = {lock free, deque},
 | 
|---|
| 4304 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4305 |     author      = {H{\r{a}}kan Sundell and Philippas Tsigas},
 | 
|---|
| 4306 |     title       = {Lock-free Deques and Doubly Linked Lists},
 | 
|---|
| 4307 |     journal     = {J. Parallel Distrib. Comput.},
 | 
|---|
| 4308 |     volume      = 68,
 | 
|---|
| 4309 |     number      = 7,
 | 
|---|
| 4310 |     year        = 2008,
 | 
|---|
| 4311 |     pages       = {1008-1020},
 | 
|---|
| 4312 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4313 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4314 | @misc{Matsakis17,
 | 
|---|
| 4315 |     keywords    = {Rust, Chalk, PROLOG},
 | 
|---|
| 4316 |     contributer = {a3moss@uwaterloo.ca},
 | 
|---|
| 4317 |     author      = {Nicholas Matsakis},
 | 
|---|
| 4318 |     title       = {Lowering {Rust} traits to logic},
 | 
|---|
| 4319 |     month       = jan,
 | 
|---|
| 4320 |     year        = 2017,
 | 
|---|
| 4321 |     howpublished= {\href{http://smallcultfollowing.com/babysteps/blog/2017/01/26/lowering-rust-traits-to-logic/}
 | 
|---|
| 4322 |                   {http://smallcultfollowing.com/\-babysteps/\-blog/\-2017/\-01/\-26/\-lowering-rust-traits-to-logic/}},
 | 
|---|
| 4323 |     optnote     = {Accessed: 2019-01},
 | 
|---|
| 4324 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4325 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4326 | @article{Cormack89,
 | 
|---|
| 4327 |     keywords    = {parsing, LR, error recovery},
 | 
|---|
| 4328 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4329 |     author      = {Gordon V. Cormack},
 | 
|---|
| 4330 |     title       = {An {LR} Substring Parser for Noncorrecting Syntax Error Recovery},
 | 
|---|
| 4331 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 4332 |     volume      = 24,
 | 
|---|
| 4333 |     number      = 7,
 | 
|---|
| 4334 |     month       = jul,
 | 
|---|
| 4335 |     year        = 1989,
 | 
|---|
| 4336 |     pages       = {161-169},
 | 
|---|
| 4337 |     note        = {Proceedings of the {SIGPLAN}~'89 Conference on Programming Language Design and Implementation}
 | 
|---|
| 4338 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4339 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4340 | @manual{Lua,
 | 
|---|
| 4341 |     keywords    = {Lua},
 | 
|---|
| 4342 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4343 |     author      = {Lua},
 | 
|---|
| 4344 |     title       = {Lua 5.3 Reference Manual},
 | 
|---|
| 4345 |     address     = {\href{https://www.lua.org/manual/5.3}{https://\-www.lua.org/\-manual/\-5.3}},
 | 
|---|
| 4346 |     year        = 2018,
 | 
|---|
| 4347 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4348 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4349 | % M
 | 
|---|
| 4350 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4351 | @book{M68K,
 | 
|---|
| 4352 |     keywords    = {M680XX, Motorola},
 | 
|---|
| 4353 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4354 |     key         = {Motorola},
 | 
|---|
| 4355 |     title       = {M68000 Family Programmer's Reference Manual},
 | 
|---|
| 4356 |     publisher   = {Motorola},
 | 
|---|
| 4357 |     year        = 1992,
 | 
|---|
| 4358 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4359 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4360 | @misc{Haberman16,
 | 
|---|
| 4361 |     keywords    = {C++ template expansion},
 | 
|---|
| 4362 |     contributer = {a3moss@uwaterloo.ca},
 | 
|---|
| 4363 |     author      = {Josh Haberman},
 | 
|---|
| 4364 |     title       = {Making arbitrarily-large binaries from fixed-size {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} code},
 | 
|---|
| 4365 |     year        = 2016,
 | 
|---|
| 4366 |     howpublished= {\href{http://blog.reverberate.org/2016/01/making-arbitrarily-large-binaries-from.html}
 | 
|---|
| 4367 |                   {
 | 
|---|
| 4368 |           {http://blog.reverberate.org/\-2016/\-01/\-making-arbitrarily-large-binaries-from.html}
 | 
|---|
| 4369 |           }},
 | 
|---|
| 4370 |     optnote     = {Accessed: 2016-09},
 | 
|---|
| 4371 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4372 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4373 | @article{c++libs,
 | 
|---|
| 4374 |     keywords    = {directory structure},
 | 
|---|
| 4375 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4376 |     author      = {J. M. Coggins and G. Bollella},
 | 
|---|
| 4377 |     title       = {Managing {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Libraries},
 | 
|---|
| 4378 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 4379 |     year        = 1989,
 | 
|---|
| 4380 |     month       = jun, volume = 24, number = 6, pages = {37-48},
 | 
|---|
| 4381 |     abstract    = {
 | 
|---|
| 4382 |         This paper describes a scheme we have used to manage a large
 | 
|---|
| 4383 |         library written in the C++ language.  The scheme imposes a
 | 
|---|
| 4384 |         directory structure, and represents dependency hierarchy in a
 | 
|---|
| 4385 |         globally accessible file we call the 'prelude' file.  We also
 | 
|---|
| 4386 |         discuss the structure of the description files (makefiles) used
 | 
|---|
| 4387 |         with the UNIX options we have found to be useful in reducing the
 | 
|---|
| 4388 |         size of the library, and how to minimize recompilation time after
 | 
|---|
| 4389 |         trivial changes to the source code of the library.
 | 
|---|
| 4390 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 4391 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4392 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4393 | @inproceedings{mprof,
 | 
|---|
| 4394 |     keywords    = {malloc},
 | 
|---|
| 4395 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4396 |     author      = {Benjamin Zorn and Paul Hilfinger},
 | 
|---|
| 4397 |     title       = {A Memory Allocation Profiler for {C} and Lisp Programs},
 | 
|---|
| 4398 |     booktitle   = {Summer 1988 {USENIX} proceedings},
 | 
|---|
| 4399 |     year        = 1988
 | 
|---|
| 4400 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4401 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4402 | @manual{MMTk,
 | 
|---|
| 4403 |     keywords    = {Java memory management},
 | 
|---|
| 4404 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4405 |     title       = {MMTk: The Memory Management Toolkit},
 | 
|---|
| 4406 |     author      = {Steve Blackburn and Robin Garner and Daniel Frampton},
 | 
|---|
| 4407 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 4408 |     year        = 2006,
 | 
|---|
| 4409 |     note        = {\textsf{http://cs.anu.edu.au/\-$\sim$Robin.Garner/\-mmtk-guide.pdf}},
 | 
|---|
| 4410 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4411 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4412 | @article{Adve10,
 | 
|---|
| 4413 |     keywords    = {Java memory management},
 | 
|---|
| 4414 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4415 |     author      = {Sarita V. Adve and Hans-J. Boehm},
 | 
|---|
| 4416 |     title       = {Memory Models: A Case for Rethinking Parallel Languages and Hardware},
 | 
|---|
| 4417 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 4418 |     volume      = 53,
 | 
|---|
| 4419 |     number      = 8,
 | 
|---|
| 4420 |     month       = aug,
 | 
|---|
| 4421 |     year        = 2010,
 | 
|---|
| 4422 |     pages       = {90-101},
 | 
|---|
| 4423 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 4424 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 4425 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4426 | @techreport{Mesa,
 | 
|---|
| 4427 |     keywords    = {monitors, packages},
 | 
|---|
| 4428 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4429 |     author      = {James G. Mitchell and William Maybury and Richard Sweet},
 | 
|---|
| 4430 |     title       = {Mesa Language Manual},
 | 
|---|
| 4431 |     institution = {Xerox Palo Alto Research Center},
 | 
|---|
| 4432 |     number      = {CSL--79--3},
 | 
|---|
| 4433 |     month       = apr,
 | 
|---|
| 4434 |     year        = 1979
 | 
|---|
| 4435 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4436 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4437 | @article{Andrews89,
 | 
|---|
| 4438 |     keywords    = {semaphore, split-binary, baton},
 | 
|---|
| 4439 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4440 |     author      = {Gregory R. Andrews},
 | 
|---|
| 4441 |     title       = {A Method for Solving Synronization Problems},
 | 
|---|
| 4442 |     journal     = scp,
 | 
|---|
| 4443 |     volume      = 13,
 | 
|---|
| 4444 |     number      = 4,
 | 
|---|
| 4445 |     month       = dec,
 | 
|---|
| 4446 |     year        = 1989,
 | 
|---|
| 4447 |     pages       = {1-21},
 | 
|---|
| 4448 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4449 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4450 | @inproceedings{Mitchell78,
 | 
|---|
| 4451 |     keywords    = {Mesa},
 | 
|---|
| 4452 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4453 |     author      = {James G. Mitchell},
 | 
|---|
| 4454 |     title       = {Mesa: A Designer's User Perspective},
 | 
|---|
| 4455 |     booktitle   = {Spring CompCom 78},
 | 
|---|
| 4456 |     organization= {Sixteenth IEEE Computer Society International Conference},
 | 
|---|
| 4457 |     address     = {San Francisco, California, U.S.A.},
 | 
|---|
| 4458 |     month       = feb,
 | 
|---|
| 4459 |     year        = 1978,
 | 
|---|
| 4460 |     pages       = {36-39},
 | 
|---|
| 4461 |     note        = {IEEE Catalog No. 78CH1328-4C},
 | 
|---|
| 4462 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4463 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4464 | @article{Gentleman81,
 | 
|---|
| 4465 |     keywords    = {messages, concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 4466 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4467 |     author      = {W. Morven Gentleman},
 | 
|---|
| 4468 |     title       = {Message Passing between Sequential Processes:
 | 
|---|
| 4469 |                    the Reply Primitive and the Administrator Concept},
 | 
|---|
| 4470 |     journal     = spe,
 | 
|---|
| 4471 |     month       = may,
 | 
|---|
| 4472 |     year        = 1981,
 | 
|---|
| 4473 |     volume      = 11,
 | 
|---|
| 4474 |     number      = 5,
 | 
|---|
| 4475 |     pages       = {435-466}
 | 
|---|
| 4476 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4477 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4478 | @article{Cormack88,
 | 
|---|
| 4479 |     keywords    = {concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 4480 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4481 |     author      = {G. V. Cormack},
 | 
|---|
| 4482 |     title       = {A Micro Kernel for Concurrency in C},
 | 
|---|
| 4483 |     journal     = spe,
 | 
|---|
| 4484 |     month       = may,
 | 
|---|
| 4485 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 4486 |     volume      = 18,
 | 
|---|
| 4487 |     number      = 4,
 | 
|---|
| 4488 |     pages       = {485-491}
 | 
|---|
| 4489 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4490 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4491 | @article{Buhr90a,
 | 
|---|
| 4492 |     keywords    = {concurrency, light-weight process, shared memory},
 | 
|---|
| 4493 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4494 |     author      = {Peter A. Buhr and Richard A. Stroobosscher},
 | 
|---|
| 4495 |     title       = {The $\mu${S}ystem: Providing Light-Weight Concurrency on Shared-Memory Multiprocessor Computers Running {UNIX}},
 | 
|---|
| 4496 |     journal     = spe,
 | 
|---|
| 4497 |     volume      = 20,
 | 
|---|
| 4498 |     number      = 9,
 | 
|---|
| 4499 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 4500 |     year        = 1990,
 | 
|---|
| 4501 |     pages       = {929-963},
 | 
|---|
| 4502 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4503 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4504 | @techreport{uSystem,
 | 
|---|
| 4505 |     keywords    = {C, concurrency, light-weight process, shared memory},
 | 
|---|
| 4506 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4507 |     author      = {Peter A. Buhr and Hamish I. Macdonald and Richard A. Stroobosscher},
 | 
|---|
| 4508 |     title       = {$\mu${S}ystem Annotated Reference Manual, Version 4.4.3},
 | 
|---|
| 4509 |     institution = {Department of Computer Science, University of Waterloo},
 | 
|---|
| 4510 |     address     = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
 | 
|---|
| 4511 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 4512 |     year        = 1994,
 | 
|---|
| 4513 |     note        = {\href{https://plg.uwaterloo.ca/~usystem/pub/uSystem/uSystem.pdf}{https://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-$\sim$usystem/\-pub/\-uSystem/\-uSystem.pdf}},
 | 
|---|
| 4514 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4515 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4516 | @book{Mips4000,
 | 
|---|
| 4517 |     key         = {Mips4000},
 | 
|---|
| 4518 |     title       = {MIPS R4000 Microprocessor User's Manual},
 | 
|---|
| 4519 |     publisher   = {MIPS Computer Systems Inc},
 | 
|---|
| 4520 |     year        = 1991,
 | 
|---|
| 4521 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4522 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4523 | @inproceedings{Mjolner,
 | 
|---|
| 4524 |     keywords    = {Mjolner, hierarchical windows},
 | 
|---|
| 4525 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4526 |     author      = {G\"{o}rel Hedin and Boris Magnusson},
 | 
|---|
| 4527 |     title       = {The Mj{\o}lner Environment: Direct Interaction with Abstractions},
 | 
|---|
| 4528 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the European Conference on Object Oriented Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 4529 |     organization= {ECOOP'88},
 | 
|---|
| 4530 |     publisher   = {Springer},
 | 
|---|
| 4531 |     volume      = 322,
 | 
|---|
| 4532 |     editor      = {S. Gjessing and K. Nygaard},
 | 
|---|
| 4533 |     address     = {Oslo, Norway},
 | 
|---|
| 4534 |     month       = aug,
 | 
|---|
| 4535 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 4536 |     pages       = {41-54},
 | 
|---|
| 4537 |     note        = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science, Ed. by G. Goos and J. Hartmanis},
 | 
|---|
| 4538 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4539 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4540 | @article{Skillicorn98,
 | 
|---|
| 4541 |     keywords    = {parallel models},
 | 
|---|
| 4542 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4543 |     author      = {David B. Skillicorn and Domenico Talia},
 | 
|---|
| 4544 |     title       = {Models and Languages for Parallel Computation},
 | 
|---|
| 4545 |     journal     = acmcs,
 | 
|---|
| 4546 |     volume      = 30,
 | 
|---|
| 4547 |     number      = 2,
 | 
|---|
| 4548 |     month       = jun,
 | 
|---|
| 4549 |     year        = 1998,
 | 
|---|
| 4550 |     pages       = {123-169},
 | 
|---|
| 4551 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4552 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4553 | @article{Werther96,
 | 
|---|
| 4554 |     keywords    = {C++, language syntax},
 | 
|---|
| 4555 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4556 |     author      = {Ben Werther and Damian Conway},
 | 
|---|
| 4557 |     title       = {A Modest Proposal: {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Resyntaxed},
 | 
|---|
| 4558 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 4559 |     volume      = 31,
 | 
|---|
| 4560 |     number      = 11,
 | 
|---|
| 4561 |     month       = nov,
 | 
|---|
| 4562 |     year        = 1996,
 | 
|---|
| 4563 |     pages       = {74-82},
 | 
|---|
| 4564 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4565 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4566 | @book{Alexandrescu01,
 | 
|---|
| 4567 |     keywords    = {c design-patterns programming},
 | 
|---|
| 4568 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4569 |     author      = {Andrei Alexandrescu},
 | 
|---|
| 4570 |     title       = {Modern C++ Design: Generic Programming and Design Patterns Applied},
 | 
|---|
| 4571 |     publisher   = {Addison-Wesley Professional},
 | 
|---|
| 4572 |     address     = {Boston},
 | 
|---|
| 4573 |     month       = feb,
 | 
|---|
| 4574 |     year        = 2001,
 | 
|---|
| 4575 |     isbn        = {0201704315},
 | 
|---|
| 4576 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4577 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4578 | @book{Tanenbaum92,
 | 
|---|
| 4579 |     keywords    = {concurrency, operating systems},
 | 
|---|
| 4580 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4581 |     author      = {Andrew S. Tanenbaum},
 | 
|---|
| 4582 |     title       = {Modern Operating Systems},
 | 
|---|
| 4583 |     publisher   = {Prentice-Hall},
 | 
|---|
| 4584 |     address     = {Englewood Cliffs},
 | 
|---|
| 4585 |     year        = 1992,
 | 
|---|
| 4586 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4587 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4588 | @article{Wirth77,
 | 
|---|
| 4589 |     keywords    = {modules, coroutines},
 | 
|---|
| 4590 |     contributer = {pabuhr},
 | 
|---|
| 4591 |     author      = {Niklaus Wirth},
 | 
|---|
| 4592 |     title       = {Modula: a Language for Modular Multiprogramming},
 | 
|---|
| 4593 |     journal     = spe,
 | 
|---|
| 4594 |     month       = {January--February},
 | 
|---|
| 4595 |     year        = 1977,
 | 
|---|
| 4596 |     volume      = 7,
 | 
|---|
| 4597 |     number      = 1,
 | 
|---|
| 4598 |     pages       = {3-35},
 | 
|---|
| 4599 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4600 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4601 | @book{Harbison92,
 | 
|---|
| 4602 |     contributer = {mhcoffin},
 | 
|---|
| 4603 |     author      = {Samuel P. Harbison},
 | 
|---|
| 4604 |     title       = {Modula-3},
 | 
|---|
| 4605 |     publisher   = {Prentise Hall, Inc.},
 | 
|---|
| 4606 |     year        = {1992},
 | 
|---|
| 4607 |     comment     = {This is a textbook for learning Modula-3.}
 | 
|---|
| 4608 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4609 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4610 | @techreport{Modula-3:old,
 | 
|---|
| 4611 |     keywords    = {Modula-3, inheritance, type extension},
 | 
|---|
| 4612 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4613 |     author      = {Luca Cardelli and James Donahue and Lucille Glassman and Mick
 | 
|---|
| 4614 |                    Jordan and Bill Kalsow and Greg Nelson},
 | 
|---|
| 4615 |     title       = {Modula-3 Report},
 | 
|---|
| 4616 |     institution = {Systems Research Center},
 | 
|---|
| 4617 |     address     = {130 Lytton Avenue, Palo Alto, California  94301},
 | 
|---|
| 4618 |     month       = aug,
 | 
|---|
| 4619 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 4620 |     number      = 31
 | 
|---|
| 4621 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4622 |  
 | 
|---|
| 4623 | @article{Dueck90,
 | 
|---|
| 4624 |     keywords    = {attribute grammars},
 | 
|---|
| 4625 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4626 |     author      = {Gerald D. P. Dueck and Gordon V. Cormack},
 | 
|---|
| 4627 |     title       = {Modular Attribute Grammars},
 | 
|---|
| 4628 |     journal     = {The Computer Journal},
 | 
|---|
| 4629 |     month       = apr,
 | 
|---|
| 4630 |     year        = 1990,
 | 
|---|
| 4631 |     volume      = 33,
 | 
|---|
| 4632 |     number      = 2,
 | 
|---|
| 4633 |     pages       = {164-172},
 | 
|---|
| 4634 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4635 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4636 | @article{Yemini85,
 | 
|---|
| 4637 |     keywords    = {exception handling},
 | 
|---|
| 4638 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4639 |     author      = {Shaula Yemini and Daniel M. Berry},
 | 
|---|
| 4640 |     title       = {A Modular Verifiable Exception-Handling Mechanism},
 | 
|---|
| 4641 |     journal     = toplas,
 | 
|---|
| 4642 |     month       = apr,
 | 
|---|
| 4643 |     year        = 1985,
 | 
|---|
| 4644 |     volume      = 7,
 | 
|---|
| 4645 |     number      = 2,
 | 
|---|
| 4646 |     pages       = {214-243},
 | 
|---|
| 4647 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4648 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4649 | @article{Buhr95b,
 | 
|---|
| 4650 |     keywords    = {concurrency, monitors, classification},
 | 
|---|
| 4651 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4652 |     author      = {Peter A. Buhr and Michel Fortier and Michael H. Coffin},
 | 
|---|
| 4653 |     title       = {Monitor Classification},
 | 
|---|
| 4654 |     journal     = acmcs,
 | 
|---|
| 4655 |     volume      = 27,
 | 
|---|
| 4656 |     number      = 1,
 | 
|---|
| 4657 |     month       = mar,
 | 
|---|
| 4658 |     year        = 1995,
 | 
|---|
| 4659 |     pages       = {63-107},
 | 
|---|
| 4660 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4661 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4662 | @article{Hoare74,
 | 
|---|
| 4663 |     keywords    = {monitor},
 | 
|---|
| 4664 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4665 |     author      = {C. A. R. Hoare},
 | 
|---|
| 4666 |     title       = {Monitors: An Operating System Structuring Concept},
 | 
|---|
| 4667 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 4668 |     volume      = 17,
 | 
|---|
| 4669 |     number      = 10,
 | 
|---|
| 4670 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 4671 |     year        = 1974,
 | 
|---|
| 4672 |     pages       = {549-557},
 | 
|---|
| 4673 |     annote      = {
 | 
|---|
| 4674 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 4675 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4676 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4677 | @inbook{Buhr99a,
 | 
|---|
| 4678 |     keywords    = {concurrency, monitors, classification},
 | 
|---|
| 4679 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4680 |     author      = {Peter A. Buhr and Michel Fortier and Michael H. Coffin},
 | 
|---|
| 4681 |     title       = {Encyclopedia of Computer Science and Technology},
 | 
|---|
| 4682 |     chapter     = {Monitor Taxonomy},
 | 
|---|
| 4683 |     publisher   = {Marcel Dekker, Inc},
 | 
|---|
| 4684 |     volume      = {40, supplement 25},
 | 
|---|
| 4685 |     year        = 1999,
 | 
|---|
| 4686 |     pages       = {191-212},
 | 
|---|
| 4687 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4688 | %    editor     = {Allen Kent and James G. Williams},
 | 
|---|
| 4689 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4690 | @incollection{MPC,
 | 
|---|
| 4691 |     keywords    = {user-level threading},
 | 
|---|
| 4692 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4693 |     author      = {Marc P\'erache and Herv\'e Jourdren and Raymond Namyst},
 | 
|---|
| 4694 |     title       = {MPC: A Unified Parallel Runtime for Clusters of {NUMA} Machines},
 | 
|---|
| 4695 |     booktitle   = {Euro-Par 2008},
 | 
|---|
| 4696 |     pages       = {329-342},
 | 
|---|
| 4697 |     publisher   = {Springer},
 | 
|---|
| 4698 |     address     = {Berlin, Heidelberg},
 | 
|---|
| 4699 |     year        = 2008,
 | 
|---|
| 4700 |     volume      = 5168,
 | 
|---|
| 4701 |     series      = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science},
 | 
|---|
| 4702 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4703 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4704 | @manual{MPI,
 | 
|---|
| 4705 |     keywords    = {MPI},
 | 
|---|
| 4706 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4707 |     title       = {MPI: A Message-Passing Interface Standard, Version 3.1},
 | 
|---|
| 4708 |     organization= {Message Passing Interface Forum},
 | 
|---|
| 4709 |     address     = {University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennessee},
 | 
|---|
| 4710 |     month       = jun,
 | 
|---|
| 4711 |     year        = 2015,
 | 
|---|
| 4712 |     note        = {\href{http://www.mpi-forum.org/docs/mpi-3.1/mpi31-report.pdf}{http://www.mpi-forum.org/\-docs/\-mpi-3.1/\-mpi31-report.pdf}},
 | 
|---|
| 4713 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4714 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4715 | @article{multilisp,
 | 
|---|
| 4716 |     keywords    = {futures, scheme},
 | 
|---|
| 4717 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4718 |     author      = {Halstead, Jr.,Robert H.},
 | 
|---|
| 4719 |     title       = {Multilisp: A Language for Concurrent Symbolic Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 4720 |     journal     = toplas,
 | 
|---|
| 4721 |     volume      = 7,
 | 
|---|
| 4722 |     number      = 4,
 | 
|---|
| 4723 |     pages       = {501-538},
 | 
|---|
| 4724 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 4725 |     year        = 1985,
 | 
|---|
| 4726 |     comment     = {
 | 
|---|
| 4727 |         (future E) begins evaluating the expression E, and
 | 
|---|
| 4728 |         returns a ``future'' representing the value.  When evaluation is
 | 
|---|
| 4729 |         finished, the value of E replaces the future.  Operations that need
 | 
|---|
| 4730 |         the future's value suspend until it is available.  Assignment and
 | 
|---|
| 4731 |         parameter passing do not suspend.  Future introduces concurrency
 | 
|---|
| 4732 |         between the calculation of a value and its use; reference to
 | 
|---|
| 4733 |         futures is a synchronization mechanism.
 | 
|---|
| 4734 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4735 |         (pcall F A B ... C) concurrently evaluates F, A, B, ... C, and then
 | 
|---|
| 4736 |         applies F to the arguments.  pcall can be built from future and a
 | 
|---|
| 4737 |         ``touch'' operation.  pcall is included because it may not be easy
 | 
|---|
| 4738 |         to determine that there are no critical sections between the future
 | 
|---|
| 4739 |         expression and the code between the future call and the value's
 | 
|---|
| 4740 |         first use.
 | 
|---|
| 4741 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4742 |         (delay E) is like future, but E's process does not begin until its
 | 
|---|
| 4743 |         value is needed.  It provides lazy evaluation.  Replacing delay
 | 
|---|
| 4744 |         with future would launch an infinite number of processes.
 | 
|---|
| 4745 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 4746 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4747 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4748 | @techreport{Bretthauer89,
 | 
|---|
| 4749 |     keywords    = {multiple inheritance},
 | 
|---|
| 4750 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4751 |     author      = {Harry Bretthauer and Thomas Christaller and J\"{u}rgen Kopp}, 
 | 
|---|
| 4752 |     title       = {Multiple vs. Single Inheritance in Object-oriented Programming Languages. What do we really want?},
 | 
|---|
| 4753 |     institution = {Gesellschaft F\"{u}r Mathematik und Datenverarbeitung mbH},
 | 
|---|
| 4754 |     address     = {Schlo$\beta$ Birlinghoven, Postfach 12 40, D-5205 Sankt Augustin 1, Deutschland},
 | 
|---|
| 4755 |     number      = {Arbeitspapiere der GMD 415},
 | 
|---|
| 4756 |     month       = nov,
 | 
|---|
| 4757 |     year        = 1989,
 | 
|---|
| 4758 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4759 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4760 | @inproceedings{c++:multinh,
 | 
|---|
| 4761 |     keywords    = {C++, multiple inheritance, implementation},
 | 
|---|
| 4762 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4763 |     author      = {Bjarne Stroustrup},
 | 
|---|
| 4764 |     title       = {Multiple Inheritance for {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
 | 
|---|
| 4765 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the Spring '87 EUUG Conference},
 | 
|---|
| 4766 |     month       = may, year = 1987
 | 
|---|
| 4767 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4768 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4769 | @inproceedings{st:mult,
 | 
|---|
| 4770 |     keywords    = {smalltalk, multiple inheritance, implementation},
 | 
|---|
| 4771 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4772 |     author      = {Daniel H. H. Ingalls and A. H. Borning},
 | 
|---|
| 4773 |     title       = {Multiple Inheritance in Smalltalk-80},
 | 
|---|
| 4774 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the National Conference on Artificial Intelligence},
 | 
|---|
| 4775 |     month       = aug,
 | 
|---|
| 4776 |     year        = 1982,
 | 
|---|
| 4777 |     pages       = {234-238},
 | 
|---|
| 4778 |     organization= {American Association for Artificial Intelligence},
 | 
|---|
| 4779 |     comment     = {
 | 
|---|
| 4780 |         Methods are looked up in the current class, the superclasses, the
 | 
|---|
| 4781 |         supersuperclasses, etc.  The same method can be inherited
 | 
|---|
| 4782 |         repeatedly, but having different methods for the same message is an
 | 
|---|
| 4783 |         error.  Only one copy is made for multiply-inherited fields.
 | 
|---|
| 4784 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4785 |         {\tt X.m} is the method m in superclass X.  {\tt super.m} is
 | 
|---|
| 4786 |         allowed if there is no ambiguity; {\tt self super.m} replaces {\tt
 | 
|---|
| 4787 |         super m}.  {\tt all.m} invokes all inherited versions of m.
 | 
|---|
| 4788 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4789 |         Methods on the first-superclass chain are found as usual.  Methods
 | 
|---|
| 4790 |         from other superclasses are copied into the class dictionary.  An
 | 
|---|
| 4791 |         error method is created if inherited methods conflict.  The parser
 | 
|---|
| 4792 |         is changed to allow compound selectors.  {\tt Object
 | 
|---|
| 4793 |         messageNotUnderstood} is changed to look for compound selectors and
 | 
|---|
| 4794 |         dynamically add a method with the right name and body to the class.
 | 
|---|
| 4795 |         When methods are edited, they are copied into subclasses and
 | 
|---|
| 4796 |         compound selector versions are deleted, as appropriate.
 | 
|---|
| 4797 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 4798 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4799 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4800 | @article{Lamport86I,
 | 
|---|
| 4801 |     keywords    = {software solutions, N-thread, mutual exclusions},
 | 
|---|
| 4802 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4803 |     author      = {Leslie Lamport},
 | 
|---|
| 4804 |     title       = {The Mutual Exclusion Problem: Part\,{I}--A Theory of Interprocess Communication},
 | 
|---|
| 4805 |     journal     = jacm,
 | 
|---|
| 4806 |     volume      = 33,
 | 
|---|
| 4807 |     number      = 2,
 | 
|---|
| 4808 |     month       = apr,
 | 
|---|
| 4809 |     year        = 1986,
 | 
|---|
| 4810 |     pages       = {313--326},
 | 
|---|
| 4811 |     numpages    = {14},
 | 
|---|
| 4812 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 4813 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 4814 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4815 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4816 | @article{Lamport86II,
 | 
|---|
| 4817 |     keywords    = {software solutions, N-thread, mutual exclusions},
 | 
|---|
| 4818 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4819 |     author      = {Leslie Lamport},
 | 
|---|
| 4820 |     title       = {The Mutual Exclusion Problem: Part\,{II}--Statement and Solutions},
 | 
|---|
| 4821 |     journal     = jacm,
 | 
|---|
| 4822 |     volume      = 33,
 | 
|---|
| 4823 |     number      = 2,
 | 
|---|
| 4824 |     month       = apr,
 | 
|---|
| 4825 |     year        = 1986,
 | 
|---|
| 4826 |     pages       = {327--348},
 | 
|---|
| 4827 |     numpages    = {22},
 | 
|---|
| 4828 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 4829 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 4830 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4831 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4832 | @article{Burns78,
 | 
|---|
| 4833 |     keywords    = {hardware, N-process solution, O(N)},
 | 
|---|
| 4834 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4835 |     author      = {James E. Burns},
 | 
|---|
| 4836 |     title       = {Mutual Exclusion with Linear Waiting Using Binary Shared Variables},
 | 
|---|
| 4837 |     journal     = {SIGACT News},
 | 
|---|
| 4838 |     volume      = 10,
 | 
|---|
| 4839 |     number      = 2,
 | 
|---|
| 4840 |     month       = {Summer},
 | 
|---|
| 4841 |     year        = 1978,
 | 
|---|
| 4842 |     pages       = {42-47},
 | 
|---|
| 4843 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4844 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4845 | @inproceedings{Burns80,
 | 
|---|
| 4846 |     keywords    = {N-process software solution},
 | 
|---|
| 4847 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4848 |     author      = {James E. Burns and Nancy A. Lynch},
 | 
|---|
| 4849 |     title       = {Mutual Exclusion using Indivisible Reads and Writes},
 | 
|---|
| 4850 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the 18th Annual Allerton Conference on Communications, Control and Computing, Monticello, Illinois, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 4851 |     year        = 1980,
 | 
|---|
| 4852 |     pages       = {833-842},
 | 
|---|
| 4853 |     note        = {\href{http://groups.csail.mit.edu/tds/papers/Lynch/allertonconf.pdf}{http://\-groups.csail.mit.edu/\-tds/\-papers/\-Lynch/\-allertonconf.pdf} [Accessed on March 2014]},
 | 
|---|
| 4854 |     optnote     = {\textsf{http://\-groups.csail.mit.edu/\-tds/\-papers/\-Lynch/\-allertonconf.pdf}},
 | 
|---|
| 4855 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4856 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4857 | @article{Peterson81,
 | 
|---|
| 4858 |     keywords    = {concurrency, critical section},
 | 
|---|
| 4859 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4860 |     author      = {G. L. Peterson},
 | 
|---|
| 4861 |     title       = {Myths About the Mutual Exclusion Problem},
 | 
|---|
| 4862 |     journal     = ipl,
 | 
|---|
| 4863 |     year        = 1981,
 | 
|---|
| 4864 |     month       = jun,
 | 
|---|
| 4865 |     volume      = 12,
 | 
|---|
| 4866 |     number      = 3,
 | 
|---|
| 4867 |     pages       = {115-116},
 | 
|---|
| 4868 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4869 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4870 | % N
 | 
|---|
| 4871 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4872 | @techreport{Drepper03,
 | 
|---|
| 4873 |     keywords    = {NPTL, threading, 1:1 model},
 | 
|---|
| 4874 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4875 |     author      = {Ulrich Drepper and Ingo Molnar},
 | 
|---|
| 4876 |     title       = {The Native POSIX Thread Library for Linux},
 | 
|---|
| 4877 |     institution = {Red Hat},
 | 
|---|
| 4878 |     year        = 2003,
 | 
|---|
| 4879 |     note        = {\href{http://www.cs.utexas.edu/~witchel/372/lectures/POSIX_Linux_Threading.pdf}{http://www.cs.utexas.edu/\-$\sim$witchel/\-372/\-lectures/\-POSIX\_Linux\_Threading.pdf}},
 | 
|---|
| 4880 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4881 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4882 | @article{Haddon77,
 | 
|---|
| 4883 |     keywords    = {monitors, nested monitor calls},
 | 
|---|
| 4884 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4885 |     author      = {Bruce K. Haddon},
 | 
|---|
| 4886 |     title       = {Nested Monitor Calls},
 | 
|---|
| 4887 |     journal     = osr,
 | 
|---|
| 4888 |     volume      = 11,
 | 
|---|
| 4889 |     number      = 4,
 | 
|---|
| 4890 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 4891 |     year        = 1977,
 | 
|---|
| 4892 |     pages       = {18-23},
 | 
|---|
| 4893 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4894 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4895 | @inproceedings{nesting,
 | 
|---|
| 4896 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 4897 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4898 |     author      = {Lori A. Clarke and Jack C. Wilenden and Alexander L. Wolf},
 | 
|---|
| 4899 |     title       = {Nesting in {Ada} Programs is for the Birds},
 | 
|---|
| 4900 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the ACM-SIGPLAN Symposium on the {Ada}
 | 
|---|
| 4901 |         Programming Language},
 | 
|---|
| 4902 |     year        = 1980,
 | 
|---|
| 4903 |     month       = dec, pages = {139-145},
 | 
|---|
| 4904 |     note        = {SIGPLAN Notices, v. 15, n. 11},
 | 
|---|
| 4905 |     abstract    = {
 | 
|---|
| 4906 |         Given a data abstraction construct like the Ada package and in the
 | 
|---|
| 4907 |         light of current thoughts on programming methodology, we feel that
 | 
|---|
| 4908 |         nesting is an anachronism.  In this paper we propose a nest-free
 | 
|---|
| 4909 |         program style for Ada that eschews nested program units and
 | 
|---|
| 4910 |         declarations within blocks and instead heavily utilizes packages
 | 
|---|
| 4911 |         and context specifications as mechanisms for controlling
 | 
|---|
| 4912 |         visibility.  We view this proposal as a first step toward the
 | 
|---|
| 4913 |         development of programming methods that exploit the novel language
 | 
|---|
| 4914 |         features available in Ada.  Consideration of this proposal's
 | 
|---|
| 4915 |         ramifications for data flow, control flow, and overall program
 | 
|---|
| 4916 |         structure substantiates our contention that a tree structure is
 | 
|---|
| 4917 |         seldom a natural representation of a program and that nesting
 | 
|---|
| 4918 |         therefore generally interferes with program development and
 | 
|---|
| 4919 |         readability.
 | 
|---|
| 4920 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 4921 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4922 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4923 | @inproceedings{Buhr88,
 | 
|---|
| 4924 |     keywords    = {nested classes, persistence},
 | 
|---|
| 4925 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4926 |     author      = {P. A. Buhr and C. R. Zarnke},
 | 
|---|
| 4927 |     title       = {Nesting in an Object Oriented Language is NOT for the Birds},
 | 
|---|
| 4928 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the European Conference on Object Oriented Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 4929 |     publisher   = {Springer},
 | 
|---|
| 4930 |     volume      = 322,
 | 
|---|
| 4931 |     editor      = {S. Gjessing and K. Nygaard},
 | 
|---|
| 4932 |     address     = {Oslo, Norway},
 | 
|---|
| 4933 |     month       = aug,
 | 
|---|
| 4934 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 4935 |     pages       = {128-145},
 | 
|---|
| 4936 |     note        = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science, Ed. by G. Goos and J. Hartmanis},
 | 
|---|
| 4937 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4938 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4939 | @inproceedings{Thompson90new,
 | 
|---|
| 4940 |     keywords    = {Plan 9},
 | 
|---|
| 4941 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4942 |     title       = {A New {C} Compiler},
 | 
|---|
| 4943 |     author      = {Ken Thompson},
 | 
|---|
| 4944 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the Summer 1990 UKUUG Conference},
 | 
|---|
| 4945 |     year        = 1990,
 | 
|---|
| 4946 |     pages       = {41-51},
 | 
|---|
| 4947 |     note        = {\href{http://doc.cat-v.org/bell_labs/new_c_compilers/new_c_compiler.pdf}{http://\-doc.cat-v.org/\-bell\_labs/\-new\_c\_compilers/\-new\_c\_compiler.pdf}},
 | 
|---|
| 4948 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4949 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4950 | @article{Trono94,
 | 
|---|
| 4951 |     author      = {John A. Trono},
 | 
|---|
| 4952 |     title       = {A New Exercise in Concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 4953 |     journal     = {SIGCSE Bulletin},
 | 
|---|
| 4954 |     volume      = {26},
 | 
|---|
| 4955 |     number      = {3},
 | 
|---|
| 4956 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 4957 |     year        = {1994},
 | 
|---|
| 4958 |     pages       = {8-10},
 | 
|---|
| 4959 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 4960 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 4961 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4962 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4963 | @article{Anderson01,
 | 
|---|
| 4964 |     keywords    = {software solutions, fast path},
 | 
|---|
| 4965 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4966 |     author      = {James H. Anderson and Yong-Jik Kim},
 | 
|---|
| 4967 |     title       = {A New Fast-Path Mechanism For Mutual Exclusion},
 | 
|---|
| 4968 |     journal     = {Distributed Computing},
 | 
|---|
| 4969 |     month       = jan,
 | 
|---|
| 4970 |     year        = 2001,
 | 
|---|
| 4971 |     volume      = 14,
 | 
|---|
| 4972 |     number      = 1,
 | 
|---|
| 4973 |     pages       = {17-29},
 | 
|---|
| 4974 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4975 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4976 | @article{Lamport74,
 | 
|---|
| 4977 |     keywords    = {concurrency, N-Process solution, O(N)},
 | 
|---|
| 4978 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4979 |     author      = {Leslie Lamport},
 | 
|---|
| 4980 |     title       = {A New Solution of Dijkstra's Concurrent Programming Problem},
 | 
|---|
| 4981 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 4982 |     month       = aug,
 | 
|---|
| 4983 |     year        = 1974,
 | 
|---|
| 4984 |     volume      = 17,
 | 
|---|
| 4985 |     number      = 8,
 | 
|---|
| 4986 |     pages       = {453-455},
 | 
|---|
| 4987 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4988 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4989 | @book{NeWS,
 | 
|---|
| 4990 |     AUTHOR      = {James Gosling and David S. H. Rosenthal and Richelle J. Arden},
 | 
|---|
| 4991 |     TITLE       = {The {NeWS} Book},
 | 
|---|
| 4992 |     PUBLISHER   = {Springer-Verlag},
 | 
|---|
| 4993 |     YEAR        = {1989}
 | 
|---|
| 4994 | }
 | 
|---|
| 4995 | 
 | 
|---|
| 4996 | @article{landin,
 | 
|---|
| 4997 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 4998 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 4999 |     author      = {P. J. Landin},
 | 
|---|
| 5000 |     title       = {The Next 700 Programing Languages},
 | 
|---|
| 5001 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 5002 |     year        = 1966,
 | 
|---|
| 5003 |     volume      = 9,
 | 
|---|
| 5004 |     pages       = {157-164},
 | 
|---|
| 5005 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5006 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5007 | @misc{nginx,
 | 
|---|
| 5008 |     key         = {nginx},
 | 
|---|
| 5009 |     author      = {{NGINX}},
 | 
|---|
| 5010 |     howpublished= {\href{https://www.nginx.com}{https://\-www.nginx.com}},
 | 
|---|
| 5011 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5012 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5013 | @article{Herlihy05,
 | 
|---|
| 5014 |     keywords    = {Multiprocessors, concurrent data structures, dynamic data structures, memory management, nonblocking synchronization},
 | 
|---|
| 5015 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5016 |     author      = {Maurice Herlihy and Victor Luchangco and Paul Martin and Mark Moir},
 | 
|---|
| 5017 |     title       = {Nonblocking Memory Management Support for Dynamic-sized Data Structures},
 | 
|---|
| 5018 |     journal     = tocs,
 | 
|---|
| 5019 |     volume      = 23,
 | 
|---|
| 5020 |     number      = 2,
 | 
|---|
| 5021 |     month       = may,
 | 
|---|
| 5022 |     year        = 2005,
 | 
|---|
| 5023 |     pages       = {146-196},
 | 
|---|
| 5024 |     numpages    = {51},
 | 
|---|
| 5025 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 5026 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 5027 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5028 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5029 | % O
 | 
|---|
| 5030 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5031 | @inproceedings{oop:abcl/1,
 | 
|---|
| 5032 |     keywords    = {concurrency, OOPL, futures},
 | 
|---|
| 5033 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5034 |     author      = {Akinori Yonezawa and Jean-Pierre Briot and Etsuya Shibayama},
 | 
|---|
| 5035 |     title       = {Object-Oriented Concurrent Programming in {ABCL/1}},
 | 
|---|
| 5036 |     crossref    = "OOPSLA86",
 | 
|---|
| 5037 |     pages       = {258-268},
 | 
|---|
| 5038 |     comment     = {
 | 
|---|
| 5039 |         Actions for messages sent to an object are executed concurrently
 | 
|---|
| 5040 |         iff the object has no members.  A select construct specifies a set
 | 
|---|
| 5041 |         of message patterns.
 | 
|---|
| 5042 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5043 |         Express messages have priority.  If an express message arrives
 | 
|---|
| 5044 |         while an ordinary message is being processed, the action for the
 | 
|---|
| 5045 |         ordinary message is suspended or aborted and the action for the
 | 
|---|
| 5046 |         express message is executed.  The sender decides which class a
 | 
|---|
| 5047 |         message belongs in.  Non-interruptible sections can be defined.
 | 
|---|
| 5048 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5049 |         Message sends can be non-blocking, or can block until a reply is
 | 
|---|
| 5050 |         received, at the sender's option.  The receiver can continue to
 | 
|---|
| 5051 |         execute after sending the reply.
 | 
|---|
| 5052 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5053 |         Replies can send back ``futures'', and put values in them later.
 | 
|---|
| 5054 |         Futures are queues of values, not single values.  The caller can
 | 
|---|
| 5055 |         use a ``ready?'' predicate to test for empty queue, or can use
 | 
|---|
| 5056 |         operations to get the first or all queue elements; these operations
 | 
|---|
| 5057 |         block if the queue is empty.
 | 
|---|
| 5058 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 5059 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5060 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5061 | @techreport{Schmidt95,
 | 
|---|
| 5062 |     keywords    = {ACE, concurrency, library},
 | 
|---|
| 5063 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5064 |     author      = {Douglas C. Schmidt},
 | 
|---|
| 5065 |     title       = {An OO Encapsulation of Lightweight OS Concurrency Mechanisms in the {ACE} Toolkit},
 | 
|---|
| 5066 |     institution = {Washington University in St. Louis},
 | 
|---|
| 5067 |     year        = 1995,
 | 
|---|
| 5068 |     number      = 31,
 | 
|---|
| 5069 |     note        = {{\small\textsf{http://\-www.cs.wustl.edu/\-$\sim$schmidt/\-PDF/\-IPC\_SAP-92.pdf}}},
 | 
|---|
| 5070 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5071 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5072 | @inproceedings{OOEx,
 | 
|---|
| 5073 |     keywords    = {Exceptions, object-oriented programming languages},
 | 
|---|
| 5074 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5075 |     author      = {Christophe Dony},
 | 
|---|
| 5076 |     title       = {An Object-oriented Exception Handling System for an Object-oriented Language},
 | 
|---|
| 5077 |     booktitle   = {ECOOP '88. European Conference on Object-Oriented Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 5078 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 5079 |     pages       = {146-161},
 | 
|---|
| 5080 |     editor      = {S. Gjessing and K. Nygaard},
 | 
|---|
| 5081 |     organization= {DND, The Norwegian Computer Society},
 | 
|---|
| 5082 |     publisher   = {Springer},
 | 
|---|
| 5083 |     comment     = {
 | 
|---|
| 5084 |            Objectives:
 | 
|---|
| 5085 |            - Users can define new exceptions.
 | 
|---|
| 5086 |            - Default handlers can be attached to exceptions.
 | 
|---|
| 5087 |            - Handlers can be attached to classes.
 | 
|---|
| 5088 |            - Handlers can be attached to dynamic entities (expressions).
 | 
|---|
| 5089 |            - Exceptions propagate first along the invocation chain.
 | 
|---|
| 5090 |            - Exceptions should be hierarchically organized classes.
 | 
|---|
| 5091 |            - Handlers should take into account the exception hierarchy (i.e.,
 | 
|---|
| 5092 |              should handle raising of sub-exceptions).
 | 
|---|
| 5093 |            The ``exceptional-event'' class has two subclasses.  ``Warning''
 | 
|---|
| 5094 |            has a ``resume'' method, and ``error'' has ``exit'' and
 | 
|---|
| 5095 |            ``retry'' methods.  Signalling an exception creates an instance
 | 
|---|
| 5096 |            of the exception, whose members are used to pass information
 | 
|---|
| 5097 |            back to the handler.  Handlers are instances of class
 | 
|---|
| 5098 |            ``protect-handler'' with a method ``protect {\em expression}'',
 | 
|---|
| 5099 |            or are methods defined for the class or the exception.
 | 
|---|
| 5100 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 5101 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5102 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5103 | @article{CommonObjects,
 | 
|---|
| 5104 |     author      = {A. Snyder},
 | 
|---|
| 5105 |     title       = {Object-Oriented Programming for Common Lisp},
 | 
|---|
| 5106 |     address     = {Palo Alto CA},
 | 
|---|
| 5107 |     year        = 1985,
 | 
|---|
| 5108 |     publisher   = {Software Technology Laboratory, Hewlett-Packard Laboratories},
 | 
|---|
| 5109 |     journal     = {Report ATC-85-1},
 | 
|---|
| 5110 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5111 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5112 | @book{objective-c,
 | 
|---|
| 5113 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 5114 |     author      = {Brad J. Cox},
 | 
|---|
| 5115 |     title       = {Object-oriented programming; an evolutionary approach},
 | 
|---|
| 5116 |     publisher   = {Addison-Wesley},
 | 
|---|
| 5117 |     address     = {Boston},
 | 
|---|
| 5118 |     year        = 1986
 | 
|---|
| 5119 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5120 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5121 | @misc{obj-c-book,
 | 
|---|
| 5122 |     keywords    = {objective-c},
 | 
|---|
| 5123 |     contributor = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5124 |     key         = {Objective-C},
 | 
|---|
| 5125 |     author      = {Objective-C},
 | 
|---|
| 5126 |     publisher   = {Apple Inc.},
 | 
|---|
| 5127 |     year        = 2014,
 | 
|---|
| 5128 |     howpublished= {\href{https://developer.apple.com/library/archive/documentation/Cocoa/Conceptual/ProgrammingWithObjectiveC}{https://\-developer.apple.com/\-library/archive/\-documentation/\-Cocoa/\-Conceptual/\-ProgrammingWithObjectiveC}},
 | 
|---|
| 5129 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5130 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5131 | @misc{xcode7,
 | 
|---|
| 5132 |     keywords    = {objective-c},
 | 
|---|
| 5133 |     contributor = {a3moss@uwaterloo.ca},
 | 
|---|
| 5134 |     key         = {Xcode},
 | 
|---|
| 5135 |     title       = {{X}code 7 Release Notes},
 | 
|---|
| 5136 |     year        = 2015,
 | 
|---|
| 5137 |     howpublished= {\href{https://developer.apple.com/library/content/documentation/Xcode/Conceptual/RN-Xcode-Archive/Chapters/xc7_release_notes.html}{https://\-developer.apple.com/\-library/\-content/\-documentation/\-Xcode/\-Conceptual/\-RN-Xcode-Archive/\-Chapters/\-xc7\_release\_notes.html}},
 | 
|---|
| 5138 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5139 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5140 | @book{Beta,
 | 
|---|
| 5141 |     keywords    = {Beta, object oriented, concurrency, exceptions},
 | 
|---|
| 5142 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5143 |     author      = {Ole Lehrmann Madsen and Birger M{\o}ller-Pedersen and Kristen Nygaard},
 | 
|---|
| 5144 |     title       = {Object-oriented Programming in the {BETA} Programming Language},
 | 
|---|
| 5145 |     publisher   = {Addison-Wesley},
 | 
|---|
| 5146 |     address     = {Boston},
 | 
|---|
| 5147 |     year        = 1993,
 | 
|---|
| 5148 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5149 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5150 | @article{Flavors,
 | 
|---|
| 5151 |     author      = {D. A. Moon},
 | 
|---|
| 5152 |     title       = {Object-Oriented Programming with Flavors},
 | 
|---|
| 5153 |     address     = {Portland OR},
 | 
|---|
| 5154 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 5155 |     year        = 1986,
 | 
|---|
| 5156 |     journal     = {Proc. ACM Conf. on Object-Oriented Systems, Languages and Applications},
 | 
|---|
| 5157 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5158 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5159 | @article{Buhr00b,
 | 
|---|
| 5160 |     keywords    = {concurrency, C++, real-time},
 | 
|---|
| 5161 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5162 |     author      = {Peter A. Buhr and Ashif S. Harji and Philipp E. Lim and Jiongxiong Chen},
 | 
|---|
| 5163 |     title       = {Object-Oriented Real-Time Concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 5164 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 5165 |     volume      = 35,
 | 
|---|
| 5166 |     number      = 10,
 | 
|---|
| 5167 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 5168 |     year        = 2000,
 | 
|---|
| 5169 |     pages       = {29-46},
 | 
|---|
| 5170 |     note        = {OOPSLA'00, Oct. 15--19, 2000, Minneapolis, Minnesota, U.S.A.},
 | 
|---|
| 5171 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5172 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5173 | @book{Meyer88,
 | 
|---|
| 5174 |     keywords    = {Eiffel},
 | 
|---|
| 5175 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5176 |     author      = {Bertrand Meyer},
 | 
|---|
| 5177 |     title       = {Object-oriented Software Construction},
 | 
|---|
| 5178 |     publisher   = {Prentice-Hall},
 | 
|---|
| 5179 |     address     = {Englewood Cliffs},
 | 
|---|
| 5180 |     year        = {1988},
 | 
|---|
| 5181 |     series      = {Prentice-Hall International Series in Computer Science},
 | 
|---|
| 5182 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5183 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5184 | @article{objectPascal,
 | 
|---|
| 5185 |     keywords    = {objects, modules},
 | 
|---|
| 5186 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5187 |     author      = {Larry Tesler},
 | 
|---|
| 5188 |     title       = {Object Pascal Report},
 | 
|---|
| 5189 |     journal     = {Structured Language World},
 | 
|---|
| 5190 |     year        = 1985,
 | 
|---|
| 5191 |     volume      = 9,
 | 
|---|
| 5192 |     number      = 3,
 | 
|---|
| 5193 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5194 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5195 | @misc{obj-c:next,
 | 
|---|
| 5196 |     keywords    = {categories, protocols, Objective C},
 | 
|---|
| 5197 |     contributor = {gjditchfield@angus},
 | 
|---|
| 5198 |     author      = {NeXT Computer, Inc.},
 | 
|---|
| 5199 |     title       = {Objective C Extensions},
 | 
|---|
| 5200 |     howpublished= {On-line documentation in ``NEXTSTEP 3.1 Developer''},
 | 
|---|
| 5201 |     year        = 1993
 | 
|---|
| 5202 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5203 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5204 | @book{Galletly96,
 | 
|---|
| 5205 |     keywords    = {occam},
 | 
|---|
| 5206 |     author      = {John Galletly},
 | 
|---|
| 5207 |     title       = {{OCCAM} 2: Including {OCCAM} 2.1},
 | 
|---|
| 5208 |     publisher   = {{UCL} (University College London) Press},
 | 
|---|
| 5209 |     address     = {London},
 | 
|---|
| 5210 |     edition     = {2nd},
 | 
|---|
| 5211 |     year        = 1996,
 | 
|---|
| 5212 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5213 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5214 | @techreport{Morrison88,
 | 
|---|
| 5215 |     keywords    = {objects, concurrency, persistence},
 | 
|---|
| 5216 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5217 |     author      = {R. Morrison and A. L. Brown and R. Carrick and R. Connor and A. Dearle},
 | 
|---|
| 5218 |     title       = {On the integration of Object-Oriented and Process-Oriented computation in persistent environments},
 | 
|---|
| 5219 |     institution = {Department of Computational Science, University of St. Andrews, Scotland},
 | 
|---|
| 5220 |     number      = {PPRR 57},
 | 
|---|
| 5221 |     month       = jan,
 | 
|---|
| 5222 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 5223 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5224 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5225 | @article{Peterson73,
 | 
|---|
| 5226 |     keywords    = {goto, structured programming},
 | 
|---|
| 5227 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5228 |     author      = {W. W. Peterson and T. Kasami and N. Tokura},
 | 
|---|
| 5229 |     title       = {On the Capabilities of While, Repeat, and Exit Statements},
 | 
|---|
| 5230 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 5231 |     month       = aug,
 | 
|---|
| 5232 |     year        = 1973,
 | 
|---|
| 5233 |     volume      = 16,
 | 
|---|
| 5234 |     number      = 8,
 | 
|---|
| 5235 |     pages       = {503-512}
 | 
|---|
| 5236 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5237 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5238 | @article{Baker82,
 | 
|---|
| 5239 |     keywords    = {compilation},
 | 
|---|
| 5240 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5241 |     author      = {Theodore P. Baker},
 | 
|---|
| 5242 |     title       = {A One-Pass Algorithm for Overload Resolution in {Ada}},
 | 
|---|
| 5243 |     journal     = toplas,
 | 
|---|
| 5244 |     year        = 1982,
 | 
|---|
| 5245 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 5246 |     volume      = 4,
 | 
|---|
| 5247 |     number      = 4,
 | 
|---|
| 5248 |     pages       = {601-614},
 | 
|---|
| 5249 |     abstract    = {
 | 
|---|
| 5250 |         A simple method is presented for detecting ambiguities and finding
 | 
|---|
| 5251 |         the correct interpretations of expressions in the programming
 | 
|---|
| 5252 |         language Ada.  Unlike previously reported solutions to this
 | 
|---|
| 5253 |         problem, which require multiple passes over a tree structure, the
 | 
|---|
| 5254 |         method described here operates in one bottom-up pass, during which
 | 
|---|
| 5255 |         a directed acyclic graph is produced.  The correctness of this
 | 
|---|
| 5256 |         approach is demonstrated by a brief formal argument.
 | 
|---|
| 5257 |     },
 | 
|---|
| 5258 |     comment     = {
 | 
|---|
| 5259 |         See also \cite{D:overload}.
 | 
|---|
| 5260 |         }
 | 
|---|
| 5261 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5262 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5263 | @manual{OpenMP,
 | 
|---|
| 5264 |     keywords    = {concurrency, openmp, spmd},
 | 
|---|
| 5265 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5266 |     key         = {OpenMP},
 | 
|---|
| 5267 |     title       = {OpenMP Application Program Interface, Version 4.5},
 | 
|---|
| 5268 |     month       = nov,
 | 
|---|
| 5269 |     year        = 2015,
 | 
|---|
| 5270 |     note        = {\href{https://www.openmp.org/wp-content/uploads/openmp-4.5.pdf}{https://\-www.openmp.org/\-wp-content/\-uploads/\-openmp-4.5.pdf}},
 | 
|---|
| 5271 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5272 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5273 | @book{Deitel04,
 | 
|---|
| 5274 |     keywords    = {concurrency, operating systems},
 | 
|---|
| 5275 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5276 |     author      = {Harvey M. Deitel and Paul J. Deitel and David R. Choffnes},
 | 
|---|
| 5277 |     title       = {Operating Systems},
 | 
|---|
| 5278 |     publisher   = {Pearson Prentice-Hall},
 | 
|---|
| 5279 |     address     = {Englewood Cliffs},
 | 
|---|
| 5280 |     year        = 2004,
 | 
|---|
| 5281 |     edition     = {3rd},
 | 
|---|
| 5282 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5283 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5284 | @book{Stalling98,
 | 
|---|
| 5285 |     keywords    = {concurrency, operating systems},
 | 
|---|
| 5286 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5287 |     author      = {William Stallings},
 | 
|---|
| 5288 |     title       = {Operating Systems: Internals and Design Principles},
 | 
|---|
| 5289 |     publisher   = {Prentice-Hall},
 | 
|---|
| 5290 |     address     = {Englewood Cliffs},
 | 
|---|
| 5291 |     year        = 1998,
 | 
|---|
| 5292 |     edition     = {3rd},
 | 
|---|
| 5293 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5294 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5295 | @book{Stalling01,
 | 
|---|
| 5296 |     keywords    = {concurrency, operating systems},
 | 
|---|
| 5297 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5298 |     author      = {William Stallings},
 | 
|---|
| 5299 |     title       = {Operating Systems: Internals and Design Principles},
 | 
|---|
| 5300 |     publisher   = {Prentice-Hall},
 | 
|---|
| 5301 |     address     = {Englewood Cliffs},
 | 
|---|
| 5302 |     year        = 2001,
 | 
|---|
| 5303 |     edition     = {4th},
 | 
|---|
| 5304 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5305 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5306 | @book{Silberschatz91,
 | 
|---|
| 5307 |     keywords    = {concurrency, operating systems},
 | 
|---|
| 5308 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5309 |     author      = {Abraham Silberschatz and James L. Peterson and Peter Galvin},
 | 
|---|
| 5310 |     title       = {Operating System Concepts},
 | 
|---|
| 5311 |     publisher   = {Addision-Wesley},
 | 
|---|
| 5312 |     address     = {Boston},
 | 
|---|
| 5313 |     year        = 1991,
 | 
|---|
| 5314 |     edition     = {3rd},
 | 
|---|
| 5315 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5316 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5317 | @book{Tanenbaum87,
 | 
|---|
| 5318 |     keywords    = {concurrency, operating systems},
 | 
|---|
| 5319 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5320 |     author      = {Andrew S. Tanenbaum},
 | 
|---|
| 5321 |     title       = {Operating Systems : Design and Implementation},
 | 
|---|
| 5322 |     publisher   = {Prentice-Hall},
 | 
|---|
| 5323 |     address     = {Englewood Cliffs},
 | 
|---|
| 5324 |     series      = {Software Series},
 | 
|---|
| 5325 |     year        = 1987,
 | 
|---|
| 5326 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5327 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5328 | @book{Hansen73,
 | 
|---|
| 5329 |     keywords    = {monitors},
 | 
|---|
| 5330 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5331 |     author      = {Per {Brinch Hansen}},
 | 
|---|
| 5332 |     title       = {Operating System Principles},
 | 
|---|
| 5333 |     publisher   = {Prentice-Hall},
 | 
|---|
| 5334 |     address     = {Englewood Cliffs},
 | 
|---|
| 5335 |     year        = 1973,
 | 
|---|
| 5336 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5337 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5338 | @book{Bic03,
 | 
|---|
| 5339 |     keywords    = {concurrency, operating systems},
 | 
|---|
| 5340 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5341 |     author      = {Lubomir F. Bic and Alan C. Shaw},
 | 
|---|
| 5342 |     title       = {Operating System Principles},
 | 
|---|
| 5343 |     publisher   = {Prentice-Hall},
 | 
|---|
| 5344 |     address     = {Englewood Cliffs},
 | 
|---|
| 5345 |     year        = 2003,
 | 
|---|
| 5346 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5347 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5348 | @techreport{milner88,
 | 
|---|
| 5349 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 5350 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5351 |     author      = {Robin Milner},
 | 
|---|
| 5352 |     title       = {Operational and Algebraic Semantics of Concurrent Processes},
 | 
|---|
| 5353 |     institution = {Laboratory for Foundations of Computer Science},
 | 
|---|
| 5354 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 5355 |     address     = {Department of Computer Science, University of Edinburgh, Edinburgh EH9 3JZ},
 | 
|---|
| 5356 |     month       = feb,
 | 
|---|
| 5357 |     number      = {ECS-LFCS-88-46}
 | 
|---|
| 5358 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5359 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5360 | @article{Ganzinger80,
 | 
|---|
| 5361 |     contributer = {a3moss@uwaterloo.ca},
 | 
|---|
| 5362 |     author      = {Ganzinger, Harald and Ripken, Knut},
 | 
|---|
| 5363 |     title       = {Operator Identification in {ADA}: Formal Specification, Complexity, and Concrete Implementation},
 | 
|---|
| 5364 |     journal     = {SIGPLAN Notices},
 | 
|---|
| 5365 |     issue_date  = {February 1980},
 | 
|---|
| 5366 |     volume      = {15},
 | 
|---|
| 5367 |     number      = {2},
 | 
|---|
| 5368 |     month       = feb,
 | 
|---|
| 5369 |     year        = {1980},
 | 
|---|
| 5370 |     issn        = {0362-1340},
 | 
|---|
| 5371 |     pages       = {30--42},
 | 
|---|
| 5372 |     numpages    = {13},
 | 
|---|
| 5373 |     url         = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/947586.947589},
 | 
|---|
| 5374 |     doi         = {10.1145/947586.947589},
 | 
|---|
| 5375 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 5376 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA}
 | 
|---|
| 5377 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5378 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5379 | @article{Ford82,
 | 
|---|
| 5380 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 5381 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5382 |     author      = {G. Ford and B. Hansche},
 | 
|---|
| 5383 |     title       = {Optional, Repeatable, and Varying Type Parameters},
 | 
|---|
| 5384 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 5385 |     volume      = 17,
 | 
|---|
| 5386 |     number      = 2,
 | 
|---|
| 5387 |     month       = feb,
 | 
|---|
| 5388 |     year        = 1982,
 | 
|---|
| 5389 |     pages       = {41-48},
 | 
|---|
| 5390 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5391 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5392 | @manual{pli,
 | 
|---|
| 5393 |     keywords    = {PL/I},
 | 
|---|
| 5394 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5395 |     key         = {IBM},
 | 
|---|
| 5396 |     title       = {{OS} and {DOS} {PL/I} Reference Manual},
 | 
|---|
| 5397 |     organization= {International Business Machines},
 | 
|---|
| 5398 |     edition     = {1st},
 | 
|---|
| 5399 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 5400 |     year        = 1981,
 | 
|---|
| 5401 |     note        = {Manual GC26-3977-0},
 | 
|---|
| 5402 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5403 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5404 | @techreport{D:overload,
 | 
|---|
| 5405 |     keywords    = {overload resolution, compilation},
 | 
|---|
| 5406 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5407 |     author      = {M. Dausmann et. al.},
 | 
|---|
| 5408 |     title       = {Overloading in {Ada}},
 | 
|---|
| 5409 |     institution = {Universitat Karlsruhe},
 | 
|---|
| 5410 |     year        = 1979,
 | 
|---|
| 5411 |     number      = {23/79},
 | 
|---|
| 5412 |     comment     = {
 | 
|---|
| 5413 |         Probably the earliest description of the two-pass (bottom-up,
 | 
|---|
| 5414 |         top-down) overload resolution algorithm. See also
 | 
|---|
| 5415 |         \cite{PW:overload,WS:overload,PDM:overload,Cor:overload,Bak:overload}.
 | 
|---|
| 5416 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 5417 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5418 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5419 | @article{EB87,
 | 
|---|
| 5420 |     keywords    = {packages, private types, assignment, equality},
 | 
|---|
| 5421 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5422 |     author      = {J. Dana Eckart and Richard J. LeBlanc},
 | 
|---|
| 5423 |     title       = {Overloading in the {Ada} Language: Is it too restrictive?},
 | 
|---|
| 5424 |     journal     = {Computer Languages},
 | 
|---|
| 5425 |     year        = 1987,
 | 
|---|
| 5426 |     volume      = 12,
 | 
|---|
| 5427 |     number      = {3/4},
 | 
|---|
| 5428 |     pages       = {163-172},
 | 
|---|
| 5429 |     abstract    = {
 | 
|---|
| 5430 |         Packages in the Ada language provide a mechanism for extending the
 | 
|---|
| 5431 |         language through the development of additional data types.  Such
 | 
|---|
| 5432 |         types can be better integrated into the language using operator
 | 
|---|
| 5433 |         overloading; however, key limitations prevent new types from being
 | 
|---|
| 5434 |         transparently integrated into the language.  Allowing function
 | 
|---|
| 5435 |         names to overload private type names would give a cleaner and
 | 
|---|
| 5436 |         clearer mechanism for building values of these types.  Furthermore,
 | 
|---|
| 5437 |         by allowing redefinitions of ``:='' and by making it easier to
 | 
|---|
| 5438 |         overload ``='' for private types, Ada coud be transformed into a
 | 
|---|
| 5439 |         more expressive language.
 | 
|---|
| 5440 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 5441 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5442 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5443 | @article{PW:overload,
 | 
|---|
| 5444 |     keywords    = {compilation},
 | 
|---|
| 5445 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5446 |     author      = {Guido Persch and Georg Winterstein and Manfred Dausman and Sophia Drossopoulou},
 | 
|---|
| 5447 |     title       = {Overloading in Preliminary {Ada}},
 | 
|---|
| 5448 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 5449 |     year        = 1980,
 | 
|---|
| 5450 |     month       = nov, volume = 15, number = 11, pages = {47-56},
 | 
|---|
| 5451 |     note        = {Proceedings of the ACM-SIGPLAN Symposium on the {Ada} Programming Language}, 
 | 
|---|
| 5452 |     comment     = {
 | 
|---|
| 5453 |         The two-pass (bottom-up, then top-down) algorithm, with a proof
 | 
|---|
| 5454 |         that two passes suffice.  See also \cite{D:overload}.
 | 
|---|
| 5455 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 5456 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5457 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5458 | @article{SR,
 | 
|---|
| 5459 |     keywords    = {concurrency, messages, rendezvous},
 | 
|---|
| 5460 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5461 |     author      = {Gregory R. Andrews and Ronald A. Olsson and Michael Coffin and
 | 
|---|
| 5462 |                   Irving Elshoff and Kelvin Nilsen and Titus Purdin and Gregg Townsend},
 | 
|---|
| 5463 |     title       = {An Overview of the {SR} Language and Implementation},
 | 
|---|
| 5464 |     journal     = toplas,
 | 
|---|
| 5465 |     month       = jan,
 | 
|---|
| 5466 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 5467 |     volume      = 10,
 | 
|---|
| 5468 |     number      = 1,
 | 
|---|
| 5469 |     pages       = {51-86},
 | 
|---|
| 5470 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5471 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5472 | % P
 | 
|---|
| 5473 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5474 | @article{Andrews91,
 | 
|---|
| 5475 |     keywords    = {general concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 5476 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5477 |     author      = {Gregory R. Andrews},
 | 
|---|
| 5478 |     title       = {Paradigms for Process Interaction in Distributed Programs},
 | 
|---|
| 5479 |     journal     = acmcs,
 | 
|---|
| 5480 |     volume      = 23,
 | 
|---|
| 5481 |     number      = 1,
 | 
|---|
| 5482 |     month       = mar,
 | 
|---|
| 5483 |     year        = 1991,
 | 
|---|
| 5484 |     pages       = {49-90},
 | 
|---|
| 5485 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5486 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5487 | @book{PPC++,
 | 
|---|
| 5488 |     keywords    = {concurrency, parallel, distributed, C++},
 | 
|---|
| 5489 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5490 |     editor      = {Gregory V. Wilson and Paul Lu},
 | 
|---|
| 5491 |     title       = {Parallel Programming in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
 | 
|---|
| 5492 |     publisher   = {MIT Press},
 | 
|---|
| 5493 |     series      = {Scientific and Engineering Computation Series},
 | 
|---|
| 5494 |     year        = 1996,
 | 
|---|
| 5495 |     pages       = {1-42},
 | 
|---|
| 5496 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5497 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5498 | @incollection{Stroustrup96,
 | 
|---|
| 5499 |     keywords    = {concurrency, C++},
 | 
|---|
| 5500 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5501 |     author      = {Bjarne Stroustrup},
 | 
|---|
| 5502 |     title       = {A Perspective on Concurrency in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
 | 
|---|
| 5503 |     editor      = {Gregory V. Wilson and Paul Lu},
 | 
|---|
| 5504 |     booktitle   = {Parallel Programming in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
 | 
|---|
| 5505 |     publisher   = {MIT Press},
 | 
|---|
| 5506 |     series      = {Scientific and Engineering Computation Series},
 | 
|---|
| 5507 |     year        = 1996,
 | 
|---|
| 5508 |     pages       = {xxvi-xxvii},
 | 
|---|
| 5509 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5510 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5511 | @incollection{Yang96b,
 | 
|---|
| 5512 |     keywords    = {concurrency, C++},
 | 
|---|
| 5513 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5514 |     author      = {Shelby X. Yang and Dennis Gannon and Peter Beckman and Jacob Gotwals and Neelakantan Sundaresan},
 | 
|---|
| 5515 |     editor      = {Gregory V. Wilson and Paul Lu},
 | 
|---|
| 5516 |     title       = {p{C}++},
 | 
|---|
| 5517 |     booktitle   = {Parallel Programming in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
 | 
|---|
| 5518 |     publisher   = {MIT Press},
 | 
|---|
| 5519 |     address     = {Cambridge},
 | 
|---|
| 5520 |     series      = {Scientific and Engineering Computation Series},
 | 
|---|
| 5521 |     pages       = {507-546},
 | 
|---|
| 5522 |     year        = 1996,
 | 
|---|
| 5523 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5524 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5525 | @article{goguen84,
 | 
|---|
| 5526 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 5527 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5528 |     author      = {Goseph A. Goguen},
 | 
|---|
| 5529 |     title       = {Parameterized Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 5530 |     journal     = ieeese,
 | 
|---|
| 5531 |     year        = 1984,
 | 
|---|
| 5532 |     month       = sep, volume = "SE-10", number = 5, pages = {528-543},
 | 
|---|
| 5533 |     abstract    = {
 | 
|---|
| 5534 |         Parameterized programming is a powerful technique for the reliable
 | 
|---|
| 5535 |         reuse of software.  In this technique, modules are parameterized
 | 
|---|
| 5536 |         over very general interfaces that describe what properties of an
 | 
|---|
| 5537 |         environment are required for the module to work correctly.
 | 
|---|
| 5538 |         Reusability is enhanced by the flexibility of the parameterization
 | 
|---|
| 5539 |         mechanism proposed here.  Reliability is further enhanced by
 | 
|---|
| 5540 |         permitting interface requirements to include more than purely
 | 
|---|
| 5541 |         syntactic information.  This paper introduces three new ideas that
 | 
|---|
| 5542 |         seem especially useful in supporting parameterized programming: 1)
 | 
|---|
| 5543 |         {\em theories}, which declare global properties of program modules
 | 
|---|
| 5544 |         and interfaces; 2) {\em views}, which connect theories with program
 | 
|---|
| 5545 |         modules in an elegant way; and 3) {\em module expressions}, a kind
 | 
|---|
| 5546 |         of general structured program transformation which produces new
 | 
|---|
| 5547 |         modules by modifying and combining existing modules.  Although
 | 
|---|
| 5548 |         these ideas are illustrated with some simple examples in the OBJ
 | 
|---|
| 5549 |         programming language, they should also be taken as proposals for an
 | 
|---|
| 5550 |         Ada library system, for adding modules to Prolog, and as
 | 
|---|
| 5551 |         considerations for future language design efforts.  OBJ is an
 | 
|---|
| 5552 |         ultra-high level programming language, based upon rewrite rules,
 | 
|---|
| 5553 |         that incorporates these ideas, and many others from modern
 | 
|---|
| 5554 |         programming methodology.
 | 
|---|
| 5555 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 5556 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5557 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5558 | @inproceedings{c++:templates,
 | 
|---|
| 5559 |     author      = {Bjarne Stroustrup},
 | 
|---|
| 5560 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5561 |     title       = {Parameterized Types for {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
 | 
|---|
| 5562 |     booktitle   = {USENIX {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Conference},
 | 
|---|
| 5563 |     organization= {USENIX Association},
 | 
|---|
| 5564 |     year        = 1988, pages = {1-18}
 | 
|---|
| 5565 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5566 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5567 | @inproceedings{Boehm85,
 | 
|---|
| 5568 |     keywords    = {second-order unification},
 | 
|---|
| 5569 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5570 |     author      = {Hans-J. Boehm},
 | 
|---|
| 5571 |     title       = {Partial Polymorphic Type Inference is Undecidable},
 | 
|---|
| 5572 |     booktitle   = {26th Annual Symposium on Foundations of Computer Science},
 | 
|---|
| 5573 |     year        = 1985,
 | 
|---|
| 5574 |     pages       = {339-345},
 | 
|---|
| 5575 |     organization= {IEEE Computer Society},
 | 
|---|
| 5576 |     publisher   = {IEEE Computer Society Press},
 | 
|---|
| 5577 |     address     = {1730 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W, Washington, D.C. 20036-1903},
 | 
|---|
| 5578 |     summary     = {
 | 
|---|
| 5579 |         Given a base typed lambda calculus with function types, type
 | 
|---|
| 5580 |         abstractions, and a recursive expression \(\mbox{fix } x:t.e\),
 | 
|---|
| 5581 |         then type inference for the partially typed language 
 | 
|---|
| 5582 |         \begin{eqnarray}
 | 
|---|
| 5583 |         \lambda x:\tau.e        &\Rightarrow& \lambda x.e       \\
 | 
|---|
| 5584 |         \mbox{fix } x:\tau.e    &\Rightarrow& \mbox{fix } x.e   \\
 | 
|---|
| 5585 |         e \tau                  &\Rightarrow& e ?
 | 
|---|
| 5586 |         \end{eqnarray}
 | 
|---|
| 5587 |         is undecidable.
 | 
|---|
| 5588 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 5589 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5590 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5591 | @book{Pascal,
 | 
|---|
| 5592 |     keywords    = {Pascal},
 | 
|---|
| 5593 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5594 |     author      = {Kathleen Jensen and Niklaus Wirth},
 | 
|---|
| 5595 |     title       = {{P}ascal User Manual and Report, ISO Pascal Standard},
 | 
|---|
| 5596 |     publisher   = {Springer--Verlag},
 | 
|---|
| 5597 |     year        = 1991,
 | 
|---|
| 5598 |     edition     = {4th},
 | 
|---|
| 5599 |     note        = {Revised by Andrew B. Mickel and James F. Miner}
 | 
|---|
| 5600 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5601 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5602 | @book{Pascal:old,
 | 
|---|
| 5603 |     keywords    = {Pascal},
 | 
|---|
| 5604 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5605 |     author      = {Kathleen Jensen and Niklaus Wirth},
 | 
|---|
| 5606 |     title       = {{P}ascal User Manual and Report},
 | 
|---|
| 5607 |     publisher   = {Springer--Verlag},
 | 
|---|
| 5608 |     year        = 1975,
 | 
|---|
| 5609 |     edition     = {1st},
 | 
|---|
| 5610 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5611 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5612 | @article{Turba85,
 | 
|---|
| 5613 |     keywords    = {Pascal, exception handling, inheritance},
 | 
|---|
| 5614 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5615 |     author      = {Thomas N. Turba},
 | 
|---|
| 5616 |     title       = {The {P}ascal Exception Handling Proposal},
 | 
|---|
| 5617 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 5618 |     volume      = 20,
 | 
|---|
| 5619 |     number      = 8,
 | 
|---|
| 5620 |     month       = aug,
 | 
|---|
| 5621 |     year        = 1985,
 | 
|---|
| 5622 |     pages       = {93-98},
 | 
|---|
| 5623 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5624 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5625 | @manual{Pascal/VS,
 | 
|---|
| 5626 |     keywords    = {PL/I},
 | 
|---|
| 5627 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5628 |     key         = {IBM},
 | 
|---|
| 5629 |     title       = {{P}ascal/{VS} Language Reference Manual},
 | 
|---|
| 5630 |     organization= {International Business Machines},
 | 
|---|
| 5631 |     edition     = {1st},
 | 
|---|
| 5632 |     year        = 1981,
 | 
|---|
| 5633 |     note        = {Manual SH20-6168-1},
 | 
|---|
| 5634 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5635 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5636 | @misc{perf,
 | 
|---|
| 5637 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5638 |     key         = {perf},
 | 
|---|
| 5639 |     author      = {perf},
 | 
|---|
| 5640 |     howpublished= {\href{https://perf.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/Tutorial}{https://\-perf.wiki.kernel.org/\-index.php/\-Tutorial}},
 | 
|---|
| 5641 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5642 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5643 | @misc{Verch12,
 | 
|---|
| 5644 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5645 |     author      = {Shaun Verch},
 | 
|---|
| 5646 |     title       = {Performance Analysis of 64-Bit Capriccio},
 | 
|---|
| 5647 |     month       = may,
 | 
|---|
| 5648 |     year        = 2012,
 | 
|---|
| 5649 |     howpublished= {\href{http://cs.brown.edu/research/pubs/theses/masters/2012/verch.pdf}{http://cs.brown.edu/\-research/\-pubs/\-theses/\-masters/\-2012/\-verch.pdf}},
 | 
|---|
| 5650 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5651 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5652 | @article{Anderson90,
 | 
|---|
| 5653 |     keywords    = {spin locks, back off, performance},
 | 
|---|
| 5654 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5655 |     author      = {Thomas E. Anderson},
 | 
|---|
| 5656 |     title       = {The Performance of Spin Lock Alternatives for Shared-Memory Multiprocessors},
 | 
|---|
| 5657 |     journal     = ieeepds,
 | 
|---|
| 5658 |     month       = jan,
 | 
|---|
| 5659 |     year        = 1990,
 | 
|---|
| 5660 |     volume      = 1,
 | 
|---|
| 5661 |     number      = 1,
 | 
|---|
| 5662 |     pages       = {6-16},
 | 
|---|
| 5663 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5664 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5665 | @inproceedings{Conchon07,
 | 
|---|
| 5666 |     keywords    = {persistent array, union-find},
 | 
|---|
| 5667 |     contributer = {a3moss@uwaterloo.ca},
 | 
|---|
| 5668 |     title       = {A persistent union-find data structure},
 | 
|---|
| 5669 |     author      = {Conchon, Sylvain and Filli{\^a}tre, Jean-Christophe},
 | 
|---|
| 5670 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the 2007 workshop on Workshop on ML},
 | 
|---|
| 5671 |     pages       = {37--46},
 | 
|---|
| 5672 |     year        = {2007},
 | 
|---|
| 5673 |     organization= {ACM}
 | 
|---|
| 5674 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5675 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5676 | @article{poly,
 | 
|---|
| 5677 |     keywords    = {Poly, Standard ML, Russell, persistence},
 | 
|---|
| 5678 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5679 |     author      = {David C. J. Matthews},
 | 
|---|
| 5680 |     title       = {Poly Manual},
 | 
|---|
| 5681 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 5682 |     month       = sep, year = 1985,
 | 
|---|
| 5683 |     volume      = 20, number = 9, pages = {52-76}
 | 
|---|
| 5684 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5685 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5686 | @techreport{Atkinson87b,
 | 
|---|
| 5687 |     keywords    = {naming, persistence},
 | 
|---|
| 5688 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5689 |     author      = {M. P. Atkinson and R. Morrison},
 | 
|---|
| 5690 |     title       = {Polymorphic Names and Iterations},
 | 
|---|
| 5691 |     institution = {Universities of Glasgow and St. Andrews, Scotland},
 | 
|---|
| 5692 |     number      = {PPRR-53-87},
 | 
|---|
| 5693 |     month       = nov,
 | 
|---|
| 5694 |     year        = 1987,
 | 
|---|
| 5695 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5696 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5697 | @book{Harland,
 | 
|---|
| 5698 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 5699 |     author      = {David M. Harland},
 | 
|---|
| 5700 |     title       = {Polymorphic Programming Languages: Design and Implementation},
 | 
|---|
| 5701 |     publisher   = {Ellis Horwood},
 | 
|---|
| 5702 |     year        = 1984,
 | 
|---|
| 5703 |     series      = {Computers and their Applications},
 | 
|---|
| 5704 |     address     = {Market Cross House, Cooper Street, Chichester, West Sussex, PO19 1EB, England},
 | 
|---|
| 5705 |     summary     = {
 | 
|---|
| 5706 |         The principles of Procedural Abstraction, Data Type Completeness,
 | 
|---|
| 5707 |         Declaration Correspondence, and Orthogonality are ruthlessly applied
 | 
|---|
| 5708 |         to the design of a polymorphic language.
 | 
|---|
| 5709 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 5710 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5711 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5712 | @unpublished{poa,
 | 
|---|
| 5713 |     keywords    = {Force N, type inference, reusability, transcendance},
 | 
|---|
| 5714 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5715 |     author      = {G. V. Cormack and A. K. Wright},
 | 
|---|
| 5716 |     title       = {Polymorphism, Overloading, and Abstraction},
 | 
|---|
| 5717 |     note        = {personal communication}
 | 
|---|
| 5718 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5719 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5720 | @inproceedings{forceone:impl,
 | 
|---|
| 5721 |     keywords    = {Parametric polymorphism, ForceOne},
 | 
|---|
| 5722 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5723 |     author      = {G. V. Cormack and A. K. Wright},
 | 
|---|
| 5724 |     title       = {Polymorphism in the Compiled Language {ForceOne}},
 | 
|---|
| 5725 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the 20th Hawaii International Conference on Systems Sciences},
 | 
|---|
| 5726 |     month       = jan,
 | 
|---|
| 5727 |     year        = 1987,
 | 
|---|
| 5728 |     pages       = {284-292},
 | 
|---|
| 5729 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5730 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5731 | @incollection{POOL-T,
 | 
|---|
| 5732 |     keywords    = {objects, concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 5733 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5734 |     author      = {Pierre America},
 | 
|---|
| 5735 |     title       = {POOL-T: A Parallel Object-Oriented Language},
 | 
|---|
| 5736 |     booktitle   = {Object-Oriented Concurrent Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 5737 |     publisher   = {The MIT Press},
 | 
|---|
| 5738 |     year        = 1987,
 | 
|---|
| 5739 |     pages       = {199-220},
 | 
|---|
| 5740 |     editor      = {Akinori Yonezawa and Mario Tokoro}
 | 
|---|
| 5741 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5742 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5743 | @article{Hardgrave76,
 | 
|---|
| 5744 |     keywords    = {positional, keyword, parameters, arguments},
 | 
|---|
| 5745 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5746 |     author      = {W. T. Hardgrave},
 | 
|---|
| 5747 |     title       = {Positional versus Keyword Parameter Communication in Programming Languages},
 | 
|---|
| 5748 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 5749 |     volume      = 11,
 | 
|---|
| 5750 |     number      = 5,
 | 
|---|
| 5751 |     month       = may,
 | 
|---|
| 5752 |     year        = 1976,
 | 
|---|
| 5753 |     pages       = {52-58},
 | 
|---|
| 5754 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5755 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5756 | @inproceedings{Rafkind09,
 | 
|---|
| 5757 |     keywords    = {accurate, C programming language, conservative, garbage collection, precise},
 | 
|---|
| 5758 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5759 |     author      = {Rafkind, Jon and Wick, Adam and Regehr, John and Flatt, Matthew},
 | 
|---|
| 5760 |     title       = {Precise Garbage Collection for C},
 | 
|---|
| 5761 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the 2009 International Symposium on Memory Management},
 | 
|---|
| 5762 |     series      = {ISMM '09},
 | 
|---|
| 5763 |     year        = {2009},
 | 
|---|
| 5764 |     location    = {Dublin, Ireland},
 | 
|---|
| 5765 |     pages       = {39-48},
 | 
|---|
| 5766 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 5767 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 5768 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5769 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5770 | @article{Ada:preliminary,
 | 
|---|
| 5771 |     keywords    = {Ada},
 | 
|---|
| 5772 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5773 |     author      = {Jean D. Ichbiah and Bernd Krieg-Brueckner and Brian A. Wichmann
 | 
|---|
| 5774 |                    and Henry F. Ledgard and Jean-Claude Heliard and Jean-Raymond Abrial
 | 
|---|
| 5775 |                    and John G. P. Barnes and Olivier Roubine},
 | 
|---|
| 5776 |     title       = {Preliminary {Ada} Reference Manual},
 | 
|---|
| 5777 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 5778 |     volume      = 14,
 | 
|---|
| 5779 |     number      = 6,
 | 
|---|
| 5780 |     month       = jun,
 | 
|---|
| 5781 |     year        = 1979,
 | 
|---|
| 5782 |     note        = {Part A},
 | 
|---|
| 5783 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5784 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5785 | @techreport{Forsythe,
 | 
|---|
| 5786 |     author      = {John C. Reynolds},
 | 
|---|
| 5787 |     title       = {Preliminary Design of the Programming Language {Forsythe}},
 | 
|---|
| 5788 |     institution = {Carnegie Mellon University},
 | 
|---|
| 5789 |     number      = {CMU-CS-88-159},
 | 
|---|
| 5790 |     month       = jun,
 | 
|---|
| 5791 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 5792 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5793 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5794 | @article{PRESTO,
 | 
|---|
| 5795 |     keywords    = {concurrency, threads},
 | 
|---|
| 5796 |     contributer = {dgharriss@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5797 |     author      = {B. N. Bershad and E. D. Lazowska and H. M. Levy},
 | 
|---|
| 5798 |     title       = {{PRESTO}: A System for Object-oriented Parallel Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 5799 |     journal     = spe,
 | 
|---|
| 5800 |     volume      = 18,
 | 
|---|
| 5801 |     number      = 8,
 | 
|---|
| 5802 |     month       = aug,
 | 
|---|
| 5803 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 5804 |     pages       = {713-732}
 | 
|---|
| 5805 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5806 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5807 | @book{Ben-Ari82,
 | 
|---|
| 5808 |     keywords    = {concurrency, parallel, programming languages},
 | 
|---|
| 5809 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5810 |     author      = {Mordechai Ben-Ari},
 | 
|---|
| 5811 |     title       = {Principles of Concurrent Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 5812 |     publisher   = {Prentice-Hall International},
 | 
|---|
| 5813 |     address     = {Englewood Cliffs},
 | 
|---|
| 5814 |     year        = 1982,
 | 
|---|
| 5815 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5816 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5817 | @book{Tennent81,
 | 
|---|
| 5818 |     author      = {R. D. Tennent},
 | 
|---|
| 5819 |     title       = {Principles of Programming Languages},
 | 
|---|
| 5820 |     publisher   = {Prentice-Hall International},
 | 
|---|
| 5821 |     address     = {Englewood Cliffs},
 | 
|---|
| 5822 |     year        = 1981,
 | 
|---|
| 5823 |     series      = {Series in Computer Science}
 | 
|---|
| 5824 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5825 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5826 | @article{Lister77,
 | 
|---|
| 5827 |     keywords    = {monitors, nested monitor calls},
 | 
|---|
| 5828 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5829 |     author      = {Andrew Lister},
 | 
|---|
| 5830 |     title       = {The Problem of Nested Monitor Calls},
 | 
|---|
| 5831 |     journal     = osr,
 | 
|---|
| 5832 |     volume      = 11,
 | 
|---|
| 5833 |     number      = 3,
 | 
|---|
| 5834 |     month       = jul,
 | 
|---|
| 5835 |     year        = 1977,
 | 
|---|
| 5836 |     pages       = {5-7},
 | 
|---|
| 5837 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5838 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5839 | @article{psa:persistence,
 | 
|---|
| 5840 |     keywords    = {persistence, first-class procedures, closure, PS-Algol, Abstract Data Types},
 | 
|---|
| 5841 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5842 |     author      = {Malcolm P. Atkinson and Ronald Morrison},
 | 
|---|
| 5843 |     title       = {Procedures as Persistent Data Objects},
 | 
|---|
| 5844 |     journal     = toplas,
 | 
|---|
| 5845 |     volume      = {7},    number = {4},
 | 
|---|
| 5846 |     pages       = {539-559},
 | 
|---|
| 5847 |     month       = oct, year = 1985,
 | 
|---|
| 5848 |     comment     = {
 | 
|---|
| 5849 |         PS-Algol has ``structures'', accessible only through ``pntrs''.
 | 
|---|
| 5850 |         Pntrs can refer to any type of structure.  Field references involve
 | 
|---|
| 5851 |         a run-time check.  This, plus first-class procedures, can simulate
 | 
|---|
| 5852 |         abstract data types.  Procedure variables operating on pntrs
 | 
|---|
| 5853 |         simulate ADT operations.  A block defines a structure to implement
 | 
|---|
| 5854 |         the ADT, and assigns procedures to the variables.  Functions
 | 
|---|
| 5855 |         returning structures containing procedures  simulate multiple
 | 
|---|
| 5856 |         implementations and parameterized ADTs.
 | 
|---|
| 5857 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5858 |         An outer procedure that returns a procedure that contains
 | 
|---|
| 5859 |         (non-local) references to the outer procedure's parameters
 | 
|---|
| 5860 |         implements partial evaluation.
 | 
|---|
| 5861 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5862 |         Modules can be simulated like ADT's.  The module itself is a
 | 
|---|
| 5863 |         structure instance that is placed in persistent storage, and the
 | 
|---|
| 5864 |         module is imported by fetching it from the persistent store.
 | 
|---|
| 5865 |         Multiple instances of modules are easy.  Installation of new
 | 
|---|
| 5866 |         versions can be done by replacing the version in the database.
 | 
|---|
| 5867 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 5868 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5869 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5870 | @article{Procol89,
 | 
|---|
| 5871 |     keywords    = {active objects, object-oriented languages, object-based languages, explicit per-object protocol},
 | 
|---|
| 5872 |     contributer = {akgoel@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5873 |     author      = {Jan van den Bos and Chris Laffra},
 | 
|---|
| 5874 |     title       = {PROCOL: A Parallel Object Language with Protocols},
 | 
|---|
| 5875 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 5876 |     volume      = 24,
 | 
|---|
| 5877 |     number      = 10,
 | 
|---|
| 5878 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 5879 |     year        = 1989,
 | 
|---|
| 5880 |     pages       = {95-102},
 | 
|---|
| 5881 |     note        = {Proceedings of the OOPSLA'89 Conference, Oct. 1--6, 1989, New Orleans, Lousiana},
 | 
|---|
| 5882 |     abstract    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 5883 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5884 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5885 | @inproceedings{Buhr98,
 | 
|---|
| 5886 |     keywords    = {profiling, monitoring, visualization},
 | 
|---|
| 5887 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5888 |     author      = {Peter A. Buhr and Robert Denda},
 | 
|---|
| 5889 |     title       = {{$\mu$Profiler} : Profiling User-Level Threads in a Shared-Memory Programming Environment},
 | 
|---|
| 5890 |     booktitle   = {Proc. of 2nd Inter. Symp. on Computing in Object-Oriented Parallel Environments},
 | 
|---|
| 5891 |     series      = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science},
 | 
|---|
| 5892 |     publisher   = {Springer-Verlag},
 | 
|---|
| 5893 |     volume      = 1505,
 | 
|---|
| 5894 |     opteditor   = {Dennis Caromel and Rodney R. Oldehoeft and Marydell Tholburn},
 | 
|---|
| 5895 |     address     = {Santa Fe, New Mexico, U.S.A.},
 | 
|---|
| 5896 |     month       = dec,
 | 
|---|
| 5897 |     year        = 1998,
 | 
|---|
| 5898 |     pages       = {159-166},
 | 
|---|
| 5899 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5900 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5901 | @book{PowerPC,
 | 
|---|
| 5902 |     key         = {PowerPC processor},
 | 
|---|
| 5903 |     title       = {Programming Environments Manual for 32-Bit Implementations of the PowerPC ArchitectureARM Architecture},
 | 
|---|
| 5904 |     publisher   = {Freescale Semiconductor},
 | 
|---|
| 5905 |     volume      = {MPCFPE32B},
 | 
|---|
| 5906 |     edition     = {Rev. 3},
 | 
|---|
| 5907 |     month       = 9,
 | 
|---|
| 5908 |     year        = 2005,
 | 
|---|
| 5909 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5910 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5911 | @book{Butenhof97,
 | 
|---|
| 5912 |     keywords    = {PThreads, concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 5913 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5914 |     author      = {David R. Butenhof},
 | 
|---|
| 5915 |     title       = {Programming with {POSIX} Threads},
 | 
|---|
| 5916 |     publisher   = {Addison-Wesley},
 | 
|---|
| 5917 |     address     = {Boston},
 | 
|---|
| 5918 |     series      = {Professional Computing},
 | 
|---|
| 5919 |     year        = 1997,
 | 
|---|
| 5920 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5921 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5922 | @book{SETL,
 | 
|---|
| 5923 |     keywords    = {SETL},
 | 
|---|
| 5924 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5925 |     author      = {J. T. Schwartz and R. B. K. Dewar and E. Dubinsky and E. Schonberg},
 | 
|---|
| 5926 |     title       = {Programming with Sets: An Introduction to {SETL}},
 | 
|---|
| 5927 |     publisher   = {Springer},
 | 
|---|
| 5928 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 5929 |     year        = 1986,
 | 
|---|
| 5930 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5931 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5932 | @book{Genuys68,
 | 
|---|
| 5933 |     keywords    = {contains Dijkstra's Cooperating Sequential Processes},
 | 
|---|
| 5934 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5935 |     editor      = {F. Genuys},
 | 
|---|
| 5936 |     title       = {Programming Languages},
 | 
|---|
| 5937 |     publisher   = {Academic Press},
 | 
|---|
| 5938 |     address     = {London, New York},
 | 
|---|
| 5939 |     year        = 1968,
 | 
|---|
| 5940 |     note        = {NATO Advanced Study Institute, Villard-de-Lans, 1966}
 | 
|---|
| 5941 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5942 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5943 | @manual{ANSI99:C,
 | 
|---|
| 5944 |     keywords    = {ANSI C 99},
 | 
|---|
| 5945 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5946 |     title       = {Programming Languages -- {C}},
 | 
|---|
| 5947 |     organization= {International Standard ISO/IEC 9899:1999 (E)},
 | 
|---|
| 5948 |     publisher   = {American National Standards Institute},
 | 
|---|
| 5949 |     address     = {www.ansi.org},
 | 
|---|
| 5950 |     year        = 1999,
 | 
|---|
| 5951 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5952 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5953 | @manual{ANSI98:C++,
 | 
|---|
| 5954 |     keywords    = {ANSI C++ 98},
 | 
|---|
| 5955 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5956 |     key         = {C++98},
 | 
|---|
| 5957 |     title       = {{C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Programming Language ISO/IEC 14882:1998},
 | 
|---|
| 5958 |     edition     = {1st},
 | 
|---|
| 5959 |     publisher   = {International Standard Organization},
 | 
|---|
| 5960 |     address     = {\href{https://www.iso.org/standard/25845.html}{https://\-www.iso.org/\-standard/\-25845.html}},
 | 
|---|
| 5961 |     year        = 1998,
 | 
|---|
| 5962 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5963 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5964 | @manual{C++14,
 | 
|---|
| 5965 |     keywords    = {ISO/IEC C++ 14},
 | 
|---|
| 5966 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5967 |     key         = {C++14},
 | 
|---|
| 5968 |     title       = {{C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Programming Language ISO/IEC 14882:2014},
 | 
|---|
| 5969 |     edition     = {4th},
 | 
|---|
| 5970 |     publisher   = {International Standard Organization},
 | 
|---|
| 5971 |     address     = {\href{https://www.iso.org/standard/64029.html}{https://\-www.iso.org/\-standard/\-64029.html}},
 | 
|---|
| 5972 |     year        = 2014,
 | 
|---|
| 5973 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5974 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5975 | @manual{C++17,
 | 
|---|
| 5976 |     keywords    = {ISO/IEC C++ 17},
 | 
|---|
| 5977 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5978 |     key         = {C++17},
 | 
|---|
| 5979 |     title       = {{C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Programming Language ISO/IEC 14882:2017},
 | 
|---|
| 5980 |     edition     = {5th},
 | 
|---|
| 5981 |     publisher   = {International Standard Organization},
 | 
|---|
| 5982 |     address     = {\href{https://www.iso.org/standard/68564.html}{https://\-www.iso.org/\-standard/\-68564.html}},
 | 
|---|
| 5983 |     year        = 2017,
 | 
|---|
| 5984 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5985 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5986 | @manual{MS:VisualC++,
 | 
|---|
| 5987 |     keywords    = {Microsoft Visual C++},
 | 
|---|
| 5988 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5989 |     title       = {Microsoft Visual {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} .NET Language Reference},
 | 
|---|
| 5990 |     organization= {Microsoft Corporation},
 | 
|---|
| 5991 |     year        = 2002,
 | 
|---|
| 5992 |     note        = {Microsoft Press, Redmond, Washington, U.S.A.},
 | 
|---|
| 5993 | }
 | 
|---|
| 5994 | 
 | 
|---|
| 5995 | @article{HasselBring00,
 | 
|---|
| 5996 |     keywords    = {concurrency, prototyping},
 | 
|---|
| 5997 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 5998 |     author      = {Wilhelm Hasselbring},
 | 
|---|
| 5999 |     title       = {Programming Languages and Systems for Prototyping Concurrent Applications},
 | 
|---|
| 6000 |     journal     = acmcs,
 | 
|---|
| 6001 |     volume      = 32,
 | 
|---|
| 6002 |     number      = 1,
 | 
|---|
| 6003 |     month       = mar,
 | 
|---|
| 6004 |     year        = 2000,
 | 
|---|
| 6005 |     pages       = {43-79},
 | 
|---|
| 6006 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6007 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6008 | @article{LLgen,
 | 
|---|
| 6009 |     keywords    = {ll(1), parser generator, separate compilation},
 | 
|---|
| 6010 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6011 |     author      = {Dick Grune and Ceriel J. J. Jacobs},
 | 
|---|
| 6012 |     title       = {A Programmer-friendly LL(1) Parser Generator},
 | 
|---|
| 6013 |     journal     = spe,
 | 
|---|
| 6014 |     month       = jan, year = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 6015 |     volume      = 18, number = 1, pages = {29-33},
 | 
|---|
| 6016 |     comment     = {
 | 
|---|
| 6017 |         LLgen generates C-language recursive-descent parsers.  The input
 | 
|---|
| 6018 |         contains procedure-like rules with alternation and repetition
 | 
|---|
| 6019 |         constructs on the right, and (typed) parameters on the left.
 | 
|---|
| 6020 |         C actions are specified between items in the right side.
 | 
|---|
| 6021 |         Alternation and repetition (reduce and shift) conflicts can be
 | 
|---|
| 6022 |         resolved statically or at run time.
 | 
|---|
| 6023 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6024 |         A grammar can be specified in several files.  All files must be
 | 
|---|
| 6025 |         submitted to LLgen at once, but if the C file generated is no
 | 
|---|
| 6026 |         different from the old version, then the old version is not
 | 
|---|
| 6027 |         replaced and hence need not be recompiled, which saves lots of
 | 
|---|
| 6028 |         time.
 | 
|---|
| 6029 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6030 |         When an incorrect token is found, the automatic error recovery
 | 
|---|
| 6031 |         algorithm discards tokens until an ``acceptable'' token is found;
 | 
|---|
| 6032 |         if the acceptable token is not correct, a correct one is inserted.
 | 
|---|
| 6033 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 6034 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6035 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6036 | @techreport{russell,
 | 
|---|
| 6037 |     keywords    = {Russell},
 | 
|---|
| 6038 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6039 |     author      = {H. Boehm and A. Demers and J. Donahue},
 | 
|---|
| 6040 |     title       = {A Programmer's Introduction to Russell},
 | 
|---|
| 6041 |     institution = {Rice University},
 | 
|---|
| 6042 |     year        = 1985,
 | 
|---|
| 6043 |     number      = {85-16}
 | 
|---|
| 6044 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6045 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6046 | @techreport{PDM89,
 | 
|---|
| 6047 |     keywords    = {existential types, universal types},
 | 
|---|
| 6048 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6049 |     author      = {Benjamin Pierce and Scott Dietzen and Spiro Michaylov},
 | 
|---|
| 6050 |     title       = {Programming in Higher-Order Typed Lambda Calculi},
 | 
|---|
| 6051 |     institution = {School of Computer Science, Carnegie Mellon University},
 | 
|---|
| 6052 |     year        = 1989,
 | 
|---|
| 6053 |     address     = {Pittsburg, PA 15213-3890},
 | 
|---|
| 6054 |     month       = mar, number = {CMU-CS-89-111},
 | 
|---|
| 6055 |     abstract    = {
 | 
|---|
| 6056 |         This tutorial presents a hierarchy of increasingly powerful
 | 
|---|
| 6057 |         languages, beginning with Church's simply typed
 | 
|---|
| 6058 |         \(\lambda\)-calculus (\(F_1\)) and the second-order polymorphic
 | 
|---|
| 6059 |         \(\lambda\)-calculus of Girard and Reynolds, and culminating in a
 | 
|---|
| 6060 |         fragment of Girard's \(\omega\)-order polymorphic
 | 
|---|
| 6061 |         \(\lambda\)-calculus (\(F_\omega\)).  Our focus throughout is on
 | 
|---|
| 6062 |         the unusual style of programming that arises in these languages,
 | 
|---|
| 6063 |         where all functions are total and the primary control construct is
 | 
|---|
| 6064 |         iteration rather than general recursion.
 | 
|---|
| 6065 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 6066 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6067 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6068 | @book{Modula-2,
 | 
|---|
| 6069 |     keywords    = {modules, coroutines},
 | 
|---|
| 6070 |     contributer = {pabuhr},
 | 
|---|
| 6071 |     author      = {Niklaus Wirth},
 | 
|---|
| 6072 |     title       = {Programming in Modula-2},
 | 
|---|
| 6073 |     publisher   = {Springer},
 | 
|---|
| 6074 |     address     = {New York},
 | 
|---|
| 6075 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 6076 |     edition     = {4th},
 | 
|---|
| 6077 |     series      = {Texts and Monographs in Computer Science},
 | 
|---|
| 6078 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6079 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6080 | @manual{Ada,
 | 
|---|
| 6081 |     keywords    = {Ada, packages, tasks, exceptions},
 | 
|---|
| 6082 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6083 |     title       = {The Programming Language {Ada}: Reference Manual},
 | 
|---|
| 6084 |     author      = {Ada},
 | 
|---|
| 6085 |     organization= {United States Department of Defense},
 | 
|---|
| 6086 |     edition     = {{ANSI/MIL-STD-1815A-1983}},
 | 
|---|
| 6087 |     month       = feb,
 | 
|---|
| 6088 |     year        = 1983,
 | 
|---|
| 6089 |     note        = {Springer, New York},
 | 
|---|
| 6090 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6091 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6092 | @manual{ada:old,
 | 
|---|
| 6093 |     keywords    = {Ada, packages, tasks, exceptions},
 | 
|---|
| 6094 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6095 |     title       = {The Programming Language {Ada}: Reference Manual},
 | 
|---|
| 6096 |     organization= {United States Department of Defense},
 | 
|---|
| 6097 |     publisher   = {Springer},
 | 
|---|
| 6098 |     year        = 1981
 | 
|---|
| 6099 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6100 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6101 | @book{Ghezzi,
 | 
|---|
| 6102 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 6103 |     author      = {Carlo Ghezzi and Mehdi Jazayeri},
 | 
|---|
| 6104 |     title       = {Programming Language Concepts},
 | 
|---|
| 6105 |     publisher   = {Wiley},
 | 
|---|
| 6106 |     year        = 1982
 | 
|---|
| 6107 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6108 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6109 | @article{ConcurrentPascal,
 | 
|---|
| 6110 |     keywords    = {Concurrent Pascal},
 | 
|---|
| 6111 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6112 |     author      = {Per {Brinch Hansen}},
 | 
|---|
| 6113 |     title       = {The Programming Language Concurrent Pascal},
 | 
|---|
| 6114 |     journal     = ieeese,
 | 
|---|
| 6115 |     volume      = 2,
 | 
|---|
| 6116 |     month       = jun,
 | 
|---|
| 6117 |     year        = 1975,
 | 
|---|
| 6118 |     pages       = {199-206}
 | 
|---|
| 6119 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6120 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6121 | @phdthesis{Buhr85:thesis,
 | 
|---|
| 6122 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 6123 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6124 |     author      = {P. A. Buhr},
 | 
|---|
| 6125 |     title       = {A Programming System},
 | 
|---|
| 6126 |     school      = {University of Manitoba},
 | 
|---|
| 6127 |     year        = {1985}
 | 
|---|
| 6128 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6129 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6130 | @techreport{pierce91,
 | 
|---|
| 6131 |     keywords    = {typed lambda calculus},
 | 
|---|
| 6132 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6133 |     author      = {Benjamin C. Pierce},
 | 
|---|
| 6134 |     title       = {Programming with Intersection Types, Union Types, and Polymorphism},
 | 
|---|
| 6135 |     institution = {Carnegie Mellon University},
 | 
|---|
| 6136 |     year        = 1991,
 | 
|---|
| 6137 |     month       = feb,
 | 
|---|
| 6138 |     number      = {CMU-CS-91-106},
 | 
|---|
| 6139 |     annote      = {
 | 
|---|
| 6140 |         Discusses a typed lambda calculus with
 | 
|---|
| 6141 |         \begin{itemize}
 | 
|---|
| 6142 |         \item
 | 
|---|
| 6143 |         Intersection types \(\tau = \tau_1\wedge\tau_2\) with \(\tau \le
 | 
|---|
| 6144 |         \tau_i\) for all \(i\).
 | 
|---|
| 6145 |         \item
 | 
|---|
| 6146 |         Union types \(\tau = \tau_1\vee\tau_2\) with \(\tau_i \le \tau\),
 | 
|---|
| 6147 |         and with implicit coercions from \(tau_i\) to \(\tau\).  Only
 | 
|---|
| 6148 |         operations valid for both element types can be applied to the
 | 
|---|
| 6149 |         union; there are no projections.  Union types are to variant
 | 
|---|
| 6150 |         records as set union is to disjoint set union.
 | 
|---|
| 6151 |         \item
 | 
|---|
| 6152 |         Function types and universal quantification, with subtyping rules.
 | 
|---|
| 6153 |         When functions and arguments intersections, the result of
 | 
|---|
| 6154 |         application is the intersection of all valid combinations.
 | 
|---|
| 6155 |         \item
 | 
|---|
| 6156 |         Distribution rules for combinations of types.
 | 
|---|
| 6157 |         \item
 | 
|---|
| 6158 |         "Union elimination": "case \(x = e\) of \(e'\)", where \(e\) is a
 | 
|---|
| 6159 |         union, has type \(\tau\) if \(e'\) has that type with \(x\) having
 | 
|---|
| 6160 |         every element type of the union.
 | 
|---|
| 6161 |         \item
 | 
|---|
| 6162 |         "Finitary quantification": "for \(t\) in \(\tau_1,\ldots,\tau_n.e\)"
 | 
|---|
| 6163 |         typechecks \(e\) with \(t\) bound to each choice, and intersects
 | 
|---|
| 6164 |         the results.
 | 
|---|
| 6165 |         \end{itemize}
 | 
|---|
| 6166 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6167 |         Examples include: type of "natural" numbers, treated as a union of
 | 
|---|
| 6168 |         "zero" and "positive" types; default parameters, faked by using an
 | 
|---|
| 6169 |         argument that is an intersection of a data type and a function
 | 
|---|
| 6170 |         taking an explicit argument.
 | 
|---|
| 6171 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6172 |         Unions can be mostly faked, according to Mitchell:
 | 
|---|
| 6173 |         \[\tau_1\vee\tau_2 \equiv
 | 
|---|
| 6174 |              \forall\tau.(\tau_1\on\tau)\wedge(\tau_2\on\tau)\]
 | 
|---|
| 6175 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 6176 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6177 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6178 | @article{Moore75,
 | 
|---|
| 6179 |     keywords    = {approximation methods, integrated circuits},
 | 
|---|
| 6180 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6181 |     author      = {Gordon E. Moore},
 | 
|---|
| 6182 |     title       = {Progress in Digital Integrated Electronics},
 | 
|---|
| 6183 |     journal     = {Technical Digest, International Electron Devices Meeting, IEEE},
 | 
|---|
| 6184 |     year        = 1975,
 | 
|---|
| 6185 |     pages       = {11-13},
 | 
|---|
| 6186 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6187 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6188 | @article{promises,
 | 
|---|
| 6189 |     keywords    = {futures, Argus, call streams, rpc},
 | 
|---|
| 6190 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6191 |     author      = {Barbara Liskov and Liuba Shrira},
 | 
|---|
| 6192 |     title       = {Promises: Linguistic Support for Efficient Asynchronous Procedure Calls in Distributed Systems},
 | 
|---|
| 6193 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 6194 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 6195 |     month       = jul,
 | 
|---|
| 6196 |     volume      = 23,
 | 
|---|
| 6197 |     number      = 7,
 | 
|---|
| 6198 |     pages       = {260-267},
 | 
|---|
| 6199 |     note        = {Proceedings of the SIGPLAN '88 Conference on Programming Language Design and Implementation},
 | 
|---|
| 6200 |     abstract    = {
 | 
|---|
| 6201 |         This paper deals with the integration of an efficient asynchronous
 | 
|---|
| 6202 |         remote procedure call mechanism into a programming language.  It
 | 
|---|
| 6203 |         describes a new data type called a {\em promise} that was designed
 | 
|---|
| 6204 |         to support asynchronous calls.  Promises allow a caller to run in
 | 
|---|
| 6205 |         parallel with a call and to pick up the results of the call,
 | 
|---|
| 6206 |         including any exceptions it raises, in a convenient and type-safe
 | 
|---|
| 6207 |         manner.  The paper also discusses efficient composition of
 | 
|---|
| 6208 |         sequences of asynchronous calls to different locations in a
 | 
|---|
| 6209 |         network. 
 | 
|---|
| 6210 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 6211 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6212 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6213 | @article{Cook89,
 | 
|---|
| 6214 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 6215 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6216 |     author      = {W. R. Cook},
 | 
|---|
| 6217 |     title       = {A Proposal for Making {Eiffel} Type-safe},
 | 
|---|
| 6218 |     journal     = {The Computer Journal},
 | 
|---|
| 6219 |     year        = 1989,
 | 
|---|
| 6220 |     volume      = 32, number = 4, pages = {305-311},
 | 
|---|
| 6221 |     abstract    = {
 | 
|---|
| 6222 |         
 | 
|---|
| 6223 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 6224 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6225 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6226 | @inproceedings{Foxall79,
 | 
|---|
| 6227 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 6228 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6229 |     author      = {D. G. Foxall and M. L. Joliat and R. F. Kamel and J. J. Miceli},
 | 
|---|
| 6230 |     title       = {{PROTEL}: A High Level Language for Telephony},
 | 
|---|
| 6231 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings 3rd International Computer Software and Applications Conference},
 | 
|---|
| 6232 |     month       = nov,
 | 
|---|
| 6233 |     year        = 1979,
 | 
|---|
| 6234 |     pages       = {193-197},
 | 
|---|
| 6235 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6236 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6237 | @techreport{PS-Algol,
 | 
|---|
| 6238 |     keywords    = {algol, persistence},
 | 
|---|
| 6239 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6240 |     key         = {PS-Algol},
 | 
|---|
| 6241 |     title       = {The {PS-Algol} Reference Manual, 4th Ed.},
 | 
|---|
| 6242 |     author      = {},
 | 
|---|
| 6243 |     institution = {University of Glasgow and St. Andrews, Scotland},
 | 
|---|
| 6244 |     number      = {PPRR 12},
 | 
|---|
| 6245 |     month       = jun,
 | 
|---|
| 6246 |     year        = 1987,
 | 
|---|
| 6247 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6248 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6249 | @misc{Pthreads,
 | 
|---|
| 6250 |     keywords    = {pthreads, C concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 6251 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6252 |     key         = {pthreads},
 | 
|---|
| 6253 |     title       = {{Pthread}.h, Specifications Issue 7, {IEEE} Std 1003.1-2017},
 | 
|---|
| 6254 |     author      = {IEEE and {The Open Group}},
 | 
|---|
| 6255 |     year        = 2018,
 | 
|---|
| 6256 |     howpublished= {\href{http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/pthread.h.html}
 | 
|---|
| 6257 |                   {http://\-pubs.opengroup.org/\-onlinepubs/\-9699919799/\-basedefs/\-pthread.h.html}},
 | 
|---|
| 6258 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6259 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6260 | @manual{Python,
 | 
|---|
| 6261 |     keywords    = {Python},
 | 
|---|
| 6262 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6263 |     author      = {Python},
 | 
|---|
| 6264 |     title       = {Python Language Reference, Release 3.7.2},
 | 
|---|
| 6265 |     organization= {Python Software Foundation},
 | 
|---|
| 6266 |     address     = {\href{https://docs.python.org/3/reference/index.html}{https://\-docs.python.org/\-3/\-reference/\-index.html}},
 | 
|---|
| 6267 |     year        = 2018,
 | 
|---|
| 6268 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6269 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6270 | % Q
 | 
|---|
| 6271 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6272 | @inproceedings{Qthreads,
 | 
|---|
| 6273 |     keywords    = {user-level threading},
 | 
|---|
| 6274 |     author      = {Kyle B. Wheeler and Richard C. Murphy and Douglas Thain},
 | 
|---|
| 6275 |     title       = {Qthreads: An API for Programming with Millions of Lightweight Threads},
 | 
|---|
| 6276 |     booktitle   = {International Symposium on Parallel and Distributed Processing},
 | 
|---|
| 6277 |     organization= {IEEE},
 | 
|---|
| 6278 |     address     = {Miami, FL, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 6279 |     month       = apr,
 | 
|---|
| 6280 |     year        = 2008,
 | 
|---|
| 6281 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6282 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6283 | @article{Grossman06,
 | 
|---|
| 6284 |     keywords    = {Cyclone, existential types, polymorphism, type variables},
 | 
|---|
| 6285 |     contributer = {a3moss@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6286 |     author      = {Dan Grossman},
 | 
|---|
| 6287 |     title       = {Quantified Types in an Imperative Language},
 | 
|---|
| 6288 |     journal     = toplas,
 | 
|---|
| 6289 |     issue_date  = {May 2006},
 | 
|---|
| 6290 |     volume      = {28},
 | 
|---|
| 6291 |     number      = {3},
 | 
|---|
| 6292 |     month       = may,
 | 
|---|
| 6293 |     year        = 2006,
 | 
|---|
| 6294 |     issn        = {0164-0925},
 | 
|---|
| 6295 |     pages       = {429-475},
 | 
|---|
| 6296 |     url         = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/1133651.1133653},
 | 
|---|
| 6297 |     doi         = {10.1145/1133651.1133653},
 | 
|---|
| 6298 |     acmid       = {1133653},
 | 
|---|
| 6299 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 6300 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 6301 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6302 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6303 | @article{Nakaike15,
 | 
|---|
| 6304 |     keywords    = {hardware transactional memory},
 | 
|---|
| 6305 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6306 |     author      = {Nakaike, Takuya and Odaira, Rei and Gaudet, Matthew and Michael, Maged M. and Tomari, Hisanobu},
 | 
|---|
| 6307 |     title       = {Quantitative Comparison of Hardware Transactional Memory for Blue Gene/Q, zEnterprise {EC12}, {I}ntel Core, and {POWER8}},
 | 
|---|
| 6308 |     journal     = {SIGARCH Comput. Archit. News},
 | 
|---|
| 6309 |     volume      = {43},
 | 
|---|
| 6310 |     number      = {3},
 | 
|---|
| 6311 |     month       = jun,
 | 
|---|
| 6312 |     year        = {2015},
 | 
|---|
| 6313 |     pages       = {144--157},
 | 
|---|
| 6314 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 6315 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 6316 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6317 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6318 | @manual{Quasar,
 | 
|---|
| 6319 |     keywords    = {Quasar},
 | 
|---|
| 6320 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6321 |     author      = {Quasar},
 | 
|---|
| 6322 |     title       = {Quasar Documentation, Release 0.8.0},
 | 
|---|
| 6323 |     organization= {Parallel Universe},
 | 
|---|
| 6324 |     address     = {\href{http://docs.paralleluniverse.co/quasar}{http://\-docs.paralleluniverse.co/\-quasar}},
 | 
|---|
| 6325 |     year        = 2018,
 | 
|---|
| 6326 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6327 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6328 | % R
 | 
|---|
| 6329 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6330 | @article{Ada:rationale:preliminary,
 | 
|---|
| 6331 |     keywords    = {Ada},
 | 
|---|
| 6332 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6333 |     author      = {J. D. Ichbiah and J. C. Heliard and O. Roubine and
 | 
|---|
| 6334 |                    J. G. P. Barnes and B. Krieg-Brueckner and B. A. Wichmann},
 | 
|---|
| 6335 |     title       = {Rationale for the Design of the {ADA} Programming Language},
 | 
|---|
| 6336 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 6337 |     volume      = 14,
 | 
|---|
| 6338 |     number      = 6,
 | 
|---|
| 6339 |     month       = jun,
 | 
|---|
| 6340 |     year        = 1979,
 | 
|---|
| 6341 |     note        = {Part B},
 | 
|---|
| 6342 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6343 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6344 | @book{Ada:rationale,
 | 
|---|
| 6345 |     keywords    = {Ada},
 | 
|---|
| 6346 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6347 |     author      = {Jean D. Ichbiah and John G. P. Barnes and Robert J. Firth and Mike Woodger},
 | 
|---|
| 6348 |     title       = {Rationale for the Design of the {ADA} Programming Language},
 | 
|---|
| 6349 |     publisher   = {Under Secretary of Defense, Research and Engineering},
 | 
|---|
| 6350 |     year        = 1986,
 | 
|---|
| 6351 |     address     = {Ada Joint Program Office, OUSDRE(R\&AT), The Pentagon, Washington, D. C., 20301, U.S.A.},
 | 
|---|
| 6352 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6353 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6354 | @manual{Ada95,
 | 
|---|
| 6355 |     keywords    = {Ada},
 | 
|---|
| 6356 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6357 |     title       = {{A}da Reference Manual},
 | 
|---|
| 6358 |     edition     = {International Standard {ISO}/{IEC} {8652:1995(E)} with {COR.1:2000}},
 | 
|---|
| 6359 |     organization= {Intermetrics, Inc.},
 | 
|---|
| 6360 |     month       = dec,
 | 
|---|
| 6361 |     year        = 1995,
 | 
|---|
| 6362 |     note        = {Language and Standards Libraries}
 | 
|---|
| 6363 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6364 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6365 | @manual{Ada12,
 | 
|---|
| 6366 |     keywords    = {ISO/IEC Ada},
 | 
|---|
| 6367 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6368 |     author      = {Ada12},
 | 
|---|
| 6369 |     title       = {Programming languages -- {Ada} ISO/IEC 8652:2012},
 | 
|---|
| 6370 |     edition     = {3rd},
 | 
|---|
| 6371 |     publisher   = {International Standard Organization},
 | 
|---|
| 6372 |     address     = {\href{https://www.iso.org/standard/61507.html}{https://\-www.iso.org/\-standard/\-61507.html}},
 | 
|---|
| 6373 |     year        = 2012,
 | 
|---|
| 6374 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6375 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6376 | @manual{Ada95:annotated,
 | 
|---|
| 6377 |     keywords    = {Ada},
 | 
|---|
| 6378 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6379 |     title       = {Annotated {A}da Reference Manual},
 | 
|---|
| 6380 |     edition     = {International Standard {ISO}/{IEC} {8652:1995(E)} with {COR.1:2000}},
 | 
|---|
| 6381 |     organization = {Intermetrics, Inc.},
 | 
|---|
| 6382 |     month       = dec,
 | 
|---|
| 6383 |     year        = 1995,
 | 
|---|
| 6384 |     note        = {Language and Standards Libraries}
 | 
|---|
| 6385 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6386 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6387 | @book{JavaRT00,
 | 
|---|
| 6388 |     keywords    = {real time, draft},
 | 
|---|
| 6389 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6390 |     author      = {Greg Bollella and Ben Brosgol and Peter Dibble and Steve Furr and James Gosling and David Hardin and Mark Turnbull},
 | 
|---|
| 6391 |     title       = {The Real-Time Specification for {J}ava},
 | 
|---|
| 6392 |     series      = {The Real-Time for Java Expert Group, {\small\textsf{http://\-www.rtj.org}}},
 | 
|---|
| 6393 |     publisher   = {Addison-Wesley},
 | 
|---|
| 6394 |     address     = {Boston},
 | 
|---|
| 6395 |     year        = 2000,
 | 
|---|
| 6396 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6397 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6398 | @manual{JavaRT99,
 | 
|---|
| 6399 |     organization= {Real Time for Java Experts Group},
 | 
|---|
| 6400 |     address     = {{\small\textsf{http://\-www.rtj.org}}},
 | 
|---|
| 6401 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 6402 |     year        = 1999,
 | 
|---|
| 6403 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6404 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6405 | @article{Ronsse03,
 | 
|---|
| 6406 |     keywords    = {profiling, replay},
 | 
|---|
| 6407 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6408 |     author      = {Michiel Ronsse and De Bosschere, Koen and Mark Christiaens and Jacques Chassin de Kergommeaux and Dieter Kranzlm\"{u}ller},
 | 
|---|
| 6409 |     title       = {Record/Replay for Nondeterministic Program Executions},
 | 
|---|
| 6410 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 6411 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 6412 |     year        = 2003,
 | 
|---|
| 6413 |     volume      = 46,
 | 
|---|
| 6414 |     number      = 9,
 | 
|---|
| 6415 |     pages       = {62-67},
 | 
|---|
| 6416 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6417 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6418 | @article{Robinson48,
 | 
|---|
| 6419 |     keywords    = {recursion, Ackermann function},
 | 
|---|
| 6420 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6421 |     author      = {Raphael Mitchel Robinson},
 | 
|---|
| 6422 |     title       = {Recursion and Double Recursion},
 | 
|---|
| 6423 |     publisher   = {American Mathematical Society},
 | 
|---|
| 6424 |     journal     = {Bulletin of the American Mathematical Society},
 | 
|---|
| 6425 |     volume      = 54,
 | 
|---|
| 6426 |     pages       = {987-993},
 | 
|---|
| 6427 |     year        = 1948,
 | 
|---|
| 6428 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6429 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6430 | @article{Dijkstra:red,
 | 
|---|
| 6431 |     keywords    = {ada},
 | 
|---|
| 6432 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6433 |     author      = {Edsger W. Dijkstra},
 | 
|---|
| 6434 |     title       = {On the RED Language submitted to the DoD},
 | 
|---|
| 6435 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 6436 |     year        = 1978,
 | 
|---|
| 6437 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 6438 |     volume      = 13,
 | 
|---|
| 6439 |     number      = 10,
 | 
|---|
| 6440 |     pages       = {27-32},
 | 
|---|
| 6441 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6442 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6443 | @article{Hesselink06,
 | 
|---|
| 6444 |     author      = {Wim H. Hesselink},
 | 
|---|
| 6445 |     title       = {Refinement Verification of the Lazy Caching Algorithm},
 | 
|---|
| 6446 |     journal     = acta,
 | 
|---|
| 6447 |     year        = 2006,
 | 
|---|
| 6448 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 6449 |     volume      = 43,
 | 
|---|
| 6450 |     number      = 3,
 | 
|---|
| 6451 |     pages       = {195--222},
 | 
|---|
| 6452 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6453 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6454 | @article{RemoteRendezvous,
 | 
|---|
| 6455 |     keywords    = {rendezvous, concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 6456 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6457 |     author      = {N. D. Gammage and R. F. Kamel and L. M. Casey},
 | 
|---|
| 6458 |     title       = {Remote Rendezvous},
 | 
|---|
| 6459 |     journal     = spe,
 | 
|---|
| 6460 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 6461 |     year        = 1987,
 | 
|---|
| 6462 |     volume      = 17,
 | 
|---|
| 6463 |     number      = 10,
 | 
|---|
| 6464 |     pages       = {741-755}
 | 
|---|
| 6465 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6466 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6467 | @mastersthesis{Schuster99,
 | 
|---|
| 6468 |     author      = {Oliver Schuster},
 | 
|---|
| 6469 |     title       = {Replay of Concurrent Shared-Memory Programs},
 | 
|---|
| 6470 |     school      = {Universit\"at Mannheim},
 | 
|---|
| 6471 |     address     = {Mannheim, Deutschland},
 | 
|---|
| 6472 |     year        = 1999,
 | 
|---|
| 6473 |     month       = apr,
 | 
|---|
| 6474 |     type        = {Diplomarbeit},
 | 
|---|
| 6475 |     note        = {\href{https://plg.uwaterloo.ca/~usystem/theses/SchusterThesis.pdf}{https://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-$\sim$usystem/\-theses/\-SchusterThesis.pdf}},
 | 
|---|
| 6476 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6477 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6478 | @article{Euclid,
 | 
|---|
| 6479 |     keywords    = {Euclid},
 | 
|---|
| 6480 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6481 |     author      = {B. W. Lampson and J. J. Horning and R. L. London and J. G. Mitchell and G. L. Popek},
 | 
|---|
| 6482 |     title       = {Report on the Programming Language Euclid},
 | 
|---|
| 6483 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 6484 |     volume      = 12,
 | 
|---|
| 6485 |     number      = 2,
 | 
|---|
| 6486 |     month       = feb,
 | 
|---|
| 6487 |     year        = 1977,
 | 
|---|
| 6488 |     pages       = {1-79}
 | 
|---|
| 6489 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6490 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6491 | @techreport{LOGLAN88,
 | 
|---|
| 6492 |     keywords    = {LOGLAN},
 | 
|---|
| 6493 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6494 |     author      = {Boleslaw Ciesielski and Antoni Kreczmar and Marek Lao and Andrzej Litwiniuk and Teresa Przytycka and Andrzej Salwicki and Jolanta Warpechowska and Marek Warpechowski and Andrzej Szalas and Danuta Szczepanska--Wasersztrum},
 | 
|---|
| 6495 |     title       = {Report on the Programming Language LOGLAN'88},
 | 
|---|
| 6496 |     institution = {Institute of Informatics, University of Warsaw},
 | 
|---|
| 6497 |     address     = {Pkin 8th Floor, 00-901 Warsaw, Poland},
 | 
|---|
| 6498 |     number      = {},
 | 
|---|
| 6499 |     month       = dec,
 | 
|---|
| 6500 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 6501 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6502 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6503 | @mastersthesis{Schluntz17,
 | 
|---|
| 6504 |     keywords    = {constructors, destructors, tuples},
 | 
|---|
| 6505 |     author      = {Robert Schluntz},
 | 
|---|
| 6506 |     title       = {Resource Management and Tuples in \textsf{C}$\mathbf{\forall}$},
 | 
|---|
| 6507 |     school      = {School of Computer Science, University of Waterloo},
 | 
|---|
| 6508 |     year        = 2017,
 | 
|---|
| 6509 |     optaddress  = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
 | 
|---|
| 6510 |     note        = {\href{https://uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/handle/10012/11830}{https://\-uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/\-handle/\-10012/\-11830}},
 | 
|---|
| 6511 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6512 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6513 | @article{FH91,
 | 
|---|
| 6514 |     keywords    = {lcc},
 | 
|---|
| 6515 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6516 |     author      = {Christopher W. Fraser and David R. Hanson},
 | 
|---|
| 6517 |     title       = {A Retargetable Compiler for {ANSI} {C}},
 | 
|---|
| 6518 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 6519 |     year        = 1991,
 | 
|---|
| 6520 |     month       = oct, volume = 26, number = 10, pages = {29-43},
 | 
|---|
| 6521 |     abstract    = {
 | 
|---|
| 6522 |         {\tt lcc} is a new retargetable compiler for ANSI C.  Versions for
 | 
|---|
| 6523 |         the VAX, Motorola 68020, SPARC, and MIPS are in production use at
 | 
|---|
| 6524 |         Princeton University and at AT\&T Bell Laboratories.  With a few
 | 
|---|
| 6525 |         exceptions, little about {\tt lcc} is unusual---it integrates
 | 
|---|
| 6526 |         several well engineered, existing techniques---but it is smaller
 | 
|---|
| 6527 |         and faster than most other C compilers, and it generates code of
 | 
|---|
| 6528 |         comparable quality.  {\tt lcc}'s target-independent front end
 | 
|---|
| 6529 |         performs a few simple, but effective, optimizations that contribute
 | 
|---|
| 6530 |         to good code; examples include simulating register declarations and
 | 
|---|
| 6531 |         partitioning switch statements into dense tables.  It also
 | 
|---|
| 6532 |         implements target-independent function tracing and expression-level
 | 
|---|
| 6533 |         profiling. 
 | 
|---|
| 6534 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 6535 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6536 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6537 | @article{Algol68revised,
 | 
|---|
| 6538 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 6539 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6540 |     author      = {A. van Wijngaarden and B. J. Mailloux and J. E. L. Peck and
 | 
|---|
| 6541 |         C. H. A. Koster and M. Sintzoff and C. H. Lindsey and L. G. L. T.
 | 
|---|
| 6542 |         Meertens and R. G. Fisher},
 | 
|---|
| 6543 |     title       = {Revised Report on the Algorithmic Language {ALGOL} 68},
 | 
|---|
| 6544 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 6545 |     year        = 1977,
 | 
|---|
| 6546 |     month       = may,
 | 
|---|
| 6547 |     volume      = 12,
 | 
|---|
| 6548 |     number      = 5,
 | 
|---|
| 6549 |     pages       = {1-70}
 | 
|---|
| 6550 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6551 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6552 | @article{scheme,
 | 
|---|
| 6553 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 6554 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6555 |     author      = {Jonathan Rees and William Clinger},
 | 
|---|
| 6556 |     title       = {Revised$^3$ Report on the Algorithmic Language {S}cheme},
 | 
|---|
| 6557 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 6558 |     year        = 1986,
 | 
|---|
| 6559 |     month       = dec,
 | 
|---|
| 6560 |     volume      = 21,
 | 
|---|
| 6561 |     number      = 12,
 | 
|---|
| 6562 |     pages       = {37-79},
 | 
|---|
| 6563 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6564 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6565 | @article{scheme5,
 | 
|---|
| 6566 |     keywords    = {scheme},
 | 
|---|
| 6567 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6568 |     author      = {H. Abelson and Adams, IV, N. I. and D. H. Bartley and G. Brooks and R. K. Dybvig and D. P. Friedman and
 | 
|---|
| 6569 |                    R. Halstead and C. Hanson and C. T. Haynes and E. Kohlbecker and D. Oxley and K. M. Pitman and G. J. Rozas and
 | 
|---|
| 6570 |                    G. L. Steele Jr. and G. J. Sussman and M. Wand and \emph{Ed. by} Richard Kelsey and William Clinger and Jonathan Rees},
 | 
|---|
| 6571 |     title       = {Revised$^5$ Report on the Algorithmic Language {S}cheme},
 | 
|---|
| 6572 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 6573 |     year        = 1998,
 | 
|---|
| 6574 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 6575 |     volume      = 33,
 | 
|---|
| 6576 |     number      = 9,
 | 
|---|
| 6577 |     pages       = {26-76},
 | 
|---|
| 6578 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6579 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6580 | @manual{Rust,
 | 
|---|
| 6581 |     keywords    = {Rust programming language},
 | 
|---|
| 6582 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6583 |     key         = {Rust},
 | 
|---|
| 6584 |     title       = {{R}ust Programming Language},
 | 
|---|
| 6585 |     optaddress  = {Rust Project Developers},
 | 
|---|
| 6586 |     year        = 2015,
 | 
|---|
| 6587 |     note        = {\href{https://doc.rust-lang.org/reference.html}{https://\-doc.rust-lang\-.org/\-reference.html}},
 | 
|---|
| 6588 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6589 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6590 | @manual{Ruby,
 | 
|---|
| 6591 |     keywords    = {Ruby},
 | 
|---|
| 6592 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6593 |     author      = {Ruby},
 | 
|---|
| 6594 |     title       = {Ruby Documentation, Release 2.6.0},
 | 
|---|
| 6595 |     organization= {Python Software Foundation},
 | 
|---|
| 6596 |     address     = {\href{https://www.ruby-lang.org/en/documentation}{https://\-www.ruby-lang.org/\-en/\-documentation}},
 | 
|---|
| 6597 |     year        = 2018,
 | 
|---|
| 6598 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6599 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6600 | % S
 | 
|---|
| 6601 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6602 | @manual{Scala,
 | 
|---|
| 6603 |     keywords    = {Scala programming language},
 | 
|---|
| 6604 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6605 |     key         = {Scala},
 | 
|---|
| 6606 |     title       = {{S}cala Language Specification, Version 2.11},
 | 
|---|
| 6607 |     address     = {\'{E}cole Polytechnique F\'{e}d\'{e}rale de Lausanne},
 | 
|---|
| 6608 |     year        = 2016,
 | 
|---|
| 6609 |     note        = {\href{http://www.scala-lang.org/files/archive/spec/2.11}{http://\-www.scala-lang.org/\-files/\-archive/\-spec/\-2.11}},
 | 
|---|
| 6610 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6611 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6612 | @inproceedings{Michael04,
 | 
|---|
| 6613 |     keywords    = {lock free, dynamic memory allocation},
 | 
|---|
| 6614 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6615 |     author      = {Maged M. Michael},
 | 
|---|
| 6616 |     title       = {Scalable Lock-free Dynamic Memory Allocation},
 | 
|---|
| 6617 |     booktitle   = {PLDI '04: Proceedings of the ACM SIGPLAN 2004 Conference on Programming Language Design and Implementation},
 | 
|---|
| 6618 |     location    = {Washington DC, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 6619 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 6620 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 6621 |     volume      = 39,
 | 
|---|
| 6622 |     year        = 2004,
 | 
|---|
| 6623 |     month       = jun,
 | 
|---|
| 6624 |     pages       = {35-46},
 | 
|---|
| 6625 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6626 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6627 | @article{Anderson92,
 | 
|---|
| 6628 |     keywords    = {light-weight tasks},
 | 
|---|
| 6629 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6630 |     author      = {Thomas E. Anderson and Brian N. Bershad and Edward D. Lazowska and Henry M. Levy},
 | 
|---|
| 6631 |     title       = {Scheduler Activations: Effective Kernel Support for the User-Level Management of Parallelism},
 | 
|---|
| 6632 |     journal     = tocs,
 | 
|---|
| 6633 |     volume      = 10,
 | 
|---|
| 6634 |     number      = 1,
 | 
|---|
| 6635 |     month       = feb,
 | 
|---|
| 6636 |     year        = 1992,
 | 
|---|
| 6637 |     pages       = {53-79},
 | 
|---|
| 6638 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6639 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6640 | @manual{SELF,
 | 
|---|
| 6641 |     keywords    = {programming language, obect-oriented, polymorphism},
 | 
|---|
| 6642 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6643 |     author      = {Ole Agesen and Lars Bak and Craig Chambers and Bay-Wei Chang and Urs H{\o}lzle
 | 
|---|
| 6644 |                    and John H. Maloney and Randall B. Smith and David Ungar and Mario Wolczko},
 | 
|---|
| 6645 |     title       = {The {SELF} 3.0 Programmer's Reference Manual},
 | 
|---|
| 6646 |     organization= {Sun Microsystems, Inc., and Stanford University},
 | 
|---|
| 6647 |     year        = 1993,
 | 
|---|
| 6648 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6649 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6650 | @inproceedings{Cardelli84,
 | 
|---|
| 6651 |     keywords    = {subtypes, recursive types, records, variants, object oriented},
 | 
|---|
| 6652 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6653 |     author      = {Luca Cardelli},
 | 
|---|
| 6654 |     title       = {A Semantics of Multiple Inheritance},
 | 
|---|
| 6655 |     booktitle   = {Semantics of Data Types},
 | 
|---|
| 6656 |     year        = 1984,
 | 
|---|
| 6657 |     pages       = {51-67},
 | 
|---|
| 6658 |     editor      = {G. Kahn and D. B. MacQueen and G. D. Plotkin},
 | 
|---|
| 6659 |     publisher   = {Springer},
 | 
|---|
| 6660 |     note        = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science v. 173},
 | 
|---|
| 6661 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6662 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6663 | @article{Baker78,
 | 
|---|
| 6664 |     keywords    = {Algol display, FUNARG's, Lisp 1.5, deep binding, environment trees, multiprogramming, shallow binding},
 | 
|---|
| 6665 |     contributer = {a3moss@uwaterloo.ca},
 | 
|---|
| 6666 |     author      = {Baker,Jr., Henry G.},
 | 
|---|
| 6667 |     title       = {Shallow Binding in Lisp 1.5},
 | 
|---|
| 6668 |     journal     = {Commun. ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 6669 |     issue_date  = {July 1978},
 | 
|---|
| 6670 |     volume      = 21,
 | 
|---|
| 6671 |     number      = 7,
 | 
|---|
| 6672 |     month       = jul,
 | 
|---|
| 6673 |     year        = 1978,
 | 
|---|
| 6674 |     issn        = {0001-0782},
 | 
|---|
| 6675 |     pages       = {565--569},
 | 
|---|
| 6676 |     numpages    = {5},
 | 
|---|
| 6677 |     url         = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/359545.359566},
 | 
|---|
| 6678 |     doi         = {10.1145/359545.359566},
 | 
|---|
| 6679 |     acmid       = {359566},
 | 
|---|
| 6680 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 6681 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA}
 | 
|---|
| 6682 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6683 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6684 | @article{Baker91,
 | 
|---|
| 6685 |     keywords    = {shallow binding, functional arrays},
 | 
|---|
| 6686 |     contributer = {a3moss@uwaterloo.ca},
 | 
|---|
| 6687 |     author      = {Baker, Henry G.},
 | 
|---|
| 6688 |     title       = {Shallow Binding Makes Functional Arrays Fast},
 | 
|---|
| 6689 |     journal     = {SIGPLAN Not.},
 | 
|---|
| 6690 |     issue_date  = {Aug. 1991},
 | 
|---|
| 6691 |     volume      = 26,
 | 
|---|
| 6692 |     number      = 8,
 | 
|---|
| 6693 |     month       = aug,
 | 
|---|
| 6694 |     year        = 1991,
 | 
|---|
| 6695 |     issn        = {0362-1340},
 | 
|---|
| 6696 |     pages       = {145--147},
 | 
|---|
| 6697 |     numpages    = {3},
 | 
|---|
| 6698 |     url         = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/122598.122614},
 | 
|---|
| 6699 |     doi         = {10.1145/122598.122614},
 | 
|---|
| 6700 |     acmid       = {122614},
 | 
|---|
| 6701 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 6702 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 6703 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6704 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6705 | @techreport{Adve95,
 | 
|---|
| 6706 |     keywords    = {shared memory, consistency models},
 | 
|---|
| 6707 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6708 |     author      = {Sarita V. Adve and Kourosh Gharachorloo},
 | 
|---|
| 6709 |     title       = {Shared Memory Consistency Models: A Tutorial},
 | 
|---|
| 6710 |     institution = {Western Research Laboratory},
 | 
|---|
| 6711 |     address     = {250 University Avenue, Palo Alto, California, 94301, U.S.A.},
 | 
|---|
| 6712 |     number      = {7},
 | 
|---|
| 6713 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 6714 |     year        = 1995,
 | 
|---|
| 6715 |     note        = {\href{http://www.hpl.hp.com/techreports/Compaq-DEC/WRL-95-7.pdf}{http://www.hpl.hp.com/\-techreports/\-Compaq-DEC/\-WRL-95-7.pdf}, Reprinted in \cite{Adve95reprint}.},
 | 
|---|
| 6716 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6717 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6718 | @article{Adve95reprint,
 | 
|---|
| 6719 |     keywords    = {shared memory, consistency models},
 | 
|---|
| 6720 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6721 |     author      = {Sarita V. Adve and Kourosh Gharachorloo},
 | 
|---|
| 6722 |     journal     = {Computer},
 | 
|---|
| 6723 |     title       = {Shared Memory Consistency Models: A Tutorial},
 | 
|---|
| 6724 |     month       = dec,
 | 
|---|
| 6725 |     year        = 1996,
 | 
|---|
| 6726 |     volume      = 29,
 | 
|---|
| 6727 |     number      = 12,
 | 
|---|
| 6728 |     pages       = {66-76},
 | 
|---|
| 6729 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6730 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6731 | @article{Nickolls08,
 | 
|---|
| 6732 |     author      = {Nickolls, John and Buck, Ian and Garland, Michael and Skadron, Kevin},
 | 
|---|
| 6733 |     title       = {Scalable Parallel Programming with CUDA},
 | 
|---|
| 6734 |     journal     = {Queue},
 | 
|---|
| 6735 |     volume      = {6},
 | 
|---|
| 6736 |     number      = {2},
 | 
|---|
| 6737 |     month       = mar,
 | 
|---|
| 6738 |     year        = 2008,
 | 
|---|
| 6739 |     pages       = {40-53},
 | 
|---|
| 6740 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 6741 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 6742 | } 
 | 
|---|
| 6743 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6744 | @inproceedings{Leissa14,
 | 
|---|
| 6745 |     title       = {{S}ierra: a {SIMD} extension for {C}++},
 | 
|---|
| 6746 |     author      = {Lei{\ss}a, Roland and Haffner, Immanuel and Hack, Sebastian},
 | 
|---|
| 6747 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the 2014 Workshop on Workshop on programming models for SIMD/Vector processing},
 | 
|---|
| 6748 |     pages       = {17-24},
 | 
|---|
| 6749 |     year        = {2014},
 | 
|---|
| 6750 |     organization= {ACM}
 | 
|---|
| 6751 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6752 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6753 | @inproceedings{Howard76b,
 | 
|---|
| 6754 |     keywords    = {monitors},
 | 
|---|
| 6755 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6756 |     author      = {J. H. Howard},
 | 
|---|
| 6757 |     title       = {Signaling in Monitors},
 | 
|---|
| 6758 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings Second International Conference Software Engineering},
 | 
|---|
| 6759 |     address     = {San Francisco, U.S.A},
 | 
|---|
| 6760 |     publisher   = {IEEE Computer Society},
 | 
|---|
| 6761 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 6762 |     year        = 1976,
 | 
|---|
| 6763 |     pages       = {47-52}
 | 
|---|
| 6764 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6765 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6766 | @techreport{Schemenauer01,
 | 
|---|
| 6767 |     keywords    = {Phthon, generator, coroutine},
 | 
|---|
| 6768 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6769 |     author      = {Neil Schemenauer and Tim Peters and Magnus Lie Hetland},
 | 
|---|
| 6770 |     title       = {Simple Generators},
 | 
|---|
| 6771 |     month       = may,
 | 
|---|
| 6772 |     year        = 2001,
 | 
|---|
| 6773 |     note        = {\href{http://www.python.org/peps/pep-0255.html}{http://\-www.python.org/\-peps/\-pep-0255.html}},
 | 
|---|
| 6774 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6775 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6776 | @inproceedings{Michael96,
 | 
|---|
| 6777 |     keywords    = {compare_and_swap, concurrent queue, lock-free, multiprogramming, non-blocking},
 | 
|---|
| 6778 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6779 |     author      = {Maged M. Michael and Michael L. Scott},
 | 
|---|
| 6780 |     title       = {Simple, Fast, and Practical Non-blocking and Blocking Concurrent Queue Algorithms},
 | 
|---|
| 6781 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the Fifteenth Annual ACM Symposium on Principles of Distributed Computing},
 | 
|---|
| 6782 |     series      = {PODC'96},
 | 
|---|
| 6783 |     year        = 1996,
 | 
|---|
| 6784 |     location    = {Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 6785 |     pages       = {267--275},
 | 
|---|
| 6786 |     numpages    = {9},
 | 
|---|
| 6787 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 6788 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 6789 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6790 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6791 | @article{Pennello80,
 | 
|---|
| 6792 |     contributer = {a3moss@uwaterloo.ca},
 | 
|---|
| 6793 |     author      = {Pennello, Tom and DeRemer, Frank and Meyers, Richard},
 | 
|---|
| 6794 |     title       = {A Simplified Operator Identification Scheme for {Ada}},
 | 
|---|
| 6795 |     journal     = {SIGPLAN Notices},
 | 
|---|
| 6796 |     issue_date  = {July-August 1980},
 | 
|---|
| 6797 |     volume      = {15},
 | 
|---|
| 6798 |     number      = {7 and 8},
 | 
|---|
| 6799 |     month       = jul,
 | 
|---|
| 6800 |     year        = {1980},
 | 
|---|
| 6801 |     issn        = {0362-1340},
 | 
|---|
| 6802 |     pages       = {82--87},
 | 
|---|
| 6803 |     numpages    = {6},
 | 
|---|
| 6804 |     url         = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/947680.947688},
 | 
|---|
| 6805 |     doi         = {10.1145/947680.947688},
 | 
|---|
| 6806 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 6807 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 6808 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6809 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6810 | @inproceedings{Dice10,
 | 
|---|
| 6811 |     keywords    = {hardware, synchronization, transactional memory},
 | 
|---|
| 6812 |     author      = {Dave Dice and Yossi Lev and Virendra J. Marathe and Mark Moir and Dan Nussbaum and Marek Olszewski},
 | 
|---|
| 6813 |     title       = {Simplifying Concurrent Algorithms by Exploiting Hardware Transactional Memory},
 | 
|---|
| 6814 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the Twenty-second Annual ACM Symposium on Parallelism in Algorithms and Architectures},
 | 
|---|
| 6815 |     series      = {SPAA'10},
 | 
|---|
| 6816 |     year        = 2010,
 | 
|---|
| 6817 |     location    = {Thira, Santorini, Greece},
 | 
|---|
| 6818 |     pages       = {325-334},
 | 
|---|
| 6819 |     numpages    = {10},
 | 
|---|
| 6820 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 6821 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 6822 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6823 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6824 | @article{PDM:overload,
 | 
|---|
| 6825 |     keywords    = {compilation},
 | 
|---|
| 6826 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6827 |     author      = {Tom Pennello and Frank DeRemer and Richard Meyers},
 | 
|---|
| 6828 |     title       = {A Simplified Operator Identification Scheme for {Ada}},
 | 
|---|
| 6829 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 6830 |     year        = 1980,
 | 
|---|
| 6831 |     month       = {July--August},
 | 
|---|
| 6832 |     volume      = 15,
 | 
|---|
| 6833 |     number      = {7/8},
 | 
|---|
| 6834 |     pages       = {82-87},
 | 
|---|
| 6835 |     comment     = {
 | 
|---|
| 6836 |         The two-pass (bottom-up, top-down) overload resolution algorithm
 | 
|---|
| 6837 |         for Ada, with a proof that two passes suffice and a claim that two
 | 
|---|
| 6838 |         are necessary.  See \cite{D:overload}.
 | 
|---|
| 6839 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 6840 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6841 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6842 | @book{SimulaBegin,
 | 
|---|
| 6843 |     author      = {Graham M. Birtwistle and Ole-Johan Dahl and Bj{\o}rn Myhrhaug and Kristen Nygaard},
 | 
|---|
| 6844 |     title       = {{SIMULA} begin},
 | 
|---|
| 6845 |     publisher   = {Studentlitteratur},
 | 
|---|
| 6846 |     year        = {1980},
 | 
|---|
| 6847 |     address     = {Lund, Sweden},
 | 
|---|
| 6848 |     edition     = {2nd},
 | 
|---|
| 6849 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6850 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6851 | @book{Simula67,
 | 
|---|
| 6852 |     author      = {O-J Dahl and B. Myhrhaug and K. Nygaard},
 | 
|---|
| 6853 |     title       = {Simula67 Common Base Language},
 | 
|---|
| 6854 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 6855 |     year        = 1970,
 | 
|---|
| 6856 |     publisher   = {Norwegian Com\-puting Center},
 | 
|---|
| 6857 |     address     = {Oslo Norway},
 | 
|---|
| 6858 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6859 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6860 | @book{smalltalk,
 | 
|---|
| 6861 |     keywords    = {Smalltalk, abstract class, protocol},
 | 
|---|
| 6862 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6863 |     author      = {A. Goldberg and D. Robson}, 
 | 
|---|
| 6864 |     title       = {Smalltalk-80: The Language and its Implementation},
 | 
|---|
| 6865 |     publisher   = {Addison-Wesley},
 | 
|---|
| 6866 |     address     = {Reading},
 | 
|---|
| 6867 |     year        = 1983
 | 
|---|
| 6868 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6869 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6870 | @inproceedings{Edelson92,
 | 
|---|
| 6871 |     keywords    = {persistence, pointers},
 | 
|---|
| 6872 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6873 |     author      = {Daniel R. Edelson},
 | 
|---|
| 6874 |     title       = {Smart Pointers: They're Smart, but They're Not Pointers},
 | 
|---|
| 6875 |     booktitle   = {USENIX {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Technical Conference Proceedings},
 | 
|---|
| 6876 |     organization= {USENIX Association},
 | 
|---|
| 6877 |     address     = {Portland, Oregon, U.S.A.},
 | 
|---|
| 6878 |     month       = aug,
 | 
|---|
| 6879 |     year        = 1992,
 | 
|---|
| 6880 |     pages       = {1-19},
 | 
|---|
| 6881 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6882 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6883 | @book{SNOBOL,
 | 
|---|
| 6884 |     keywords    = {SNOBOL4},
 | 
|---|
| 6885 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6886 |     author      = {R. E. Griswold and J. F. Poage and I. P. Polonsky},
 | 
|---|
| 6887 |     title       = {The SNOBOL4 Programming Language},
 | 
|---|
| 6888 |     edition     = {2nd},
 | 
|---|
| 6889 |     publisher   = {Prentice-Hall},
 | 
|---|
| 6890 |     address     = {Englewood Cliffs},
 | 
|---|
| 6891 |     year        = 1971,
 | 
|---|
| 6892 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6893 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6894 | @article{Sutter05b,
 | 
|---|
| 6895 |     keywords    = {concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 6896 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6897 |     author      = {Herb Sutter and James Larus},
 | 
|---|
| 6898 |     title       = {Software and the Concurrency Revolution},
 | 
|---|
| 6899 |     journal     = {Queue},
 | 
|---|
| 6900 |     year        = 2005,
 | 
|---|
| 6901 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 6902 |     volume      = 3,
 | 
|---|
| 6903 |     number      = 7,
 | 
|---|
| 6904 |     pages       = {54-62},
 | 
|---|
| 6905 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6906 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6907 | @inproceedings{raytheon,
 | 
|---|
| 6908 |     keywords    = {cobol},
 | 
|---|
| 6909 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6910 |     author      = {Robert G. Lanergan and Charles A. Grasso},
 | 
|---|
| 6911 |     title       = {Software Engineering with Reusable Designs and Code},
 | 
|---|
| 6912 |     booktitle   = {Workshop on Reusability in Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 6913 |     year        = 1983,
 | 
|---|
| 6914 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 6915 |     pages       = {224-234},
 | 
|---|
| 6916 |     organization= {{ITT} Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 6917 |     summary     = {
 | 
|---|
| 6918 |         60\% of business application design and code are redundant.
 | 
|---|
| 6919 |         Three standard program plans are used.  Reuse doubles productivity
 | 
|---|
| 6920 |         during development and greatly helps program comprehension during
 | 
|---|
| 6921 |         maintenance.
 | 
|---|
| 6922 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 6923 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6924 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6925 | @article{Hecht86,
 | 
|---|
| 6926 |     keywords    = {exception handling, robustness},
 | 
|---|
| 6927 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6928 |     author      = {H. Hecht and M. Hecht},
 | 
|---|
| 6929 |     title       = {Software Reliability in the Systems Context},
 | 
|---|
| 6930 |     journal     = ieeese,
 | 
|---|
| 6931 |     year        = 1986,
 | 
|---|
| 6932 |     volume      = 12,
 | 
|---|
| 6933 |     number      = 1,
 | 
|---|
| 6934 |     pages       = {51-58},
 | 
|---|
| 6935 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6936 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6937 | @inproceedings{Herlihy03,
 | 
|---|
| 6938 |     author      = {Maurice Herlihy and Victor Luchangco and Mark Moir and William N. {Scherer III}},
 | 
|---|
| 6939 |     title       = {Software Transactional Memory for Dynamic-sized Data Structures},
 | 
|---|
| 6940 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the Twenty-second Annual Symposium on Principles of Distributed Computing},
 | 
|---|
| 6941 |     series      = {PODC '03},
 | 
|---|
| 6942 |     year        = {2003},
 | 
|---|
| 6943 |     location    = {Boston, Massachusetts},
 | 
|---|
| 6944 |     pages       = {92-101},
 | 
|---|
| 6945 |     numpages    = {10},
 | 
|---|
| 6946 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 6947 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 6948 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6949 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6950 | @article{Dijkstra65a,
 | 
|---|
| 6951 |     keywords    = {N-thread software-solution mutual exclusion},
 | 
|---|
| 6952 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6953 |     author      = {Edsger W. Dijkstra},
 | 
|---|
| 6954 |     title       = {Solution of a Problem in Concurrent Programming Control},
 | 
|---|
| 6955 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 6956 |     volume      = 8,
 | 
|---|
| 6957 |     number      = 9,
 | 
|---|
| 6958 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 6959 |     year        = 1965,
 | 
|---|
| 6960 |     pages       = {569},
 | 
|---|
| 6961 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 6962 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 6963 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6964 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6965 | @inproceedings{Chen05,
 | 
|---|
| 6966 |     keywords    = {fixed-priority, preemption},
 | 
|---|
| 6967 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6968 |     author      = {Jiongxiong Chen and Ashif Harji and Peter Buhr},
 | 
|---|
| 6969 |     title       = {Solution Space for Fixed-Priority with Preemption Threshold},
 | 
|---|
| 6970 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the 11th Real Time and Embedded Technology and Applications Symposium (RTAS'05)},
 | 
|---|
| 6971 |     organization= {IEEE},
 | 
|---|
| 6972 |     address     = {San Francisco, CA, U.S.A},
 | 
|---|
| 6973 |     month       = mar,
 | 
|---|
| 6974 |     year        = 2005,
 | 
|---|
| 6975 |     pages       = {385-394}
 | 
|---|
| 6976 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6977 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6978 | @inproceedings{Tiemann88,
 | 
|---|
| 6979 |     keywords    = {wrappers},
 | 
|---|
| 6980 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 6981 |     author      = {Michael D. Tiemann},
 | 
|---|
| 6982 |     title       = {Solving the RPC problem in GNU {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
 | 
|---|
| 6983 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the USENIX {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Conference},
 | 
|---|
| 6984 |     organization= {USENIX Association},
 | 
|---|
| 6985 |     address     = {Denver, Colorado, U.S.A},
 | 
|---|
| 6986 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 6987 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 6988 |     pages       = {343-361}
 | 
|---|
| 6989 | }
 | 
|---|
| 6990 | 
 | 
|---|
| 6991 | @article{Smith98,
 | 
|---|
| 6992 |     keywords    = {Polymorphic C},
 | 
|---|
| 6993 |     contributor = {a3moss@uwaterloo.ca},
 | 
|---|
| 6994 |     title       = {A sound polymorphic type system for a dialect of {C}},
 | 
|---|
| 6995 |     author      = {Smith, Geoffrey and Volpano, Dennis},
 | 
|---|
| 6996 |     journal     = {Science of computer programming},
 | 
|---|
| 6997 |     volume      = 32,
 | 
|---|
| 6998 |     number      = {1-3},
 | 
|---|
| 6999 |     pages       = {49-72},
 | 
|---|
| 7000 |     year        = {1998},
 | 
|---|
| 7001 |     publisher   = {Elsevier}
 | 
|---|
| 7002 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7003 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7004 | @book{Campbell74,
 | 
|---|
| 7005 |     keywords    = {path expressions},
 | 
|---|
| 7006 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7007 |     author      = {R. H. Campbell and A. N. Habermann},
 | 
|---|
| 7008 |     title       = {The Specification of Process Synchronization by Path Expressions},
 | 
|---|
| 7009 |     publisher   = {Springer},
 | 
|---|
| 7010 |     year        = 1974,
 | 
|---|
| 7011 |     volume      = 16,
 | 
|---|
| 7012 |     pages       = {89-102},
 | 
|---|
| 7013 |     series      = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science},
 | 
|---|
| 7014 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7015 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7016 | @article{Bentley85,
 | 
|---|
| 7017 |     keywords    = {CSP, concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 7018 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7019 |     author      = {J. Bentley},
 | 
|---|
| 7020 |     title       = {A Spelling Checker},
 | 
|---|
| 7021 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 7022 |     month       = may,
 | 
|---|
| 7023 |     year        = 1985,
 | 
|---|
| 7024 |     volume      = 28,
 | 
|---|
| 7025 |     number      = 5,
 | 
|---|
| 7026 |     pages       = {456-462},
 | 
|---|
| 7027 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7028 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7029 | @manual{POSIX01,
 | 
|---|
| 7030 |     keywords    = {POSIX, Standard},
 | 
|---|
| 7031 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7032 |     key         = {POSIX},
 | 
|---|
| 7033 |     title       = {1003.1 Standard for Information Technology -- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX), System Interface, Issue 6},
 | 
|---|
| 7034 |     organization= {IEEE and The Open Group},
 | 
|---|
| 7035 |     year        = 2001,
 | 
|---|
| 7036 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7037 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7038 | @manual{POSIX08,
 | 
|---|
| 7039 |     keywords    = {POSIX, Standard},
 | 
|---|
| 7040 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7041 |     key         = {POSIX},
 | 
|---|
| 7042 |     title       = {1003.1 Standard for Information Technology -- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX), Base Specifications, Issue 7},
 | 
|---|
| 7043 |     organization= {IEEE and The Open Group},
 | 
|---|
| 7044 |     year        = 2008,
 | 
|---|
| 7045 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7046 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7047 | @inproceedings{ML:NJ,
 | 
|---|
| 7048 |     keywords    = {continuations, ML},
 | 
|---|
| 7049 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7050 |     author      = {A. Appel and D. MacQueen},
 | 
|---|
| 7051 |     title       = {A Standard {ML} Compiler},
 | 
|---|
| 7052 |     booktitle   = {Functional Programming Languages and Computer Architecture},
 | 
|---|
| 7053 |     publisher   = {Springer},
 | 
|---|
| 7054 |     series      = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science},
 | 
|---|
| 7055 |     volume      = 274,
 | 
|---|
| 7056 |     year        = 1987,
 | 
|---|
| 7057 |     pages       = {301-324},
 | 
|---|
| 7058 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7059 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7060 | @techreport{MLreport,
 | 
|---|
| 7061 |     keywords    = {ML, polymorphism},
 | 
|---|
| 7062 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7063 |     author      = {R. Milner},
 | 
|---|
| 7064 |     title       = {The Standard {ML} Core Language},
 | 
|---|
| 7065 |     institution = {},
 | 
|---|
| 7066 |     number      = {Polymorphism II.2},
 | 
|---|
| 7067 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 7068 |     year        = 1985
 | 
|---|
| 7069 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7070 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7071 | @inproceedings{Ghelli,
 | 
|---|
| 7072 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 7073 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7074 |     author      = {Giorgio Ghelli},
 | 
|---|
| 7075 |     title       = {A Static Type System for Message Passing},
 | 
|---|
| 7076 |     crossref    = "OOPSLA91",
 | 
|---|
| 7077 |     pages       = {129-145},
 | 
|---|
| 7078 |     summary     = {
 | 
|---|
| 7079 |         A strong, statically checked type system for object oriented
 | 
|---|
| 7080 |         languages is defined by modelling methods as overloaded functions
 | 
|---|
| 7081 |         with a "self" parameter, with dynamic overload resolution.  This
 | 
|---|
| 7082 |         allows covariant method redefinition.  However, if equality is
 | 
|---|
| 7083 |         covariantly redefined for Point and ColoredPoint classes, and a
 | 
|---|
| 7084 |         ColoredPoint is compared to a Point, Point equality will be used,
 | 
|---|
| 7085 |         even if self is the colored point!
 | 
|---|
| 7086 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 7087 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7088 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7089 | @article{Dijkstra68b,
 | 
|---|
| 7090 |     keywords    = {semaphore, P/V},
 | 
|---|
| 7091 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7092 |     author      = {E. W. Dijkstra},
 | 
|---|
| 7093 |     title       = {The Structure of the ``{THE}''--Multiprogramming System},
 | 
|---|
| 7094 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 7095 |     month       = may,
 | 
|---|
| 7096 |     year        = 1968,
 | 
|---|
| 7097 |     volume      = 11,
 | 
|---|
| 7098 |     number      = 5,
 | 
|---|
| 7099 |     pages       = {341-346}
 | 
|---|
| 7100 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7101 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7102 | @misc{Sutter15,
 | 
|---|
| 7103 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7104 |     author      = {Herb Sutter and Bjarne Stroustrup and Gabriel Dos Reis},
 | 
|---|
| 7105 |     title       = {Structured bindings},
 | 
|---|
| 7106 |     issue_date  = {2015-10-14},
 | 
|---|
| 7107 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 7108 |     year        = 2015,
 | 
|---|
| 7109 |     pages       = {1-6},
 | 
|---|
| 7110 |     numpages    = {6},
 | 
|---|
| 7111 |     howpublished= {\href{http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/papers/2015/p0144r0.pdf}{http://\-www.open-std.org/\-jtc1/\-sc22/\-wg21/\-docs/\-papers/\-2015/\-p0144r0.pdf}},
 | 
|---|
| 7112 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7113 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7114 | @book{Holt78,
 | 
|---|
| 7115 |     keywords    = {operating systems, concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 7116 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7117 |     author      = {R. C. Holt and G. S. Graham and E. D. Lazowska and M. A. Scott},
 | 
|---|
| 7118 |     title       = {Structured Concurrent Programming with Operating System Applications},
 | 
|---|
| 7119 |     publisher   = {Addison-Wesley},
 | 
|---|
| 7120 |     address     = {Boston},
 | 
|---|
| 7121 |     year        = 1978,
 | 
|---|
| 7122 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7123 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7124 | @article{Stevens74,
 | 
|---|
| 7125 |     keywords    = {coupling, cohesion},
 | 
|---|
| 7126 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7127 |     author      = {W. P. Stevens and and G. J. Myers and L. L. Constantine},
 | 
|---|
| 7128 |     title       = {Structured Design},
 | 
|---|
| 7129 |     journal     = ibmsj,
 | 
|---|
| 7130 |     year        = 1974,
 | 
|---|
| 7131 |     volume      = 13,
 | 
|---|
| 7132 |     number      = 2,
 | 
|---|
| 7133 |     pages       = {115-139},
 | 
|---|
| 7134 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7135 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7136 | @article{Hansen72b,
 | 
|---|
| 7137 |     keywords    = {critical region},
 | 
|---|
| 7138 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7139 |     author      = {Per {Brinch Hansen}},
 | 
|---|
| 7140 |     title       = {Structured Multiprogramming},
 | 
|---|
| 7141 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 7142 |     volume      = 15,
 | 
|---|
| 7143 |     number      = 7,
 | 
|---|
| 7144 |     month       = jul,
 | 
|---|
| 7145 |     year        = 1972,
 | 
|---|
| 7146 |     pages       = {574-578},
 | 
|---|
| 7147 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7148 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7149 | @article{Knuth74,
 | 
|---|
| 7150 |     keywords    = {structured programming, goto statement},
 | 
|---|
| 7151 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7152 |     author      = {Donald E. Knuth},
 | 
|---|
| 7153 |     title       = {Structured Programming with go to Statements},
 | 
|---|
| 7154 |     journal     = acmcs,
 | 
|---|
| 7155 |     volume      = 6,
 | 
|---|
| 7156 |     number      = 4,
 | 
|---|
| 7157 |     month       = dec,
 | 
|---|
| 7158 |     year        = 1974,
 | 
|---|
| 7159 |     pages       = {261-301},
 | 
|---|
| 7160 |     issn        = {0360-0300},
 | 
|---|
| 7161 |     doi         = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/356635.356640},
 | 
|---|
| 7162 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 7163 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 7164 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7165 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7166 | @article{Lang98,
 | 
|---|
| 7167 |     keywords    = {real-time, exception handling},
 | 
|---|
| 7168 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7169 |     author      = {Jun Lang and David B. Stewart},
 | 
|---|
| 7170 |     title       = {A Study of the Applicability of Existing Exception-Handling Techniques to Component-Based Real-Time Software Technology},
 | 
|---|
| 7171 |     journal     = toplas,
 | 
|---|
| 7172 |     month       = mar,
 | 
|---|
| 7173 |     year        = 1998,
 | 
|---|
| 7174 |     volume      = 20,
 | 
|---|
| 7175 |     number      = 2,
 | 
|---|
| 7176 |     pages       = {274-301},
 | 
|---|
| 7177 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7178 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7179 | @mastersthesis{Fortier89,
 | 
|---|
| 7180 |     keywords    = {monitors},
 | 
|---|
| 7181 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7182 |     author      = {Michel Fortier},
 | 
|---|
| 7183 |     title       = {Study of Monitors},
 | 
|---|
| 7184 |     school      = {Department of Computer Science, University of Waterloo},
 | 
|---|
| 7185 |     year        = 1989,
 | 
|---|
| 7186 |     address     = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
 | 
|---|
| 7187 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7188 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7189 | @techreport{AmadioCardelli,
 | 
|---|
| 7190 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 7191 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7192 |     author      = {Roberto M. Amadio and Luca Cardelli},
 | 
|---|
| 7193 |     title       = {Subtyping Recursive Types},
 | 
|---|
| 7194 |     institution = {Digital Equipment Corporation Systems Research Center},
 | 
|---|
| 7195 |     year        = 1990,
 | 
|---|
| 7196 |     address     = {130 Lytton Avenue, Palo Alto, California 94301},
 | 
|---|
| 7197 |     month       = aug,
 | 
|---|
| 7198 |     number      = 62,
 | 
|---|
| 7199 |     summary     = {
 | 
|---|
| 7200 |         \[ (s \leq t \Rightarrow \alpha \leq \beta) \Rightarrow
 | 
|---|
| 7201 |                \mu s.\alpha leq \mu t.\beta  \]
 | 
|---|
| 7202 |         \[ \alpha = C[\alpha] \and \beta = C[\beta] \and C contractive
 | 
|---|
| 7203 |                \Rightarrow \alpha = \beta \]
 | 
|---|
| 7204 |         where a type \(\alpha\) is contractive in the type variable \(t\)
 | 
|---|
| 7205 |         if either \(t\) does not occur free in \(\alpha\), or \(\alpha\)
 | 
|---|
| 7206 |         can be rewritten via unfolding as a type of the shape
 | 
|---|
| 7207 |         \(\alpha_1 \rightarrow \alpha_2\), and unfolding rewrites
 | 
|---|
| 7208 |         \(\mu t.\alpha\) as \([t\leftarrow\mu t.\alpha]\alpha\).  An
 | 
|---|
| 7209 |         algorithm for finding type contexts \(C\) is given.
 | 
|---|
| 7210 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 7211 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7212 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7213 | @techreport{Dijkstra80,
 | 
|---|
| 7214 |     keywords    = {split binary semaphores, general to binary},
 | 
|---|
| 7215 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7216 |     author      = {Edsger W. Dijkstra},
 | 
|---|
| 7217 |     title       = {The Superfluity of the General Semaphore},
 | 
|---|
| 7218 |     institution = {Nuenen},
 | 
|---|
| 7219 |     address     = {Netherlands},
 | 
|---|
| 7220 |     number      = {EWD734},
 | 
|---|
| 7221 |     month       = apr,
 | 
|---|
| 7222 |     year        = 1980,
 | 
|---|
| 7223 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7224 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7225 | @inproceedings{Burns81,
 | 
|---|
| 7226 |     keywords    = {N-thread software-solution mutual exclusion},
 | 
|---|
| 7227 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7228 |     author      = {James E. Burns},
 | 
|---|
| 7229 |     title       = {Symmetry in Systems of Asynchronous Processes},
 | 
|---|
| 7230 |     booktitle   = {22nd Annual Symposium on Foundations of Computer Science, Nashville, TN, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 7231 |     year        = 1981,
 | 
|---|
| 7232 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 7233 |     organization= {IEEE Computer Society},
 | 
|---|
| 7234 |     address     = {Los Angeles, CA, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 7235 |     pages       = {169-174},
 | 
|---|
| 7236 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7237 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7238 | @article{Coffman71,
 | 
|---|
| 7239 |     keywords    = {deadlock},
 | 
|---|
| 7240 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7241 |     author      = {E. G. {Coffman, Jr.} and M. J. Elphick and A. Shoshani},
 | 
|---|
| 7242 |     title       = {System Deadlocks},
 | 
|---|
| 7243 |     journal     = acmcs,
 | 
|---|
| 7244 |     volume      = 3,
 | 
|---|
| 7245 |     number      = 2,
 | 
|---|
| 7246 |     month       = jun,
 | 
|---|
| 7247 |     year        = 1971,
 | 
|---|
| 7248 |     pages       = {67-78},
 | 
|---|
| 7249 |     publisher   = {ACM Press},
 | 
|---|
| 7250 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 7251 |     doi         = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/356586.356588},
 | 
|---|
| 7252 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7253 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7254 | @phdthesis{Holmes99,
 | 
|---|
| 7255 |     keywords    = {synchronization, inheritance anomaly},
 | 
|---|
| 7256 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7257 |     author      = {David Holmes},
 | 
|---|
| 7258 |     title       = {Synchronisation Rings: Composable Synchronisation for Object-Oriented Systems},
 | 
|---|
| 7259 |     school      = {Department of Computing, Macquarie University},
 | 
|---|
| 7260 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 7261 |     year        = 1999,
 | 
|---|
| 7262 |     address     = {Sydney, Australia},
 | 
|---|
| 7263 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7264 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7265 | @book{Taubenfeld06,
 | 
|---|
| 7266 |     keywords    = {concurrency, synchronization},
 | 
|---|
| 7267 |     author      = {Gadi Taubenfeld},
 | 
|---|
| 7268 |     title       = {Synchronization Algorithms and Concurrent Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 7269 |     publisher   = {Pearson/Prentice-Hall},
 | 
|---|
| 7270 |     address     = {Harlow, England},
 | 
|---|
| 7271 |     year        = 2006,
 | 
|---|
| 7272 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7273 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7274 | @article{Buhr92b,
 | 
|---|
| 7275 |     keywords    = {concurrency, exception handling, interventions},
 | 
|---|
| 7276 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7277 |     author      = {Peter A. Buhr and Hamish I. Macdonald and C. Robert Zarnke},
 | 
|---|
| 7278 |     title       = {Synchronous and Asynchronous Handling of Abnormal Events in the $\mu${S}ystem},
 | 
|---|
| 7279 |     journal     = spe,
 | 
|---|
| 7280 |     volume      = 22,
 | 
|---|
| 7281 |     number      = 9,
 | 
|---|
| 7282 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 7283 |     year        = 1992,
 | 
|---|
| 7284 |     pages       = {735-776},
 | 
|---|
| 7285 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7286 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7287 | @inproceedings{Greenwald96,
 | 
|---|
| 7288 |     keywords    = {compare and swap, hardware atomicity},
 | 
|---|
| 7289 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7290 |     author      = {Michael Greenwald and David Cheriton},
 | 
|---|
| 7291 |     title       = {The Synergy between Non-blocking Synchronization and Operating System Structure},
 | 
|---|
| 7292 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the Second USENIX Symposium on Operating Systems Design and Implementation},
 | 
|---|
| 7293 |     organization= {USENIX Association},
 | 
|---|
| 7294 |     address     = {Seattle, Washington, U.S.A.},
 | 
|---|
| 7295 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 7296 |     year        = 1996,
 | 
|---|
| 7297 |     pages       = {123-136},
 | 
|---|
| 7298 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7299 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7300 | @inbook{SunLWP,
 | 
|---|
| 7301 |     keywords    = {light-weight processes, threads},
 | 
|---|
| 7302 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7303 |     key         = {Sun},
 | 
|---|
| 7304 |     title       = {System Services Overview, Lightweight Processes},
 | 
|---|
| 7305 |     chapter     = {6},
 | 
|---|
| 7306 |     pages       = {71-111},
 | 
|---|
| 7307 |     publisher   = {Sun Microsystems},
 | 
|---|
| 7308 |     month       = may,
 | 
|---|
| 7309 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 7310 |     note        = {available as Part Number: 800-1753-10},
 | 
|---|
| 7311 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7312 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7313 | @article{Randell75,
 | 
|---|
| 7314 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7315 |     author      = {Brian Randell},
 | 
|---|
| 7316 |     title       = {System Structure for Software Fault Tolerance},
 | 
|---|
| 7317 |     journal     = ieeese,
 | 
|---|
| 7318 |     volume      = {SE-1},
 | 
|---|
| 7319 |     number      = 2,
 | 
|---|
| 7320 |     month       = jun,
 | 
|---|
| 7321 |     year        = 1975,
 | 
|---|
| 7322 |     pages       = {220-232},
 | 
|---|
| 7323 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7324 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7325 | @book{Modula-3,
 | 
|---|
| 7326 |     keywords    = {language reference manual},
 | 
|---|
| 7327 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7328 |     author      = {Andrew Birrell and Mark R. Brown and Luca Cardelli and Jim Donahue and Lucille Glassman and John Gutag and Jim Harning and Bill Kalsow and Roy Levin and Greg Nelson},
 | 
|---|
| 7329 |     title       = {Systems Programming with Modula-3},
 | 
|---|
| 7330 |     publisher   = {Prentice-Hall},
 | 
|---|
| 7331 |     address     = {Englewood Cliffs},
 | 
|---|
| 7332 |     year        = 1991,
 | 
|---|
| 7333 |     series      = {Prentice-Hall Series in Innovative Technology}
 | 
|---|
| 7334 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7335 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7336 | % T
 | 
|---|
| 7337 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7338 | @article{Yeager91,
 | 
|---|
| 7339 |     keywords    = {teaching, concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 7340 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7341 |     author      = {Dorian P. Yeager},
 | 
|---|
| 7342 |     title       = {Teaching Concurrency in the Programming Languages Course},
 | 
|---|
| 7343 |     journal     = {SIGCSE BULLETIN},
 | 
|---|
| 7344 |     volume      = 23,
 | 
|---|
| 7345 |     number      = 1,
 | 
|---|
| 7346 |     month       = mar,
 | 
|---|
| 7347 |     year        = 1991,
 | 
|---|
| 7348 |     pages       = {155-161},
 | 
|---|
| 7349 |     note        = {The Papers of the Twenty-Second SIGCSE Technical Symposium on Computer Science Education,
 | 
|---|
| 7350 |                    March. 7--8, 1991, San Antonio, Texas, U.S.A.},
 | 
|---|
| 7351 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7352 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7353 | @article{ml,
 | 
|---|
| 7354 |     keywords    = {ML, polymorphism},
 | 
|---|
| 7355 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7356 |     author      = {Robin Milner},
 | 
|---|
| 7357 |     title       = {A Theory of Type Polymorphism in Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 7358 |     journal     = jcss,
 | 
|---|
| 7359 |     year        = 1978,
 | 
|---|
| 7360 |     volume      = 17, pages = {348-375}
 | 
|---|
| 7361 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7362 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7363 | @book{Thoth,
 | 
|---|
| 7364 |     keywords    = {messages, concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 7365 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7366 |     author      = {D. R. Cheriton},
 | 
|---|
| 7367 |     title       = {The Thoth System: Multi-Process Structuring and Portability},
 | 
|---|
| 7368 |     publisher   = {American Elsevier},
 | 
|---|
| 7369 |     year        = 1982
 | 
|---|
| 7370 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7371 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7372 | @article{Boehm05,
 | 
|---|
| 7373 |     keywords    = {concurrency, C++},
 | 
|---|
| 7374 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7375 |     author      = {Hans-J. Boehm},
 | 
|---|
| 7376 |     title       = {Threads Cannot be Implemented as a Library},
 | 
|---|
| 7377 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 7378 |     volume      = 40,
 | 
|---|
| 7379 |     number      = 6,
 | 
|---|
| 7380 |     month       = jun,
 | 
|---|
| 7381 |     year        = 2005,
 | 
|---|
| 7382 |     pages       = {261-268},
 | 
|---|
| 7383 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7384 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7385 | @misc{TIOBE,
 | 
|---|
| 7386 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7387 |     key         = {TIOBE Index},
 | 
|---|
| 7388 |     author      = {{TIOBE Index}},
 | 
|---|
| 7389 |     howpublished= {\href{http://www.tiobe.com/tiobe_index}{http://\-www.tiobe.com/\-tiobe\_index}},
 | 
|---|
| 7390 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7391 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7392 | @misc{ThreadModel,
 | 
|---|
| 7393 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7394 |     key         = {ThreadModel},
 | 
|---|
| 7395 |     title       = {Thread (computing)},
 | 
|---|
| 7396 |     author      = {{Threading Model}},
 | 
|---|
| 7397 |     howpublished= {\href{https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thread_(computing)}{https://\-en.wikipedia.org/\-wiki/\-Thread\_(computing)}},
 | 
|---|
| 7398 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7399 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7400 | @misc{Bumbulis90,
 | 
|---|
| 7401 |     keywords    = {parameter inference, ForceN},
 | 
|---|
| 7402 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7403 |     author      = {Peter Bumbulis},
 | 
|---|
| 7404 |     title       = {Towards Making Signatures First-Class},
 | 
|---|
| 7405 |     howpublished= {personal communication},
 | 
|---|
| 7406 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 7407 |     year        = 1990,
 | 
|---|
| 7408 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7409 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7410 | @techreport{alphard:preempt,
 | 
|---|
| 7411 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 7412 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7413 |     author      = {Mary Shaw and Wm. A. Wulf},
 | 
|---|
| 7414 |     title       = {Toward Relaxing Assumptions in Languages and Their Implementations},
 | 
|---|
| 7415 |     institution = {Carnegie-Mellon University},
 | 
|---|
| 7416 |     year        = 1980,
 | 
|---|
| 7417 |     month       = jan,
 | 
|---|
| 7418 |     note        = {Reprinted in \cite{alphard}.}
 | 
|---|
| 7419 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7420 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7421 | @inproceedings{Reynolds74,
 | 
|---|
| 7422 |     keywords    = {universal quantification, typed lambda calculus},
 | 
|---|
| 7423 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7424 |     author      = {John C. Reynolds},
 | 
|---|
| 7425 |     title       = {Towards a Theory of Type Structure},
 | 
|---|
| 7426 |     booktitle   = {Colloque sur la Programmation},
 | 
|---|
| 7427 |     year        = 1974,
 | 
|---|
| 7428 |     pages       = {408-423},
 | 
|---|
| 7429 |     editor      = {B. Robinet},
 | 
|---|
| 7430 |     publisher   = {Springer},
 | 
|---|
| 7431 |     note        = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science, v. 19},
 | 
|---|
| 7432 |     abstract    = {
 | 
|---|
| 7433 |         
 | 
|---|
| 7434 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 7435 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7436 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7437 | @incollection{Hoare72,
 | 
|---|
| 7438 |     keywords    = {critical region, concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 7439 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7440 |     author      = {C. A. R. Hoare},
 | 
|---|
| 7441 |     title       = {Towards a Theory of Parallel Programming},
 | 
|---|
| 7442 |     booktitle   = {Operating Systems Techniques},
 | 
|---|
| 7443 |     editor      = {C. A. R. Hoare and R. H. Perott},
 | 
|---|
| 7444 |     publisher   = {Academic Press, New York},
 | 
|---|
| 7445 |     year        = 1972,
 | 
|---|
| 7446 |     pages       = {61-71},
 | 
|---|
| 7447 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7448 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7449 | @inproceedings{Mitchell90,
 | 
|---|
| 7450 |     keywords    = {polymorphism, lambda calculus, bounded quantification},
 | 
|---|
| 7451 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7452 |     author      = {John C. Mitchell},
 | 
|---|
| 7453 |     title       = {Toward a Typed Foundation for Method Specialization and Inheritance},
 | 
|---|
| 7454 |     booktitle   = {Conference Record of the Seventeenth Annual ACM Symposium
 | 
|---|
| 7455 |         on Principles of Programming Languages},
 | 
|---|
| 7456 |     year        = 1990,
 | 
|---|
| 7457 |     month       = jan, pages = {109-124},
 | 
|---|
| 7458 |     organization= {Association for Computing Machinery},
 | 
|---|
| 7459 |     abstract    = {
 | 
|---|
| 7460 |         This paper disucsses the phenomenon of {\em method specialization}
 | 
|---|
| 7461 |         in object-oriented programming languages.  A typed function
 | 
|---|
| 7462 |         calculus of objects and classes is presented, featuring method
 | 
|---|
| 7463 |         specialization when methods are added or redefined.  The soundness
 | 
|---|
| 7464 |         of the typing rules (without subtyping) is suggested by a
 | 
|---|
| 7465 |         translation into a more traditional calculus with
 | 
|---|
| 7466 |         recursively-defined record types.  However, semantic questions
 | 
|---|
| 7467 |         regarding the subtype relation on classes remain open.
 | 
|---|
| 7468 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 7469 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7470 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7471 | @article{EL1,
 | 
|---|
| 7472 |     keywords    = {polymorphism},
 | 
|---|
| 7473 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7474 |     author      = {B. Wegbreit},
 | 
|---|
| 7475 |     title       = {The Treatment of Data Types in {EL1}},
 | 
|---|
| 7476 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 7477 |     volume      = 17,
 | 
|---|
| 7478 |     number      = 5,
 | 
|---|
| 7479 |     month       = may,
 | 
|---|
| 7480 |     year        = 1974,
 | 
|---|
| 7481 |     pages       = {251-264},
 | 
|---|
| 7482 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7483 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7484 | @mastersthesis{Till89,
 | 
|---|
| 7485 |     keywords    = {C, multiple return values, tuples},
 | 
|---|
| 7486 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7487 |     author      = {David W. Till},
 | 
|---|
| 7488 |     title       = {Tuples In Imperative Programming Languages},
 | 
|---|
| 7489 |     school      = {Department of Computer Science, University of Waterloo},
 | 
|---|
| 7490 |     year        = 1989,
 | 
|---|
| 7491 |     address     = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
 | 
|---|
| 7492 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7493 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7494 | @article{turing:old,
 | 
|---|
| 7495 |     keywords    = {verification, context conditions, faithful execution},
 | 
|---|
| 7496 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7497 |     author      = {R. C. Holt and J. R. Cordy},
 | 
|---|
| 7498 |     title       = {The Turing Programming Language},
 | 
|---|
| 7499 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 7500 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 7501 |     month       = dec,
 | 
|---|
| 7502 |     volume      = 31, number = 12, pages = {1410-1423}
 | 
|---|
| 7503 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7504 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7505 | @book{Turing,
 | 
|---|
| 7506 |     keywords    = {verification, context conditions, faithful execution},
 | 
|---|
| 7507 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7508 |     author      = {R. C. Holt},
 | 
|---|
| 7509 |     title       = {Turing Reference Manual},
 | 
|---|
| 7510 |     publisher   = {Holt Software Associates Inc.},
 | 
|---|
| 7511 |     year        = 1992,
 | 
|---|
| 7512 |     edition     = {3rd},
 | 
|---|
| 7513 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7514 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7515 | @techreport{Dijkstra79,
 | 
|---|
| 7516 |     keywords    = {split binary semaphores},
 | 
|---|
| 7517 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7518 |     author      = {Edsger W. Dijkstra},
 | 
|---|
| 7519 |     title       = {A Tutorial on the Split Binary Semaphore},
 | 
|---|
| 7520 |     institution = {Nuenen},
 | 
|---|
| 7521 |     address     = {Netherlands},
 | 
|---|
| 7522 |     number      = {EWD703},
 | 
|---|
| 7523 |     month       = mar,
 | 
|---|
| 7524 |     year        = 1979,
 | 
|---|
| 7525 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7526 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7527 | @book{pldesign,
 | 
|---|
| 7528 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 7529 |     editor      = {Anthony I. Wasserman},
 | 
|---|
| 7530 |     title       = {Tutorial: Programming Language Design},
 | 
|---|
| 7531 |     publisher   = {Computer Society Press},
 | 
|---|
| 7532 |     address     = {Los Alamitos},
 | 
|---|
| 7533 |     year        = 1980
 | 
|---|
| 7534 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7535 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7536 | @misc{TraceCompass,
 | 
|---|
| 7537 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7538 |     key         = {Trace Compass},
 | 
|---|
| 7539 |     author      = {{T}race {C}ompass},
 | 
|---|
| 7540 |     howpublished= {\href{https://projects.eclipse.org/proposals/trace-compass}{https://\-projects.eclipse.org/\-proposals/\-trace-compass}},
 | 
|---|
| 7541 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7542 |  
 | 
|---|
| 7543 | @article{Leroy00,
 | 
|---|
| 7544 |     keywords    = {type-systems, exceptions},
 | 
|---|
| 7545 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7546 |     author      = {Xavier Leroy and Fran\c{c}ois Pessaux},
 | 
|---|
| 7547 |     title       = {Type-Based Analysis of Uncaught Exceptions},
 | 
|---|
| 7548 |     journal     = toplas,
 | 
|---|
| 7549 |     month       = mar,
 | 
|---|
| 7550 |     year        = 2000,
 | 
|---|
| 7551 |     volume      = 22,
 | 
|---|
| 7552 |     number      = 2,
 | 
|---|
| 7553 |     pages       = {340-377},
 | 
|---|
| 7554 |     comment     = {
 | 
|---|
| 7555 |         Argues against declaring exceptions on routine definitions.
 | 
|---|
| 7556 |     },
 | 
|---|
| 7557 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7558 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7559 | @article{Cormack90,
 | 
|---|
| 7560 |     keywords    = {polymorphism},
 | 
|---|
| 7561 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7562 |     author      = {G. V. Cormack and A. K. Wright},
 | 
|---|
| 7563 |     title       = {Type-dependent Parameter Inference},
 | 
|---|
| 7564 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 7565 |     volume      = 25,
 | 
|---|
| 7566 |     number      = 6,
 | 
|---|
| 7567 |     month       = jun,
 | 
|---|
| 7568 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 7569 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 7570 |     year        = 1990,
 | 
|---|
| 7571 |     pages       = {127-136},
 | 
|---|
| 7572 |     note        = {Proceedings of the ACM Sigplan'90 Conference on Programming Language Design and Implementation
 | 
|---|
| 7573 |                    June 20-22, 1990, White Plains, New York, U.S.A.},
 | 
|---|
| 7574 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7575 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7576 | @article{concatenation,
 | 
|---|
| 7577 |     keywords    = {record concatenation, isa},
 | 
|---|
| 7578 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7579 |     author      = {N. Wirth},
 | 
|---|
| 7580 |     title       = {Type Extensions},
 | 
|---|
| 7581 |     journal     = toplas,
 | 
|---|
| 7582 |     volume      = {10},
 | 
|---|
| 7583 |     number      = {2},
 | 
|---|
| 7584 |     pages       = {204-214},
 | 
|---|
| 7585 |     month       = apr, year = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 7586 |     comment     = {
 | 
|---|
| 7587 |         Extended record types add fields to their base record.  Assignment
 | 
|---|
| 7588 |         truncations.  Pointers can point at extended type instances.  For
 | 
|---|
| 7589 |         polymorphism, call by value is assignment, and call by reference is
 | 
|---|
| 7590 |         pointer passing.  Overloading isn't discussed.  Type information
 | 
|---|
| 7591 |         can be recovered through an ``is'' type test or through type guards
 | 
|---|
| 7592 |         (casts).  A version of the WITH statement could avoid repeated
 | 
|---|
| 7593 |         checking.
 | 
|---|
| 7594 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7595 |         Private/public access to record fields can be provided by exporting
 | 
|---|
| 7596 |         a base type, and using a private extension. Statically allocated
 | 
|---|
| 7597 |         instances need a compiler hint specifying the maximum size of the
 | 
|---|
| 7598 |         private type.
 | 
|---|
| 7599 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7600 |         Type checking is cheap (if the creation of pointer values is
 | 
|---|
| 7601 |         controlled).  Types have type descriptors.  Extension descriptors
 | 
|---|
| 7602 |         point at their direct base.  Heap objects point at their
 | 
|---|
| 7603 |         descriptor, and reference parameters are accompanied by type
 | 
|---|
| 7604 |         descriptor parameters.  ``v is t0'' loops along the chain of
 | 
|---|
| 7605 |         descriptors.
 | 
|---|
| 7606 |     }
 | 
|---|
| 7607 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7608 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7609 | % U
 | 
|---|
| 7610 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7611 | @book{uC++book,
 | 
|---|
| 7612 |     keywords    = {control structure, concurrency, uC++},
 | 
|---|
| 7613 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7614 |     author      = {Peter A. Buhr},
 | 
|---|
| 7615 |     title       = {Understanding Control Flow: Concurrent Programming using $\mu${C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
 | 
|---|
| 7616 |     publisher   = {Springer},
 | 
|---|
| 7617 |     address     = {Switzerland},
 | 
|---|
| 7618 |     year        = 2016,
 | 
|---|
| 7619 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7620 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7621 | @article{Cardelli85,
 | 
|---|
| 7622 |     keywords    = {polymorphism},
 | 
|---|
| 7623 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7624 |     author      = {Luca Cardelli and Peter Wegner},
 | 
|---|
| 7625 |     title       = {On Understanding Types, Data Abstractions, and Polymorphism},
 | 
|---|
| 7626 |     journal     = acmcs,
 | 
|---|
| 7627 |     month       = dec,
 | 
|---|
| 7628 |     year        = 1985,
 | 
|---|
| 7629 |     volume      = 17,
 | 
|---|
| 7630 |     number      = 4,
 | 
|---|
| 7631 |     pages       = {471-522},
 | 
|---|
| 7632 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7633 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7634 | @inproceedings{Wilson92,
 | 
|---|
| 7635 |     keywords    = {garbage collection survey},
 | 
|---|
| 7636 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7637 |     author      = {Paul R. Wilson},
 | 
|---|
| 7638 |     title       = {Uniprocessor Garbage Collection Techniques},
 | 
|---|
| 7639 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the International Workshop on Memory Management},
 | 
|---|
| 7640 |     location    = {St. Malo, France},
 | 
|---|
| 7641 |     publisher   = {Springer},
 | 
|---|
| 7642 |     series      = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science},
 | 
|---|
| 7643 |     volume      = 637,
 | 
|---|
| 7644 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 7645 |     year        = {1992},
 | 
|---|
| 7646 |     pages       = {1-42},
 | 
|---|
| 7647 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7648 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7649 | @inproceedings{Hewitt73,
 | 
|---|
| 7650 |     author      = {Carl Hewitt and Peter Bishop and Richard Steiger},
 | 
|---|
| 7651 |     title       = {A Universal Modular {ACTOR} Formalism for Artificial Intelligence},
 | 
|---|
| 7652 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the 3rd International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence},
 | 
|---|
| 7653 |     address     = {Standford, California, U.S.A.},
 | 
|---|
| 7654 |     pages       = {235-245},
 | 
|---|
| 7655 |     month       = aug,
 | 
|---|
| 7656 |     year        = 1973,
 | 
|---|
| 7657 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7658 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7659 | @article{Bourne78,
 | 
|---|
| 7660 |     keywords    = {Shell},
 | 
|---|
| 7661 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7662 |     author      = {S. R. Bourne},
 | 
|---|
| 7663 |     title       = {The UNIX Shell},
 | 
|---|
| 7664 |     journal     = {The Bell System Technical Journal},
 | 
|---|
| 7665 |     volume      = {57, part 2},
 | 
|---|
| 7666 |     month       = {July--August},
 | 
|---|
| 7667 |     year        = 1978,
 | 
|---|
| 7668 |     pages       = {1971-1990},
 | 
|---|
| 7669 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7670 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7671 | @inproceedings{Krischer12,
 | 
|---|
| 7672 |     keywords    = {exception, usability, asynchronous, assertion, injection, logging},
 | 
|---|
| 7673 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7674 |     author      = {Roy Krischer and Peter A. Buhr},
 | 
|---|
| 7675 |     title       = {Usability Challenges in Exception Handling},
 | 
|---|
| 7676 |     booktitle   = {5th International Workshop on Exception Handling (WEH)},
 | 
|---|
| 7677 |     optorganization= {16th International Symposium on the Foundations of Software Engineering (FSE 16)},
 | 
|---|
| 7678 |     address     = {Zurich, Switzerland},
 | 
|---|
| 7679 |     month       = jun,
 | 
|---|
| 7680 |     year        = 2012,
 | 
|---|
| 7681 |     pages       = {7-13},
 | 
|---|
| 7682 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7683 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7684 | @techreport{Harmony,
 | 
|---|
| 7685 |     keywords    = {messages, concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 7686 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7687 |     author      = {W. Morven Gentleman},
 | 
|---|
| 7688 |     title       = {Using the Harmony Operating System},
 | 
|---|
| 7689 |     institution = {National Research Council of Canada, Ottawa, Canada},
 | 
|---|
| 7690 |     number      = {24685},
 | 
|---|
| 7691 |     month       = may,
 | 
|---|
| 7692 |     year        = 1985
 | 
|---|
| 7693 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7694 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7695 | @article{delegation,
 | 
|---|
| 7696 |     keywords    = {delegation, inheritance, actors},
 | 
|---|
| 7697 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7698 |     author      = {Henry Lieverman},
 | 
|---|
| 7699 |     title       = {Using Prototypical Objects to Implement Shared Behavior in
 | 
|---|
| 7700 |                   Object Oriented Systems},
 | 
|---|
| 7701 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 7702 |     month       = nov, year = 1986,
 | 
|---|
| 7703 |     volume      = 21, number = 11, pages = {214-223}
 | 
|---|
| 7704 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7705 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7706 | % V
 | 
|---|
| 7707 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7708 | @article{V-Kernel,
 | 
|---|
| 7709 |     keywords    = {messages, concurrency},
 | 
|---|
| 7710 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7711 |     author      = {David R. Cheriton},
 | 
|---|
| 7712 |     title       = {The {V} Distributed System},
 | 
|---|
| 7713 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 7714 |     month       = mar,
 | 
|---|
| 7715 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 7716 |     volume      = 31,
 | 
|---|
| 7717 |     number      = 3,
 | 
|---|
| 7718 |     pages       = {314-333}
 | 
|---|
| 7719 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7720 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7721 | @misc{Vala,
 | 
|---|
| 7722 |     keywords    = {GObject, Vala},
 | 
|---|
| 7723 |     contributor = {a3moss@uwaterloo.ca},
 | 
|---|
| 7724 |     key         = {Vala},
 | 
|---|
| 7725 |     organization= {The {GNOME} Project},
 | 
|---|
| 7726 |     title       = {{V}ala Reference Manual},
 | 
|---|
| 7727 |     year        = 2017,
 | 
|---|
| 7728 |     howpublished= {\url{https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/Vala/Manual}},
 | 
|---|
| 7729 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7730 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7731 | @inproceedings{Amdahl67,
 | 
|---|
| 7732 |     author      = {Gene M. Amdahl},
 | 
|---|
| 7733 |     title       = {Validity of the Single Processor Approach to Achieving Large Scale Computing Capabilities},
 | 
|---|
| 7734 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the April 18-20, 1967, Spring Joint Computer Conference},
 | 
|---|
| 7735 |     series      = {AFIPS '67 (Spring)},
 | 
|---|
| 7736 |     year        = 1967,
 | 
|---|
| 7737 |     location    = {Atlantic City, New Jersey},
 | 
|---|
| 7738 |     pages       = {483--485},
 | 
|---|
| 7739 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 7740 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 7741 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7742 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7743 | @article{Mayer81,
 | 
|---|
| 7744 |     keywords    = {},
 | 
|---|
| 7745 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7746 |     author      = {A. J. W. Mayer},
 | 
|---|
| 7747 |     title       = {Value Receiving Procedures},
 | 
|---|
| 7748 |     journal     = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 7749 |     volume      = 16,
 | 
|---|
| 7750 |     number      = 11,
 | 
|---|
| 7751 |     month       = nov,
 | 
|---|
| 7752 |     year        = 1981,
 | 
|---|
| 7753 |     pages       = {30-34},
 | 
|---|
| 7754 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7755 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7756 | @article{Doran80,
 | 
|---|
| 7757 |     keywords    = {concurrency, Dekker's Algorithm},
 | 
|---|
| 7758 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7759 |     author      = {R. W. Doran and L. K. Thomas},
 | 
|---|
| 7760 |     title       = {Variants of the Software Solution to Mutual Exclusion},
 | 
|---|
| 7761 |     journal     = ipl,
 | 
|---|
| 7762 |     month       = jul,
 | 
|---|
| 7763 |     year        = 1980,
 | 
|---|
| 7764 |     volume      = 10,
 | 
|---|
| 7765 |     number      = {4/5},
 | 
|---|
| 7766 |     pages       = {206-208},
 | 
|---|
| 7767 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7768 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7769 | @book{VAX,
 | 
|---|
| 7770 |     keywords    = {VAX, DEC},
 | 
|---|
| 7771 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7772 |     key         = {VAX},
 | 
|---|
| 7773 |     title       = {VAX-11 Architecture Reference Manual},
 | 
|---|
| 7774 |     publisher   = {Digital Press},
 | 
|---|
| 7775 |     address     = {Bedford},
 | 
|---|
| 7776 |     month       = may,
 | 
|---|
| 7777 |     year        = 1982,
 | 
|---|
| 7778 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7779 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7780 | @book{Kenah88,
 | 
|---|
| 7781 |     author      = {Lawrence J. Kenah and Ruth E. Goldenberg and Simon F. Bate},
 | 
|---|
| 7782 |     title       = {{VAX/VMS} Internals and Data Structures Version 4.4},
 | 
|---|
| 7783 |     publisher   = {Digital Press},
 | 
|---|
| 7784 |     address     = {Bedford},
 | 
|---|
| 7785 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 7786 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7787 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7788 | @article{Hesselink13,
 | 
|---|
| 7789 |     keywords    = {software solutions, N-thread, mutual exclusions},
 | 
|---|
| 7790 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7791 |     author      = {Wim H. Hesselink},
 | 
|---|
| 7792 |     title       = {Verifying a Simplification of Mutual Exclusion by {L}ycklama--{H}adzilacos},
 | 
|---|
| 7793 |     journal     = {Acta Informatica},
 | 
|---|
| 7794 |     publisher   = {Springer},
 | 
|---|
| 7795 |     address     = {New York},
 | 
|---|
| 7796 |     year        = {2013},
 | 
|---|
| 7797 |     volume      = {50},
 | 
|---|
| 7798 |     number      = {3},
 | 
|---|
| 7799 |     pages       = {199-228},
 | 
|---|
| 7800 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7801 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7802 | % W
 | 
|---|
| 7803 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7804 | @article{Herlihy91,
 | 
|---|
| 7805 |     keywords    = {linearization, wait-free synchronization},
 | 
|---|
| 7806 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7807 |     author      = {Maurice Herlihy},
 | 
|---|
| 7808 |     title       = {Wait-free Synchronization},
 | 
|---|
| 7809 |     journal     = toplas,
 | 
|---|
| 7810 |     volume      = {13},
 | 
|---|
| 7811 |     number      = {1},
 | 
|---|
| 7812 |     month       = jan,
 | 
|---|
| 7813 |     year        = 1991,
 | 
|---|
| 7814 |     pages       = {124--149},
 | 
|---|
| 7815 |     numpages    = {26},
 | 
|---|
| 7816 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 7817 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 7818 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7819 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7820 | @inproceedings{vonBehren03,
 | 
|---|
| 7821 |     keywords    = {threads, events, web server},
 | 
|---|
| 7822 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7823 |     author      = {Rob von Behren and Jeremy Condit and Eric Brewer},
 | 
|---|
| 7824 |     title       = {Why Events Are a Bad Idea (for high-concurrency servers)},
 | 
|---|
| 7825 |     booktitle   = {HotOS IX: The 9th Workshop on Hot Topics in Operating Systems},
 | 
|---|
| 7826 |     publisher   = {USENIX Association},
 | 
|---|
| 7827 |     address     = {Lihue, Hawaii, U.S.A.},
 | 
|---|
| 7828 |     month       = may,
 | 
|---|
| 7829 |     year        = 2003,
 | 
|---|
| 7830 |     pages       = {19-24},
 | 
|---|
| 7831 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7832 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7833 | @techreport{Moss90,
 | 
|---|
| 7834 |     keywords    = {Swizzling, database},
 | 
|---|
| 7835 |     contributer = {akgoel@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7836 |     author      = {J. Moss},
 | 
|---|
| 7837 |     title       = {Working with Persistent Objects: To Swizzle or Not to Swizzle},
 | 
|---|
| 7838 |     institution = {CS Department, University of Massachusetts},
 | 
|---|
| 7839 |     address     = {},
 | 
|---|
| 7840 |     number      = {CS 90-38},
 | 
|---|
| 7841 |     month       = may,
 | 
|---|
| 7842 |     year        = 1990,
 | 
|---|
| 7843 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7844 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7845 | @inproceedings{Str:oop,
 | 
|---|
| 7846 |     keywords    = { },
 | 
|---|
| 7847 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7848 |     author      = {Bjarne Stroustrup},
 | 
|---|
| 7849 |     title       = {What is ``Object-Oriented Programming''?},
 | 
|---|
| 7850 |     booktitle   = {Proceedings of the First European Conference on Object Oriented Programming}, 
 | 
|---|
| 7851 |     month       = jun,
 | 
|---|
| 7852 |     year        = 1987
 | 
|---|
| 7853 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7854 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7855 | @misc{Stroustrup:overloading,
 | 
|---|
| 7856 |     keywords    = {operator overloading},
 | 
|---|
| 7857 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7858 |     author      = {Bjarne Stroustrup},
 | 
|---|
| 7859 |     title       = {Why can't I overload dot, ::, sizeof, etc.?},
 | 
|---|
| 7860 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 7861 |     year        = 2007,
 | 
|---|
| 7862 |     howpublished= {{\small\textsf{http://\-www.research.att.com/\-bs/\-bs\_faq2.html\-\#overload-dot}}},
 | 
|---|
| 7863 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7864 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7865 | @techreport{Gray85,
 | 
|---|
| 7866 |     keywords    = {fault-tolerant system},
 | 
|---|
| 7867 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7868 |     author      = {Jim Gray},
 | 
|---|
| 7869 |     title       = {Why Do Computers Stop and What Can Be Done About It?},
 | 
|---|
| 7870 |     institution = {Tandem Computers},
 | 
|---|
| 7871 |     number      = {85.7 PN87614},
 | 
|---|
| 7872 |     month       = jun,
 | 
|---|
| 7873 |     year        = 1985,
 | 
|---|
| 7874 |     note        = {\href{http://www.hpl.hp.com/techreports/tandem/TR-85.7.pdf}{http://www.hpl.hp.com/\-techreports/\-tandem/\-TR-85.7.pdf}},
 | 
|---|
| 7875 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7876 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7877 | @article{Tarjan84,
 | 
|---|
| 7878 |     keywords    = {union-find},
 | 
|---|
| 7879 |     contributer = {a3moss@uwaterloo.ca},
 | 
|---|
| 7880 |     author      = {Tarjan, Robert E. and van Leeuwen, Jan},
 | 
|---|
| 7881 |     title       = {Worst-case Analysis of Set Union Algorithms},
 | 
|---|
| 7882 |     journal     = {J. ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 7883 |     issue_date  = {April 1984},
 | 
|---|
| 7884 |     volume      = 31,
 | 
|---|
| 7885 |     number      = 2,
 | 
|---|
| 7886 |     month       = mar,
 | 
|---|
| 7887 |     year        = 1984,
 | 
|---|
| 7888 |     issn        = {0004-5411},
 | 
|---|
| 7889 |     pages       = {245--281},
 | 
|---|
| 7890 |     numpages    = {37},
 | 
|---|
| 7891 |     url         = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/62.2160},
 | 
|---|
| 7892 |     doi         = {10.1145/62.2160},
 | 
|---|
| 7893 |     acmid       = {2160},
 | 
|---|
| 7894 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 7895 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 7896 | } 
 | 
|---|
| 7897 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7898 | % X
 | 
|---|
| 7899 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7900 | % Y
 | 
|---|
| 7901 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7902 | @article{Boehm12,
 | 
|---|
| 7903 |     keywords    = {memory model, race condition},
 | 
|---|
| 7904 |     contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7905 |     author      = {Boehm, Hans-J. and Adve, Sarita V.},
 | 
|---|
| 7906 |     title       = {You Don'T Know Jack About Shared Variables or Memory Models},
 | 
|---|
| 7907 |     journal     = cacm,
 | 
|---|
| 7908 |     volume      = 55,
 | 
|---|
| 7909 |     number      = 2,
 | 
|---|
| 7910 |     month       = feb,
 | 
|---|
| 7911 |     year        = 2012,
 | 
|---|
| 7912 |     pages       = {48--54},
 | 
|---|
| 7913 |     publisher   = {ACM},
 | 
|---|
| 7914 |     address     = {New York, NY, USA},
 | 
|---|
| 7915 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7916 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7917 | % Z
 | 
|---|
| 7918 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7919 | % Cross-referenced entries:
 | 
|---|
| 7920 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7921 | % O
 | 
|---|
| 7922 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7923 | % The SIGPLAN Notices issue should be in a note field, but notes are
 | 
|---|
| 7924 | % inherited by all refering entries, instead of being held in the
 | 
|---|
| 7925 | % cross-referenced entry.  Putting it in "publisher" is a kludge, but it
 | 
|---|
| 7926 | % works.
 | 
|---|
| 7927 | @proceedings{OOPSLA86,
 | 
|---|
| 7928 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7929 |     title       = {{OOPSLA} '86 Conference Proceedings},
 | 
|---|
| 7930 |     booktitle   = {{OOPSLA} '86 Conference Proceedings},
 | 
|---|
| 7931 |     year        = 1986,
 | 
|---|
| 7932 |     editor      = {Norman Meyrowitz},
 | 
|---|
| 7933 |     publisher   = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 7934 |     organization= {Association for Computing Machinery},
 | 
|---|
| 7935 |     address     = {Portland, Oregon},
 | 
|---|
| 7936 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 7937 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7938 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7939 | @proceedings{OOPSLA87,
 | 
|---|
| 7940 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7941 |     title       = {{OOPSLA} '87 Conference Proceedings},
 | 
|---|
| 7942 |     booktitle   = {{OOPSLA} '87 Conference Proceedings},
 | 
|---|
| 7943 |     year        = 1987,
 | 
|---|
| 7944 |     editor      = {Norman Meyrowitz},
 | 
|---|
| 7945 |     publisher   = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 7946 |     organization= {Association for Computing Machinery},
 | 
|---|
| 7947 |     address     = {Orlando, Florida},
 | 
|---|
| 7948 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 7949 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7950 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7951 | @proceedings{OOPSLA88,
 | 
|---|
| 7952 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7953 |     title       = {{OOPSLA} '88 Conference Proceedings},
 | 
|---|
| 7954 |     booktitle   = {{OOPSLA} '88 Conference Proceedings},
 | 
|---|
| 7955 |     year        = 1988,
 | 
|---|
| 7956 |     editor      = {Norman Meyrowitz},
 | 
|---|
| 7957 |     publisher   = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 7958 |     organization= {Association for Computing Machinery},
 | 
|---|
| 7959 |     address     = {San Diego, California},
 | 
|---|
| 7960 |     month       = sep,
 | 
|---|
| 7961 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7962 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7963 | @proceedings{OOPSLA89,
 | 
|---|
| 7964 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7965 |     title       = {{OOPSLA} '89 Conference Proceedings},
 | 
|---|
| 7966 |     booktitle   = {{OOPSLA} '89 Conference Proceedings},
 | 
|---|
| 7967 |     year        = 1989,
 | 
|---|
| 7968 |     editor      = {Norman Meyrowitz},
 | 
|---|
| 7969 |     publisher   = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 7970 |     organization= {Association for Computing Machinery},
 | 
|---|
| 7971 |     address     = {New Orleans, Louisiana},
 | 
|---|
| 7972 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 7973 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7974 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7975 | @proceedings{OOPSLA90,
 | 
|---|
| 7976 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7977 |     title       = {{OOPSLA/ECOOP} '90 Conference Proceedings},
 | 
|---|
| 7978 |     booktitle   = {{OOPSLA} '90 Conference Proceedings},
 | 
|---|
| 7979 |     year        = 1990,
 | 
|---|
| 7980 |     editor      = {Norman Meyrowitz},
 | 
|---|
| 7981 |     publisher   = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 7982 |     organization= {Association for Computing Machinery},
 | 
|---|
| 7983 |     address     = {Ottawa, Canada},
 | 
|---|
| 7984 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 7985 | }
 | 
|---|
| 7986 | 
 | 
|---|
| 7987 | @proceedings{OOPSLA91,
 | 
|---|
| 7988 |     contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
 | 
|---|
| 7989 |     title       = {{OOPSLA} '91 Conference Proceedings},
 | 
|---|
| 7990 |     booktitle   = {{OOPSLA} '91 Conference Proceedings},
 | 
|---|
| 7991 |     year        = 1991,
 | 
|---|
| 7992 |     editor      = {Andreas Paepcke},
 | 
|---|
| 7993 |     publisher   = sigplan,
 | 
|---|
| 7994 |     organization= {Association for Computing Machinery},
 | 
|---|
| 7995 |     address     = {Phoenix, Arizona},
 | 
|---|
| 7996 |     month       = oct,
 | 
|---|
| 7997 | }
 | 
|---|